The Far Above All Translation of the New Testament

Acts

Version 0.94.54, 23 October 2023

Summary

We offer a freely copyable translation of the New Testament based on the Robinson-Pierpont Byzantine Textform 2005 edition of the New Testament. We also cover New Testament variants for the Received Text and the Greek Orthodox Church Patriarchal Text of 1904. Our triple translation and the source Greek texts may be freely copied (see copyright notice below).

Copyright

There are two areas of copyright to consider: the copyright of sources used and the copyright of our own work.

Copyright of sources used

The Greek text as starting material is the Robinson-Pierpont Byzantine Textform 2005, obtained from http://koti.24.fi/jusalak/GreekNT/RP2005.htm, and also available from http://byztxt.com/downloads.html.

The copyright of the Robinson-Pierpont Byzantine Textform 2005 reads:

Copyright © 2005 by Robinson and Pierpont. Anyone is permitted to copy and distribute this text or any portion of this text. It may be incorporated in a larger work, and/or quoted from, stored in a database retrieval system, photocopied, reprinted, or otherwise duplicated by anyone without prior notification, permission, compensation to the holder, or any other restrictions. All rights to this text are released to everyone and no one can reduce these rights at any time. Copyright is not claimed nor asserted for the new and revised form of the Greek NT text of this edition, nor for the original form of such as initially released into the public domain by the editors, first as printed textual notes in 1979 and in continuous-text electronic form in 1986. Likewise, we hereby release into the public domain the introduction and appendix which have been especially prepared for this edition. The permitted use or reproduction of the Greek text or other material contained within this volume (whether by print, electronic media, or other form) does not imply doctrinal or theological agreement by the present editors and publisher with whatever views may be maintained or promulgated by other publishers. For the purpose of assigning responsibility, it is requested that the present editors' names and the title associated with this text as well as this disclaimer be retained in any subsequent reproduction of this material.

Additional material for collations includes:

Our copyright

The Introduction, the English translation and notes (referred to as "this text" below) Copyright © 2009-2022 by Graham G. Thomason. Anyone is permitted to copy and distribute this text or any portion of this text. It may be incorporated in a larger work, and/or quoted from, stored in a database retrieval system, photocopied, reprinted, or otherwise duplicated by anyone without prior notification, permission, compensation to the holder, or any other restrictions. All rights to this text are released to everyone and no-one can reduce these rights at any time. The permitted use or reproduction of the above-mentioned text does not imply doctrinal or theological agreement by the present translator and publisher with whatever views may be maintained or promulgated by other publishers. For the purpose of assigning responsibility, it is requested that the present translator's name, and the title associated with this text, and its availability at www.FarAboveAll.com, as well as this disclaimer, be retained in any subsequent reproduction of this material.

Introduction

Please see the separate Introduction to this Greek text and translation.

VERSE Η ΚΑΙΝΗ ΔΙΑΘΗΚΗ ENGLISH NOTES
Acts 1:1 Τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην περὶ πάντων, ὦ Θεόφιλε, ὧν ἤρξατο ὁ Ἰησοῦς ποιεῖν τε καὶ διδάσκειν, I compiled the first account, Theophilus, of everything that Jesus both did and taught from when he began did and taught from when he began ← began both to do and teach.
Acts 1:2 ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας, ἐντειλάμενος τοῖς ἀποστόλοις διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου οὓς ἐξελέξατο, ἀνελήφθη· up to the day when through holy spirit he instructed the apostles whom he had chosen, and he was taken up,
Acts 1:3 οἷς καὶ παρέστησεν ἑαυτὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τὸ παθεῖν αὐτὸν ἐν πολλοῖς τεκμηρίοις, δι' ἡμερῶν τεσσαράκοντα ὀπτανόμενος αὐτοῖς, καὶ λέγων τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ. the apostles to whom he also presented himself alive, after his suffering, with many sure signs, when he was seen by them for forty days, and when he spoke about matters concerning the kingdom of God. his suffering ← him suffering.
Acts 1:4 Καὶ συναλιζόμενος {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: μετ' αὐτῶν] παρήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων μὴ χωρίζεσθαι, ἀλλὰ περιμένειν τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ πατρός, Ἣν ἠκούσατέ μου· And when he met up {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: with them} [S1894: with them], he instructed them not to leave Jerusalem, but to wait for the father's promise, “Which”, he said, “you have heard from me. μετ' αὐτῶν, with them: absent in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=12/12 vs. present in S1894 F1859=0/12. Verbs with a prefix συν- take the preposition σύν, not μετά.
Acts 1:5 ὅτι Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι, ὑμεῖς δὲ βαπτισθήσεσθε ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ οὐ μετὰ πολλὰς ταύτας ἡμέρας. For John baptized with water, but you will be baptized with holy spirit in not many days' time.” in not many days' time ← not after these many days.
Acts 1:6 Οἱ μὲν οὖν συνελθόντες ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, εἰ ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ ἀποκαθιστάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ; So they met together and asked him and said, “Lord, are you going to restore the kingdom to Israel at this time?” asked ← were asking, but see Matt 5:2.
Acts 1:7 Εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς, Οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν γνῶναι χρόνους ἢ καιροὺς οὓς ὁ πατὴρ ἔθετο ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ. But he said to them, “It is not for you to know the times or seasons which the father has placed under his own authority. under ← in.
Acts 1:8 Ἀλλὰ λήψεσθε δύναμιν, ἐπελθόντος τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἐφ' ὑμᾶς· καὶ ἔσεσθέ μοι μάρτυρες ἔν τε Ἱερουσαλήμ, καὶ ἐν πάσῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ, καὶ ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς. But you will receive power when the holy spirit comes upon you, and you will be witnesses to me in Jerusalem and in all Judaea and Samaria and as far as the extremity of the land.” in Jerusalem and ← in both Jerusalem and.
extremity of the land: or end of the earth. As the Lord is speaking to the apostles to the circumcision here, the sense must be the former, whereas Paul, the apostle to the Gentiles, covered a much wider geographical area.
Acts 1:9 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπών, βλεπόντων αὐτῶν ἐπήρθη, καὶ νεφέλη ὑπέλαβεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν. And when he had said these things, while they were looking on, he was taken up, and a cloud took him from their sight. took ← took from underneath.
sight ← eyes.
Acts 1:10 Καὶ ὡς ἀτενίζοντες ἦσαν εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, πορευομένου αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἰδοὺ ἄνδρες δύο παρειστήκεισαν αὐτοῖς ἐν ἐσθῆτι λευκῇ, And while they were looking up intently towards heaven as he departed, it became apparent that two men in white clothing were standing next to them, heaven: or the sky, but the second occurrence in Acts 1:11 militates for heaven.
it became apparent that ← and behold.
Acts 1:11 οἳ καὶ εἶπον, Ἄνδρες Γαλιλαῖοι, τί ἑστήκατε ἐμβλέποντες εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν; Οὗτος ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ ἀναληφθεὶς ἀφ' ὑμῶν εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, οὕτως ἐλεύσεται ὃν τρόπον ἐθεάσασθε αὐτὸν πορευόμενον εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν. who for their part said, “Men of Galilee, why are you standing gazing towards heaven? This Jesus, who has been taken up from you into heaven, will come back in the way you saw him go into heaven.” for their part ← also.
in the way ← thus ... (in respect of) the way.
Acts 1:12 Τότε ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἀπὸ ὄρους τοῦ καλουμένου Ἐλαιῶνος, ὅ ἐστιν ἐγγὺς Ἱερουσαλήμ, σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν. Then they returned to Jerusalem from the mountain called Olivet, which is near Jerusalem, being a Sabbath's journey away. Olivet ← olive grove. The same as the Mount of Olives (Matt 21:1 etc.).
being ← having.
Acts 1:13 Καὶ ὅτε εἰσῆλθον, ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον οὗ ἦσαν καταμένοντες, ὅ τε Πέτρος καὶ Ἰάκωβος καὶ Ἰωάννης καὶ Ἀνδρέας, Φίλιππος καὶ Θωμᾶς, Βαρθολομαῖος καὶ Ματθαῖος, Ἰάκωβος Ἀλφαίου καὶ Σίμων ὁ Ζηλωτής, καὶ Ἰούδας Ἰακώβου. And when they had gone in, they went up to the upper room where they were staying, the company being Peter and James and John and Andrew, Philip and Thomas, Bartholomew and Matthew, James the son of Alphaeus, and Simon the Zealot, and Judas the son of James. the son of James: AV differs (the brother) of James. Compare Luke 6:16.
Acts 1:14 Οὗτοι πάντες ἦσαν προσκαρτεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει, σὺν γυναιξὶν καὶ Μαρίᾳ τῇ μητρὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ σὺν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ. All these continued resolutely of one mind in prayer and supplication, with the women including Mary the mother of Jesus, and with his brothers. continued ← were continuing.
Acts 1:15 Καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις ἀναστὰς Πέτρος ἐν μέσῳ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶπεν - ἦν τε ὄχλος ὀνομάτων ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ὡς ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι - And in those days Peter stood up in the presence of the disciples and said (and there was a crowd of about one hundred and twenty people in all), presence ← midst.
people ← names.
in all ← at the same (place).
Acts 1:16 Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ἔδει πληρωθῆναι τὴν γραφὴν ταύτην, ἣν προεῖπεν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον διὰ στόματος {RP P1904: Δαυὶδ} [TR: Δαβὶδ] περὶ Ἰούδα, τοῦ γενομένου ὁδηγοῦ τοῖς συλλαβοῦσιν τὸν Ἰησοῦν. “Men and brothers, it was necessary that this scripture should be fulfilled, which the holy spirit spoke beforehand through the mouth of David concerning Judas who was guide to those who arrested Jesus, David: on Δαυίδ vs. Δαβίδ, see Matt 1:1.
was ← became.
Acts 1:17 Ὅτι κατηριθμημένος ἦν σὺν ἡμῖν, καὶ ἔλαχεν τὸν κλῆρον τῆς διακονίας ταύτης - because he was counted among us, and he received the office of this ministry. office ← lot, whence an office received by lot (as opposed to election by voting).
Acts 1:18 Οὗτος μὲν οὖν ἐκτήσατο χωρίον ἐκ {RP P1904: - } [TR: τοῦ] μισθοῦ τῆς ἀδικίας, καὶ πρηνὴς γενόμενος ἐλάκησεν μέσος, καὶ ἐξεχύθη πάντα τὰ σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ. This man then bought a parcel of land with unrighteous gain, and falling headlong, he burst open in the waist, and all his innards were poured out. τοῦ, (out of) the (unrighteous gain): absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's o).
falling ← having become. See Matt 23:20.
We offer a simple scenario which reconciles this verse with Matt 27:5. Judas ↴
Acts 1:19 Καὶ γνωστὸν ἐγένετο πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἱερουσαλήμ, ὥστε κληθῆναι τὸ χωρίον ἐκεῖνο τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ αὐτῶν Ἀκελδαμά, τοῦτ' ἔστιν, χωρίον αἵματος - And it became known to all the inhabitants of Jerusalem, so that that parcel of land was called in their own dialect ‘Aceldama’, which means ‘Grounds of Blood.’ ↳ decided to kill himself by falling on his sword. But it went wrong, and he simply cut ↴
means ← is.
grounds ← parcel, plot (of land), as above.
Acts 1:20 Γέγραπται γὰρ ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, Γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ· καί, Τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ λάβοι ἕτερος. For it stands written in the book of Psalms:

‘Let his dwelling become desolate,

And let there be no inhabitant in it’

and,

‘May another person take his office.’

 ↳ his abdomen open and his innards came out. Not being dead, he decided to finish himself off by hanging himself. Compare Xenophon's Anabasis, 2:5:33.
Ps 69:26MT (Ps 69:25AV), Ps 109:8.
Acts 1:21 Δεῖ οὖν τῶν συνελθόντων ἡμῖν ἀνδρῶν ἐν παντὶ χρόνῳ ἐν ᾧ εἰσῆλθεν καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐφ' ἡμᾶς ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς, Therefore it is necessary that, from the men who have been with us all the time during which the Lord Jesus went about among us, have been ← went.
went about ← went in and went out, so, more formally, consociated.
Acts 1:22 ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου, ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνελήφθη ἀφ' ἡμῶν, μάρτυρα τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι σὺν ἡμῖν ἕνα τούτων. beginning with the baptism of John up to the day on which he was taken up from us, one of these should become a witness to his resurrection with us.” beginning ← having begun. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 1:23 Καὶ ἔστησαν δύο, Ἰωσὴφ τὸν καλούμενον {RP TR: Βαρσαβᾶν} [P1904: Βαρσαββᾶν], ὃς ἐπεκλήθη Ἰοῦστος, καὶ Ματθίαν. And they put two forward: Joseph called {RP TR: Barsabas} [P1904: Barsabbas], who was surnamed Justus, and Matthias. Βαρσαβᾶν, Barsabas, RP TR F1859=9/13 vs. Βαρσαββᾶν, Barsabbas, P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's bfgp).
Acts 1:24 Καὶ προσευξάμενοι εἶπον, Σὺ κύριε καρδιογνῶστα πάντων, ἀνάδειξον {RP P1904: ὃν ἐξελέξω, ἐκ τούτων τῶν δύο ἕνα} [S1550 E1624: ἐκ τούτων τῶν δύο ἕνα ὃν ἐξελέξω,] [S1894: ἐκ τούτων τῶν δύο ὃν ἕνα ἐξελέξω,] And they prayed and said, “Lord, you know the heart of everyone. Show plainly the one whom you have chosen of these two, ὃν ἐξελέξω, ἐκ τούτων τῶν δύο ἕνα, whom you chose + of these two + one, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 (though f with a misspelling) vs. ἐκ τούτων τῶν δύο ἕνα ὃν ἐξελέξω, of these two + one + whom you chose, S1550 E1624 F1859=0/13 vs. ἐκ τούτων τῶν δύο ὃν ἕνα ἐξελέξω, of these two + whom + one + you chose, S1894 F1859=0/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k).
know ← a knower.
Acts 1:25 λαβεῖν τὸν κλῆρον τῆς διακονίας ταύτης καὶ ἀποστολῆς, ἐξ ἧς παρέβη Ἰούδας, πορευθῆναι εἰς τὸν τόπον τὸν ἴδιον. to take the office of this apostolic ministry from which Judas fell in transgression so that he went to his own place.” office ← lot. See Acts 1:17.
apostolic ministry ← ministry and apostleship, the whole expression being treated as singular.
fell in transgression ← transgressed.
Acts 1:26 Καὶ ἔδωκαν κλήρους αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔπεσεν ὁ κλῆρος ἐπὶ Ματθίαν, καὶ συγκατεψηφίσθη μετὰ τῶν ἕνδεκα ἀποστόλων. And they gave them their lots, and the lot fell on Matthias, and he was reckoned along with the eleven apostles.
Acts 2:1 Καὶ ἐν τῷ συμπληροῦσθαι τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς, ἦσαν ἅπαντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό. And as the day of Pentecost was coming to an end, they were all of one mind together. together ← in the same (place).
Acts 2:2 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἄφνω ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἦχος ὥσπερ φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας, καὶ ἐπλήρωσεν ὅλον τὸν οἶκον οὗ ἦσαν καθήμενοι. And suddenly a noise from heaven came like a strong driving blast, and it filled the whole house where they were sitting. came ← became, took place, but also came.
a strong driving blast ← of a strong driven blast.
sitting: or staying, as a Hebraism (‫יָשַׁב‬).
Acts 2:3 Καὶ ὤφθησαν αὐτοῖς διαμεριζόμεναι γλῶσσαι ὡσεὶ πυρός, ἐκάθισέν τε ἐφ' ἕνα ἕκαστον αὐτῶν. And parting tongues appeared to them, as if of fire, and one rested on each one of them. rested ← sat, a Hebraism (‫יָשַׁב‬).
Acts 2:4 Καὶ ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες πνεύματος ἁγίου, καὶ ἤρξαντο λαλεῖν ἑτέραις γλώσσαις, καθὼς τὸ πνεῦμα ἐδίδου αὐτοῖς ἀποφθέγγεσθαι. And all were filled with holy spirit, and they began to speak in other tongues according to what the spirit gave them to utter. gave ← was giving, but perhaps denoting repetition.
Acts 2:5 Ἦσαν δὲ ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ κατοικοῦντες Ἰουδαῖοι, ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς, ἀπὸ παντὸς ἔθνους τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν. And there were Jews living in Jerusalem, devout men from every nation under heaven.
Acts 2:6 Γενομένης δὲ τῆς φωνῆς ταύτης, συνῆλθεν τὸ πλῆθος καὶ συνεχύθη, ὅτι ἤκουον εἷς ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ λαλούντων αὐτῶν. And when this noise had passed, the crowd gathered and was confused, because each one heard them speaking in his own dialect. passed ← become, come, taken place.
Acts 2:7 Ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες καὶ ἐθαύμαζον, λέγοντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Οὐκ ἰδοὺ πάντες οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λαλοῦντες Γαλιλαῖοι; And all were astonished, and they marvelled and said to each other, “Look at this – aren't all these Galileans who are speaking?
Acts 2:8 Καὶ πῶς ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡμῶν ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν; So how come each of us hears in our own dialect in which we were born? hears ← we hear.
Acts 2:9 Πάρθοι καὶ Μῆδοι καὶ Ἐλαμῖται, καὶ οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν Μεσοποταμίαν, Ἰουδαίαν τε καὶ Καππαδοκίαν, Πόντον καὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν, Parthians and Medes and Elamites and those who inhabit Mesopotamia, Judaea and Cappadocia, Pontus and Asia,
Acts 2:10 Φρυγίαν τε καὶ Παμφυλίαν, Αἴγυπτον καὶ τὰ μέρη τῆς Λιβύης τῆς κατὰ Κυρήνην, καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες Ῥωμαῖοι, Ἰουδαῖοί τε καὶ προσήλυτοι, Phrygia and Pamphylia, Egypt and the parts of Libya around Cyrene, and Romans away from home, both Jews and proselytes, away from home ← at home, but here and Acts 17:21 residing among another people.
Acts 2:11 Κρῆτες καὶ Ἄραβες, ἀκούομεν λαλούντων αὐτῶν ταῖς ἡμετέραις γλώσσαις τὰ μεγαλεῖα τοῦ θεοῦ. Cretans and Arabs – we hear them speaking the magnificent things of God in our own languages.”
Acts 2:12 Ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες καὶ διηπόρουν, ἄλλος πρὸς ἄλλον λέγοντες, Τί ἂν θέλοι τοῦτο εἶναι; And all were astonished and were at a loss, saying to one another, “Whatever could this mean?” could this mean ← would this wish to be.
Acts 2:13 Ἕτεροι δὲ χλευάζοντες ἔλεγον ὅτι Γλεύκους μεμεστωμένοι εἰσίν. But others, jeering, said, “They are full of new wine.” are full ← have been filled.
Acts 2:14 Σταθεὶς δὲ Πέτρος σὺν τοῖς ἕνδεκα, ἐπῆρεν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀπεφθέγξατο αὐτοῖς, Ἄνδρες Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ οἱ κατοικοῦντες Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἅπαντες, τοῦτο ὑμῖν γνωστὸν ἔστω, καὶ ἐνωτίσασθε τὰ ῥήματά μου. But Peter, standing up with the eleven, lifted up his voice and addressed them as follows: “Men, Jews and all dwellers of Jerusalem, let this be known to you and give ear to my words. standing up ← having stood up. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 2:15 Οὐ γάρ, ὡς ὑμεῖς ὑπολαμβάνετε, οὗτοι μεθύουσιν· ἔστιν γὰρ ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας· For these men are not drunk as you suppose, seeing it is the third hour of the day. third hour of the day: 9 a.m.
Acts 2:16 ἀλλὰ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Ἰωήλ, But this is that which was spoken through the prophet Joel:
Acts 2:17 Καὶ ἔσται ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις, λέγει ὁ θεός, ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα· καὶ προφητεύσουσιν οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν καὶ αἱ θυγατέρες ὑμῶν, καὶ οἱ νεανίσκοι ὑμῶν ὁράσεις ὄψονται, καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ὑμῶν ἐνύπνια ἐνυπνιασθήσονται·

‘And it shall come to pass in the last days’,

Says God,

‘That I will pour out some of my spirit on all flesh,

And your sons and your daughters will prophesy,

And your youths will see visions,

And your old men will dream dreams,

 Joel 3:1MT (Joel 2:28AV).
come to pass ← be.
Acts 2:18 καί γε ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους μου καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς δούλας μου ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματός μου, καὶ προφητεύσουσιν.

And I will indeed pour out some of my spirit

On my servants and on my maidservants

In those days,

And they will prophesy.

 Joel 3:2MT (Joel 2:29AV).
Acts 2:19 Καὶ δώσω τέρατα ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω, καὶ σημεῖα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κάτω, αἷμα καὶ πῦρ καὶ ἀτμίδα καπνοῦ·

And I will show miracles in heaven above

And signs on earth below

– Blood and fire and a smoky vapour.

 Joel 3:3MT (Joel 2:30AV).
show ← give.
smoky vapour ← vapour of smoke, a Hebraic genitive.
Acts 2:20 ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος, καὶ ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα, πρὶν ἢ ἐλθεῖν τὴν ἡμέραν κυρίου τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ·

The sun will be turned into darkness

And the moon to blood

Before the great and illustrious day of the Lord comes.

 Joel 3:4MT (Joel 2:31AV), Joel 4:15MT (Joel 3:15AV).
illustrious ← notable, whence distinguished, renowned, illustrious.
Acts 2:21 καὶ ἔσται, πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου σωθήσεται.

And it will come to pass

That everyone who calls on the name of the Lord

Will be saved.’

 Joel 3:5MT (Joel 2:32AV).
everyone ← everyone whoever. Pleonastic, perhaps for emphasis.
Acts 2:22 Ἄνδρες Ἰσραηλῖται, ἀκούσατε τοὺς λόγους τούτους· Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον, ἄνδρα ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀποδεδειγμένον εἰς ὑμᾶς δυνάμεσιν καὶ τέρασιν καὶ σημείοις, οἷς ἐποίησεν δι' αὐτοῦ ὁ θεὸς ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν, καθὼς καὶ αὐτοὶ οἴδατε, You Israelite men, hear these words. Jesus the Nazarene, a man from God demonstrated to you by acts of power and miracles and signs which God performed through him in your midst, as you yourselves also know –
Acts 2:23 τοῦτον τῇ ὡρισμένῃ βουλῇ καὶ προγνώσει τοῦ θεοῦ ἔκδοτον λαβόντες, διὰ χειρῶν ἀνόμων προσπήξαντες ἀνείλετε· him, delivered up by the deliberate plan and foreknowledge of God, you took and through lawless hands crucified and killed, him ← this (man).
deliberate ← determined, marked out.
crucified ← affixed.
Acts 2:24 ὃν ὁ θεὸς ἀνέστησεν, λύσας τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου, καθότι οὐκ ἦν δυνατὸν κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ' αὐτοῦ. whom God raised up, abolishing the pains of death, as it was not possible for him to be held by it. abolishing ← having abolished. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 2:25 {RP P1904: Δαυὶδ} [TR: Δαβὶδ] γὰρ λέγει εἰς αὐτόν, Προωρώμην τὸν κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ παντός· ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μου ἐστίν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ· For David speaks with reference to him,

‘I saw the Lord before me continually,

That he was on my right hand side,

So that I might not be shaken.

 David: on Δαυίδ vs. Δαβίδ, see Matt 1:1.
Ps 16:8.
Acts 2:26 διὰ τοῦτο εὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου, καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσά μου· ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ' ἐλπίδι·

On account of this my heart was glad

And my tongue rejoiced;

Moreover my flesh will dwell in hope.

 Ps 16:9.
Acts 2:27 ὅτι οὐκ ἐγκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς ᾍδου, οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν.

For you will not leave my being in Hades,

Nor will you allow your holy one to see decay.

 Ps 16:10.
being ← soul.
in Hades ← to Hades (the place of the dead). Pregnant use of the preposition.
Acts 2:28 Ἐγνώρισάς μοι ὁδοὺς ζωῆς· πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου.

You have made the paths of life known to me;

You will fill me with joy at your presence.’

 Ps 16:11.
at ← with.
presence ← face.
Acts 2:29 Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ἐξὸν εἰπεῖν μετὰ παρρησίας πρὸς ὑμᾶς περὶ τοῦ πατριάρχου {RP P1904: Δαυίδ} [TR: Δαβίδ], ὅτι καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν καὶ ἐτάφη, καὶ τὸ μνῆμα αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἐν ἡμῖν ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης. Men and brothers, I may speak to you frankly about the patriarch David – indeed that he died and was buried and his tomb is among us to this day. David: on Δαυίδ vs. Δαβίδ, see Matt 1:1.
Acts 2:30 Προφήτης οὖν ὑπάρχων, καὶ εἰδὼς ὅτι ὅρκῳ ὤμοσεν αὐτῷ ὁ θεός, ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ τὸ κατὰ σάρκα ἀναστήσειν τὸν χριστόν, καθίσαι ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ, Now since he was a prophet and knew that God had sworn to him by an oath that he would raise up the Christ from the fruit of his loins according to the flesh to sit on his throne, 2 Sam 7:12, 1 Chr 17:11, Ps 89:37MT (Ps 89:36AV).
now ← therefore.
since: causal use of the participle.
the fruit of his loins according to the flesh: i.e. his descendants, fulfilled in Mary, the Lord's mother, Matt 1:18-1:25, traced back to David in Luke 3:23-3:31.
Acts 2:31 προϊδὼν ἐλάλησεν περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ χριστοῦ, ὅτι οὐ κατελείφθη ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ᾍδου, οὐδὲ ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν. foreseeing this, he spoke about the resurrection of Christ: that his being was not left in Hades, nor did his flesh see decay. Ps 16:10.
foreseeing ← having foreseen. See Matt 23:20.
being ← soul.
in Hades: see Acts 2:27.
Acts 2:32 Τοῦτον τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀνέστησεν ὁ θεός, οὗ πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν μάρτυρες. God raised up this Jesus, of whom all of us are witnesses. God raised up: compare John 10:18, the verses together supporting the deity of Christ.
Acts 2:33 Τῇ δεξιᾷ οὖν τοῦ θεοῦ ὑψωθείς, τήν τε ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος λαβὼν παρὰ τοῦ πατρός, ἐξέχεεν τοῦτο ὃ νῦν ὑμεῖς βλέπετε καὶ ἀκούετε. So being exalted at the right hand of God, and having received the promise of the holy spirit from the father, he poured out this which you now see and hear. being exalted ← having been exalted.
Acts 2:34 Οὐ γὰρ {RP P1904: Δαυὶδ} [TR: Δαβὶδ] ἀνέβη εἰς τοὺς οὐρανούς, λέγει δὲ αὐτός, Εἶπεν ὁ κύριος τῷ κυρίῳ μου, Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, For David has not ascended into the heavens, but he himself says,

‘The Lord said to my Lord,

«Sit on my right hand side

 David: on Δαυίδ vs. Δαβίδ, see Matt 1:1.
Ps 110:1.
Acts 2:35 ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου.

Until I make your enemies your footstool.» ’

 Ps 110:1.
your footstool ← a footstool of your feet.
Acts 2:36 Ἀσφαλῶς οὖν γινωσκέτω πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραήλ, ὅτι {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: καὶ} [E1624: - ] κύριον καὶ χριστὸν αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν, τοῦτον τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὃν ὑμεῖς ἐσταυρώσατε. So let the whole house of Israel certainly know that God has made him {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: both} [E1624: - ] Lord and Christ – that is, this Jesus, whom you crucified.” καὶ, and: present in RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in E1624 F1859=0/13.
AV differs somewhat in syntactical structure.
Acts 2:37 Ἀκούσαντες δὲ κατενύγησαν τῇ καρδίᾳ, εἶπόν τε πρὸς τὸν Πέτρον καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἀποστόλους, Τί {RP-text P1904 TR: ποιήσομεν} [RP-marg: ποιήσωμεν], ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί; And when they heard this, they were pierced in their hearts, and they said to Peter and the rest of the apostles, “What {RP-text P1904 TR: shall we do} [RP-marg: are we to do], men and brothers?” ποιήσομεν, (what) shall we do, RP-text P1904 TRF1859=8/12 vs. ποιήσωμεν, (what) are we to do (deliberative subjunctive), RP-marg F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's ahkp).
pierced ← goaded, pricked.
hearts ← heart.
Acts 2:38 Πέτρος δὲ ἔφη πρὸς αὐτούς, Μετανοήσατε, καὶ βαπτισθήτω ἕκαστος ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν, καὶ λήψεσθε τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος. Then Peter said to them, “Repent, and let every one of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of sins, and you will receive the gift of the holy spirit.
Acts 2:39 Ὑμῖν γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία, καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις ὑμῶν, καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς εἰς μακράν, ὅσους ἂν προσκαλέσηται κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν. For the promise is to you, and to your children, and to all those who are far away, whomever the Lord our God calls to himself.” whomever ← however many as.
Acts 2:40 Ἑτέροις τε λόγοις πλείοσιν διεμαρτύρετο καὶ παρεκάλει λέγων, Σώθητε ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς σκολιᾶς ταύτης. And with very many other words he would testify solemnly and exhort them, saying, “Be saved from this crooked generation.” very many ← rather many, Greek comparative for superlative.
Acts 2:41 Οἱ μὲν οὖν ἀσμένως ἀποδεξάμενοι τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθησαν· καὶ προσετέθησαν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι. So they gladly received his word and were baptized, and on that day about three thousand people were added to their number. they: constructed as in Acts 1:6. AV has the more restrictive they that, which is also possible.
people ← souls.
Acts 2:42 Ἦσαν δὲ προσκαρτεροῦντες τῇ διδαχῇ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ τῇ κοινωνίᾳ, καὶ τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς. And they continued resolutely in the teaching of the apostles and in fellowship, and in the breaking of the bread and in prayers. continued ← were continuing.
Acts 2:43 Ἐγένετο δὲ πάσῃ ψυχῇ φόβος, πολλά τε τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα διὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐγίνετο. And fear came upon every soul, and many miracles and signs were performed through the apostles. upon ← to.
soul: i.e. person, emphasizing the capacity for feelings.
Acts 2:44 Πάντες δὲ οἱ πιστεύοντες ἦσαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό, καὶ εἶχον ἅπαντα κοινά, And all the believers were in the same place, and they had everything in common,
Acts 2:45 καὶ τὰ κτήματα καὶ τὰς ὑπάρξεις ἐπίπρασκον, καὶ διεμέριζον αὐτὰ πᾶσιν, καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν. and they sold their possessions and belongings and distributed them to everyone according to whatever anyone needed.
Acts 2:46 Καθ' ἡμέραν τε προσκαρτεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, κλῶντές τε κατ' οἶκον ἄρτον, μετελάμβανον τροφῆς ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει καὶ ἀφελότητι καρδίας, And they resolutely continued daily in unanimity in the temple, breaking bread from house to house, partaking of food with gladness and plainness of heart, continued ... partaking ← continuing ... partook. A stylistic inversion of participle and main verb.
Acts 2:47 αἰνοῦντες τὸν θεόν, καὶ ἔχοντες χάριν πρὸς ὅλον τὸν λαόν. Ὁ δὲ κύριος προσετίθει τοὺς σῳζομένους καθ' ἡμέραν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ. praising God, and having favour with all the people. And the Lord would add to the church those who became saved daily. church: see Matt 16:18.
those who became saved: iterative use of the present tense, matching the iterative imperfect would add.
Acts 3:1 Ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ δὲ Πέτρος καὶ Ἰωάννης ἀνέβαινον εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἐπὶ τὴν ὥραν τῆς προσευχῆς τὴν {RP P1904: ἐνάτην} [TR: ἐννάτην]. Now Peter and John were going up together to the temple at the hour of prayer – the ninth hour, ἐνάτην, ninth (1), RP P1904 F1859=6/13 vs. ἐννάτην, ninth (2), TR F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's b*cefkop). A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
ninth hour: 3 p.m.
Acts 3:2 Καί τις ἀνὴρ χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχων ἐβαστάζετο· ὃν ἐτίθουν καθ' ἡμέραν πρὸς τὴν θύραν τοῦ ἱεροῦ τὴν λεγομένην Ὡραίαν, τοῦ αἰτεῖν ἐλεημοσύνην παρὰ τῶν εἰσπορευομένων εἰς τὸ ἱερόν. when a certain man who had been lame from his mother's womb was being carried, a man whom they would put at the door of the temple called “Beautiful” every day, for him to ask for alms from those going into the temple.
Acts 3:3 Ὃς ἰδὼν Πέτρον καὶ Ἰωάννην μέλλοντας εἰσιέναι εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, ἠρώτα ἐλεημοσύνην {RP P1904 S1894: - } [S1550 E1624: λαβεῖν]. And when he saw Peter and John about to enter the temple, he asked {RP P1904 S1894: for} [S1550 E1624: to be given] alms. λαβεῖν, to receive: absent in RP P1904 S1894 F1859=9/12 vs. present in S1550 E1624 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's bop).
[S1550 E1624: to be given ← to receive.]
Acts 3:4 Ἀτενίσας δὲ Πέτρος εἰς αὐτὸν σὺν τῷ Ἰωάννῃ, εἶπεν, Βλέψον εἰς ἡμᾶς. But Peter looked at him intently with John and said, “Look at us.”
Acts 3:5 Ὁ δὲ ἐπεῖχεν αὐτοῖς, προσδοκῶν τι παρ' αὐτῶν λαβεῖν. So he heeded them, expecting to receive something from them.
Acts 3:6 Εἶπεν δὲ Πέτρος, Ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον οὐχ ὑπάρχει μοι· ὃ δὲ ἔχω, τοῦτό σοι δίδωμι. Ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου, {RP-text TR: ἔγειραι} [RP-marg P1904: ἔγειρε] καὶ περιπάτει. But Peter said, “Silver and gold I don't have, but what I do have, I will give you: in the name of Jesus Christ the Nazarene, get up and walk.” ἔγειραι, arise (aorist middle), RP-text TR F1859=10/12 vs. ἔγειρε, raise, arise (present active), RP-marg P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's mp).
what ← what ... this.
Acts 3:7 Καὶ πιάσας αὐτὸν τῆς δεξιᾶς χειρὸς ἤγειρεν· παραχρῆμα δὲ ἐστερεώθησαν αὐτοῦ αἱ βάσεις καὶ τὰ σφυρά. And taking hold of him by his right hand, he lifted him up, and immediately his feet and his ankles were made firm. taking hold ← having taken hold. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 3:8 Καὶ ἐξαλλόμενος ἔστη καὶ περιεπάτει, καὶ εἰσῆλθεν σὺν αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, περιπατῶν καὶ ἁλλόμενος καὶ αἰνῶν τὸν θεόν. And he leapt up and stood, and he walked around and went into the temple with them, walking around and leaping and praising God.
Acts 3:9 Καὶ εἶδεν αὐτὸν πᾶς ὁ λαὸς περιπατοῦντα καὶ αἰνοῦντα τὸν θεόν· And all the people saw him walking around and praising God,
Acts 3:10 ἐπεγίνωσκόν τε αὐτὸν ὅτι οὗτος ἦν ὁ πρὸς τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην καθήμενος ἐπὶ τῇ Ὡραίᾳ πύλῃ τοῦ ἱεροῦ· καὶ ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως ἐπὶ τῷ συμβεβηκότι αὐτῷ. and they recognized him – that this was the man who sat for alms at the Beautiful Gate of the temple, and they were filled with astonishment and amazement at what had happened to him.
Acts 3:11 Κρατοῦντος δὲ τοῦ ἰαθέντος χωλοῦ τὸν Πέτρον καὶ Ἰωάννην, συνέδραμεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ἐπὶ τῇ στοᾷ τῇ καλουμένῃ Σολομῶντος, ἔκθαμβοι. Then while the lame man who had been healed held onto Peter and John, all the people converged on them at what is called Solomon's Portico, greatly astonished. converged on ← ran together to.
what is called Solomon's Portico ← the portico called Solomon's.
Acts 3:12 Ἰδὼν δὲ Πέτρος ἀπεκρίνατο πρὸς τὸν λαόν, Ἄνδρες Ἰσραηλῖται, τί θαυμάζετε ἐπὶ τούτῳ, ἢ ἡμῖν τί ἀτενίζετε, ὡς ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ εὐσεβείᾳ πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν; And when Peter saw this, he answered the people, “You Israelite men, why are you astonished at this, or why do you look at us so intently as if it were by our own power or godliness that we made him walk? that we made ← (look at) us having made.
Acts 3:13 Ὁ θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακώβ, ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, ἐδόξασεν τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν· ὃν ὑμεῖς {RP P1904: μὲν} [TR: - ] παρεδώκατε, καὶ ἠρνήσασθε αὐτὸν κατὰ πρόσωπον Πιλάτου, κρίναντος ἐκείνου ἀπολύειν. The God of Abraham and Isaac and Jacob – the God of our fathers – glorified his servant Jesus, whom you {RP P1904: though} [TR: - ] delivered up and disowned in the presence of Pilate, when he had resolved to release him. μὲν, on the one hand: present in RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's em).
servant: one of Christ's roles, as in Isa 52:13. AV differs, reading son, but this is not the usual word for son.
disowned ← denied.
he ← that (man).
Acts 3:14 Ὑμεῖς δὲ τὸν ἅγιον καὶ δίκαιον ἠρνήσασθε, καὶ ᾐτήσασθε ἄνδρα φονέα χαρισθῆναι ὑμῖν, But you disowned the holy and righteous one and asked for a man who was a murderer to be granted release to you. disowned ← denied.
Acts 3:15 τὸν δὲ ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς ἀπεκτείνατε· ὃν ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν, οὗ ἡμεῖς μάρτυρές ἐσμεν. And you killed the originator of life, whom God raised from the dead, of which we are witnesses. originator: AV differs, reading Prince, which is also a valid meaning.
whom God raised: see Acts 2:32, John 10:18.
Acts 3:16 Καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ πίστει τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ, τοῦτον ὃν θεωρεῖτε καὶ οἴδατε ἐστερέωσεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἡ πίστις ἡ δι' αὐτοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ τὴν ὁλοκληρίαν ταύτην ἀπέναντι πάντων ὑμῶν. And by faith in his name, his name has given strength to this man whom you see and know, and faith which is through him has given him this clean bill of health in the presence of you all. clean bill of health ← completeness.
Acts 3:17 Καὶ νῦν, ἀδελφοί, οἶδα ὅτι κατὰ ἄγνοιαν ἐπράξατε, ὥσπερ καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες ὑμῶν. And now, brothers, I know you acted in ignorance, as also your rulers did.
Acts 3:18 Ὁ δὲ θεὸς ἃ προκατήγγειλεν διὰ στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ, παθεῖν τὸν χριστόν, ἐπλήρωσεν οὕτως. But God has in this way fulfilled the things which he declared beforehand through the mouth of all his prophets, namely that Christ should suffer.
Acts 3:19 Μετανοήσατε οὖν καὶ ἐπιστρέψατε, εἰς τὸ ἐξαλειφθῆναι ὑμῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, ὅπως ἂν ἔλθωσιν καιροὶ ἀναψύξεως ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ κυρίου, Repent therefore, and return, in order that your sins may be wiped out, and that the times of relief may come from the Lord, from the Lord ← from (the) face of the Lord.
Acts 3:20 καὶ ἀποστείλῃ τὸν {RP P1904: προκεχειρισμένον} [TR: προκεκηρυγμένον] ὑμῖν {RP P1904: χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν} [TR: Ἰησοῦν χριστόν]· and that he may send you {RP P1904: Christ Jesus} [TR: Jesus Christ] who was {RP P1904: taken in hand in advance for you} [TR: proclaimed beforehand to you], προκεχειρισμένον, taken in hand beforehand, prepared beforehand, RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. προκεκηρυγμένον, proclaimed beforehand, TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, Christ + Jesus, RP P1904 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's acghl) vs. Ἰησοῦν χριστόν, Jesus + Christ, TR F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's bdefkmop). A disparity with RP, R=6:9. AV differs textually.
Acts 3:21 ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι ἄχρι χρόνων ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων, ὧν ἐλάλησεν ὁ θεὸς διὰ στόματος πάντων {RP: τῶν} [P1904 TR: - ] ἁγίων αὐτοῦ προφητῶν ἀπ' αἰῶνος. whom heaven must receive until the times of the restoration of all things of which God has spoken through the mouth of all his holy prophets of old time. τῶν, (of) the (holy prophets of him): present in RP F1859=10/13 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's bce).
receive: i.e. retain (received).
of old time ← since (the) age.
Acts 3:22 {RP TR: Μωσῆς} [P1904: Μωϋσῆς] μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας εἶπεν ὅτι Προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει κύριος ὁ θεὸς {RP: ἡμῶν} [P1904 TR: ὑμῶν] ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν ὡς ἐμέ· αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε κατὰ πάντα ὅσα ἂν λαλήσῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς. For Moses said to the fathers, ‘The Lord {RP: our} [P1904 TR: your] God will raise up a prophet to you from your brothers like me. You will hear him in regard to whatever he says to you. Μωσῆς, Moses, RP TR F1859=6/14 (Scrivener's cefh**km) vs. Μωϋσῆς, Moüses, P1904 F1859=8/14 (Scrivener's abdgh*lop). A weak disparity (#1) with RP, R=7:9.
ἡμῶν, our, RP F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's abcefhlo) vs. ὑμῶν, your, P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's dgkmp). Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP, R=8:7. AV differs textually.
Deut 18:15, Deut 18:18.
Acts 3:23 Ἔσται δέ, πᾶσα ψυχή, ἥτις {RP-text P1904: ἐὰν} [RP-marg TR: ἂν] μὴ ἀκούσῃ τοῦ προφήτου ἐκείνου, ἐξολοθρευθήσεται ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ. And it will come to pass that anyone who does not hear that prophet will be utterly eradicated from the people.’ ἐὰν, (who)ever (non-classical form), RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. ἂν, (who)ever (classical form), RP-marg TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's ahk).
Deut 18:19, adapted a little.
anyone who does not ← every soul whatever which does not.
Acts 3:24 Καὶ πάντες δὲ οἱ προφῆται ἀπὸ Σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν καθεξῆς, ὅσοι ἐλάλησαν, καὶ {RP-text P1904: κατήγγειλαν} [RP-marg TR: προκατήγγειλαν] τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας. Indeed all the prophets from Samuel and those who followed – all who have spoken – also announced these days {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: beforehand]. κατήγγειλαν, announced, RP-text P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. προκατήγγειλαν, announced beforehand, RP-marg TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's abho).
all ← as many as.
Acts 3:25 Ὑμεῖς ἐστε υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ τῆς διαθήκης ἧς διέθετο ὁ θεὸς πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν, λέγων πρὸς Ἀβραάμ, Καὶ {RP P1904: ἐν} [TR: - ] τῷ σπέρματί σου ἐνευλογηθήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῆς γῆς. You are the sons of the prophets and of the covenant which God made with our fathers, saying to Abraham, ‘And through your seed all the families of the earth will be blessed.’ ἐν, in, by, here through (strengthening the dative): present in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 (k being by a later hand) vs. absent in TR F1859=0/13.
Gen 12:3, Gen 22:18, Gen 26:4, Gen 28:14.
Acts 3:26 Ὑμῖν πρῶτον ὁ θεός, ἀναστήσας τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν, ἀπέστειλεν αὐτὸν εὐλογοῦντα ὑμᾶς, ἐν τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ τῶν πονηριῶν ὑμῶν. God raised up his servant Jesus to you first, and he sent him to bless you by turning each one away from your wicked ways.” servant: see Acts 3:13.
to bless ← blessing, present participle, perhaps standing for a classical future participle of purpose. See Matt 20:20.
by turning: instrumental (by, gerundial) rather than temporal (while, adverbial).
Acts 4:1 Λαλούντων δὲ αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν λαόν, ἐπέστησαν αὐτοῖς οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ ὁ στρατηγὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ καὶ οἱ Σαδδουκαῖοι, But while they were speaking to the people, the priests and the head guard of the temple and the Sadducees confronted them,
Acts 4:2 διαπονούμενοι διὰ τὸ διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς τὸν λαόν, καὶ καταγγέλλειν ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ τὴν ἀνάστασιν {RP P1904: τῶν} [TR: τὴν ἐκ] νεκρῶν. and they were exasperated at them teaching the people and proclaiming the resurrection {RP P1904: of the} [TR: out of the] dead in Jesus, τῶν, of the, RP P1904 F1859=9/14 vs. τὴν ἐκ, which (is) out of, TR F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's beko*p).
Acts 4:3 Καὶ ἐπέβαλον αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας, καὶ ἔθεντο εἰς τήρησιν εἰς τὴν αὔριον· ἦν γὰρ ἑσπέρα ἤδη. and they laid hands on them and had them put in custody until the following day, for it was already evening. had them put: this causative sense comes from the middle voice. Compare Acts 5:18, Acts 5:25, 1 Cor 10:2, 1 Cor 6:11.
Acts 4:4 Πολλοὶ δὲ τῶν ἀκουσάντων τὸν λόγον ἐπίστευσαν· καὶ ἐγενήθη ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ὡσεὶ χιλιάδες πέντε. But many of those hearing the word believed, and the number of men grew to about five thousand. hearing ← having heard. See Matt 23:20.
grew to ← became.
Acts 4:5 Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν αὔριον συναχθῆναι αὐτῶν τοὺς ἄρχοντας καὶ {RP TR: - } [P1904: τοὺς] πρεσβυτέρους καὶ γραμματεῖς εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, And it came to pass on the next day that their rulers and elders and scribes gathered in Jerusalem, τοὺς, the (elders): absent in RP TR F1859=8/13 vs. present in P1904 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's bceop).
in Jerusalem ← into Jerusalem. Pregnant usage.
Acts 4:6 καὶ Ἄνναν τὸν ἀρχιερέα, καὶ Καϊάφαν, καὶ Ἰωάννην, καὶ Ἀλέξανδρον, καὶ ὅσοι ἦσαν ἐκ γένους ἀρχιερατικοῦ. with Annas the high priest and Caiaphas and John and Alexander and all who were of the high-priestly family, all ← as many as.
family: or race, descent.
Acts 4:7 Καὶ στήσαντες αὐτοὺς ἐν {RP: - } [P1904 TR: τῷ] μέσῳ ἐπυνθάνοντο, Ἐν ποίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι ἐποιήσατε τοῦτο ὑμεῖς; and they placed them before them and inquired, “By what power or in what name did you do this?” τῷ, the (midst): absent in RP F1859=11/14 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=3/14 (Scrivener's c*ep).
before them ← in {RP: - } [P1904 TR: the] midst.
Acts 4:8 Τότε Πέτρος πλησθεὶς πνεύματος ἁγίου εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ἄρχοντες τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, Then Peter, filled with holy spirit, said to them, “Rulers of the people and elders of Israel,
Acts 4:9 εἰ ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεθα ἐπὶ εὐεργεσίᾳ ἀνθρώπου ἀσθενοῦς, ἐν τίνι οὗτος σέσωσται· if we today are being examined about the good work on a sick man, by what means he has been cured, on ← of (objective genitive).
he ← this (man).
cured: or saved.
Acts 4:10 γνωστὸν ἔστω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραήλ, ὅτι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου, ὃν ὑμεῖς ἐσταυρώσατε, ὃν ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν, ἐν τούτῳ οὗτος παρέστηκεν ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ὑγιής. let it be known to all of you and to all the people of Israel that it is in the name of Jesus Christ the Nazarene, whom you crucified, whom God has raised from the dead – that it is by him – that this man stands here in your presence, healthy. him ← this (man).
Acts 4:11 Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ λίθος ὁ ἐξουθενηθεὶς ὑφ' ὑμῶν τῶν οἰκοδομούντων, ὁ γενόμενος εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας. He is

The stone which was rejected by you builders,

But which has become the keystone.

 Ps 118:22.
he ← this (man).
keystone ← head of (the) corner / angle.
Acts 4:12 Καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ ἡ σωτηρία· {RP TR: οὔτε} [P1904: οὐδὲ] γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν] τὸ δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις, ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς. And there is no salvation in any other, for neither is there any other name {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: under heaven] given among men by which we must be saved.” οὔτε, and not, RP TR F1859=7/12 vs. οὐδὲ, not even; and not, P1904 F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's abhko).
ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν, under heaven: absent in RP-text F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's bcglmo) vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's adefhk). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=6:8. AV differs textually.
Acts 4:13 Θεωροῦντες δὲ τὴν τοῦ Πέτρου παρρησίαν καὶ Ἰωάννου, καὶ καταλαβόμενοι ὅτι ἄνθρωποι ἀγράμματοί εἰσιν καὶ ἰδιῶται, ἐθαύμαζον, ἐπεγίνωσκόν τε αὐτοὺς ὅτι σὺν τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἦσαν. And when they saw the confidence of Peter and John, and when they realized that they were unlettered and laymen, they were amazed, and they recognized that they had been with Jesus. confidence: or frankness, straightforwardness.
Acts 4:14 Τὸν δὲ ἄνθρωπον βλέποντες σὺν αὐτοῖς ἑστῶτα τὸν τεθεραπευμένον, οὐδὲν εἶχον ἀντειπεῖν. And since they saw the man who had been healed standing with them, they had nothing to say against it. since: causal use of the participle.
Acts 4:15 Κελεύσαντες δὲ αὐτοὺς ἔξω τοῦ συνεδρίου ἀπελθεῖν, {RP P1904: συνέβαλλον} [TR: συνέβαλον] πρὸς ἀλλήλους, And they ordered them to go out of the Sanhedrin council and conferred with each other, συνέβαλλον, were conferring, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. συνέβαλον, conferred, TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ck*).
Acts 4:16 λέγοντες, Τί {RP-text P1904 TR: ποιήσομεν} [RP-marg: ποιήσωμεν] τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις; Ὅτι μὲν γὰρ γνωστὸν σημεῖον γέγονεν δι' αὐτῶν, πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἱερουσαλὴμ φανερόν, καὶ οὐ δυνάμεθα ἀρνήσασθαι. and they said, “What {RP-text P1904 TR: shall} [RP-marg: should] we do to these men? For that an evident sign has taken place through them is manifest to all the inhabitants of Jerusalem, and we cannot deny it, ποιήσομεν, (what) shall we do, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=10/12 vs. ποιήσωμεν, (what) are we to do (deliberative subjunctive), RP-marg F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's km).
Acts 4:17 Ἀλλ' ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον διανεμηθῇ εἰς τὸν λαόν, ἀπειλῇ {RP-text: ἀπειλησόμεθα} [RP-marg P1904 TR: ἀπειλησώμεθα] αὐτοῖς μηκέτι λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ μηδενὶ ἀνθρώπων. but in order that it does not spread any further throughout the people, {RP-text: we will threaten} [RP-marg P1904 TR: let us threaten] them strongly telling them not to speak any more in this name to any man.” ἀπειλησόμεθα, we will threaten, RP-text F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's bdek**o) vs. ἀπειλησώμεθα, let us threaten (cohortative subjunctive), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's acfghk*lm). A disparity with RP-text, R=5:10.
not ... any man ← no-one of men.
Acts 4:18 Καὶ καλέσαντες αὐτούς, παρήγγειλαν αὐτοῖς τὸ καθόλου μὴ φθέγγεσθαι μηδὲ διδάσκειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. So they called them and commanded them not to speak out or teach in the name of Jesus at all.
Acts 4:19 Ὁ δὲ Πέτρος καὶ Ἰωάννης ἀποκριθέντες πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπον, Εἰ δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν ἀκούειν μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ θεοῦ, κρίνατε. But Peter and John answered and said to them, “Whether it is right in God's sight to hear you rather than God, you judge.
Acts 4:20 Οὐ δυνάμεθα γὰρ ἡμεῖς, ἃ εἴδομεν καὶ ἠκούσαμεν, μὴ λαλεῖν. For we cannot refrain from speaking of what we have seen and heard.” refrain from speaking ← not speak.
Acts 4:21 Οἱ δὲ προσαπειλησάμενοι ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς, μηδὲν εὑρίσκοντες τὸ πῶς {RP P1904: κολάσονται} [TR: κολάσωνται] αὐτούς, διὰ τὸν λαόν, ὅτι πάντες ἐδόξαζον τὸν θεὸν ἐπὶ τῷ γεγονότι. Then they threatened them some more and released them, not finding any way to have them punished, on account of the people, because everyone was glorifying God for what had happened. κολάσονται, they would (→ could, a Hebraism) have (them) punished, RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. κολάσωνται, they might have (them) punished, TR F1859=0/12.
Acts 4:22 Ἐτῶν γὰρ ἦν πλειόνων τεσσαράκοντα ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφ' ὃν ἐγεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο τῆς ἰάσεως. For the man on whom this sign of healing had taken place was more than forty years old.
Acts 4:23 Ἀπολυθέντες δὲ ἦλθον πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους, καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν ὅσα πρὸς αὐτοὺς οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι εἶπον. So having been released, they went to their own circle and reported everything that the senior priests and elders had said to them. everything ← as many (things) as.
Acts 4:24 Οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἦραν φωνὴν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, καὶ εἶπον, Δέσποτα, σὺ {RP TR: ὁ θεὸς} [P1904: - ] ὁ ποιήσας τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς· And when they heard it, they raised their voices to God in unanimity and said, “Master, you {RP TR: who are God} [P1904: - ] who made heaven and the earth and the sea and everything in them, ὁ θεὸς, God: present in RP TR F1859=12/12 vs. absent in P1904 F1859=0/12.
voices ← voice.
Acts 4:25 ὁ διὰ στόματος {RP P1904: Δαυὶδ} [TR: Δαβὶδ] {RP P1904: - } [TR: τοῦ] παιδός σου εἰπών, Ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά; you who said through the mouth of David your servant,

‘Why do the nations rage,

And the peoples exercise themselves with vain concerns?

 David: on Δαυίδ vs. Δαβίδ, see Matt 1:1.
τοῦ, the (servant of you): absent in RP P1904 F1859=7/12 vs. present in TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's beflo).
Ps 2:1.
do ← did, perfect tense in Hebrew, frequently translatable by the present tense.
rage ← neigh and prance.
Acts 4:26 Παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ κατὰ τοῦ χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ·

The kings of the earth have taken a stand,

And the rulers have gathered together against the Lord

And against his Christ.’

 Ps 2:2.
Acts 4:27 συνήχθησαν γὰρ ἐπ' ἀληθείας ἐπὶ τὸν ἅγιον παῖδά σου Ἰησοῦν, ὃν ἔχρισας, Ἡρῴδης τε καὶ Πόντιος Πιλάτος, σὺν ἔθνεσιν καὶ λαοῖς Ἰσραήλ, For they have truly gathered against your holy servant Jesus, whom you anointed: both Herod and Pontius Pilate, with the Gentiles and the peoples of Israel, servant: see Acts 3:13, but AV differs (child) here.
Acts 4:28 ποιῆσαι ὅσα ἡ χείρ σου καὶ ἡ βουλή σου προώρισεν γενέσθαι. to do whatever your hand and your plan have pre-ordained to take place.
Acts 4:29 Καὶ τὰ νῦν, κύριε, ἔπιδε ἐπὶ τὰς ἀπειλὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ δὸς τοῖς δούλοις σου μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης λαλεῖν τὸν λόγον σου, And as for the present situation, Lord, look at their threats, and allow your servants to speak your word with all confidence,
Acts 4:30 ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐκτείνειν σε εἰς ἴασιν, καὶ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα γίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου Ἰησοῦ. by stretching out your hand for healing and signs and miracles taking place through the name of your holy servant Jesus.” servant: see Acts 3:13, but AV differs (child) here.
Acts 4:31 Καὶ δεηθέντων αὐτῶν ἐσαλεύθη ὁ τόπος ἐν ᾧ ἦσαν συνηγμένοι, καὶ ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες πνεύματος ἁγίου, καὶ ἐλάλουν τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ μετὰ παρρησίας. And when they had implored him, the place where they were gathered shook, and all of them were filled with holy spirit, and they spoke the word of God with confidence. spoke ← were speaking, but here indicating spoke on several occasions. The imperfect tense is maintained up to verse 33.
Acts 4:32 Τοῦ δὲ πλήθους τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν ἡ καρδία καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ μία· καὶ {RP P1904 S1550: οὐδὲ} [E1624 S1894: οὐδ'] εἷς τι τῶν ὑπαρχόντων {RP-text: αὐτῶν} [RP-marg P1904 TR: αὐτῷ] ἔλεγεν ἴδιον εἶναι, ἀλλ' ἦν αὐτοῖς ἅπαντα κοινά. And the heart and soul of the multitude of the believers was one, and not a single one said any of {RP-text: their} [RP-marg P1904 TR: his] possessions was his own, but they had everything in common. οὐδὲ, not even; and not (unapocopated), RP P1904 S1550 F1859=9/12 vs. οὐδ', not even; and not (apocopated), E1624 S1894 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's cel, though ce read, with the next word, οὐδείς).
αὐτῶν, of them, their, RP-text F1859=6/14 (Scrivener's b**fgkl*m) vs. αὐτῷ, to him, his, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=8/14 (Scrivener's ab*cdehl**o). A disparity with RP-text, R=6:10.
Acts 4:33 Καὶ μεγάλῃ δυνάμει ἀπεδίδουν τὸ μαρτύριον οἱ ἀπόστολοι τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, χάρις τε μεγάλη ἦν ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς. And the apostles gave a testimony to the resurrection of the Lord Jesus with great power, and they were all greatly esteemed. a testimony ← the testimony. See Gen 22:9.
they were all greatly esteemed ← there was great grace / favour upon them all. The sense of favour occurs in Acts 2:47.
Acts 4:34 Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐνδεής τις ὑπῆρχεν ἐν αὐτοῖς· ὅσοι γὰρ κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν ὑπῆρχον, πωλοῦντες ἔφερον τὰς τιμὰς τῶν πιπρασκομένων, For no-one among them was in need, for all who were the owners of land or houses sold them and brought the proceeds of the items sold, all ← as many as.
Acts 4:35 καὶ ἐτίθουν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων· διεδίδοτο δὲ ἑκάστῳ καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν. and they laid them at the feet of the apostles, and they were distributed to each according to whatever anyone needed.
Acts 4:36 Ἰωσῆς δέ, ὁ ἐπικληθεὶς Βαρνάβας {RP P1904: ἀπὸ} [TR: ὑπὸ] τῶν ἀποστόλων - ὅ ἐστιν, μεθερμηνευόμενον, υἱὸς παρακλήσεως - Λευΐτης, Κύπριος τῷ γένει, And Joses who was surnamed Barnabas by the apostles, which when translated is “Son of Consolation”, a Levite, a Cypriot by birth, ἀπὸ, by (a less usual agent of the passive), RP P1904 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's adghlm) vs. ὑπὸ, by (a more usual agent of the passive), TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's bcefko). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7.
birth ← race, but he was a Levite by hereditary race, and this refers to his native land.
Acts 4:37 ὑπάρχοντος αὐτῷ ἀγροῦ, πωλήσας ἤνεγκεν τὸ χρῆμα, καὶ ἔθηκεν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων. who owned land, sold it, and he brought the proceeds and placed them at the apostles' feet.
Acts 5:1 Ἀνὴρ δέ τις Ἀνανίας ὀνόματι, σὺν Σαπφείρῃ τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, ἐπώλησεν κτῆμα, But a certain man by the name of Ananias, with Sapphira his wife, sold some property, Sapphira: Greek Sappheira.
Acts 5:2 καὶ ἐνοσφίσατο ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς, συνειδυίας καὶ τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐνέγκας μέρος τι παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων ἔθηκεν. and he put some of the proceeds aside for himself, his wife also knowing about it, and he brought a certain part and placed it at the feet of the apostles.
Acts 5:3 Εἶπεν δὲ Πέτρος, Ἀνανία, διὰ τί ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ Σατανᾶς τὴν καρδίαν σου, ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, καὶ {RP: νοσφίσασθαί σε} [P1904 TR: νοσφίσασθαι] ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ χωρίου; But Peter said, “Ananias, why did Satan fill your heart, so that you lied to the holy spirit, and {RP: you} [P1904 TR: - ] put some of the proceeds of the land aside? σε, you: present in RP F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abefghm) vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's cdklo). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7.
Acts 5:4 Οὐχὶ μένον σοὶ ἔμενεν, καὶ πραθὲν ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν; Τί ὅτι ἔθου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο; Οὐκ ἐψεύσω ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλὰ τῷ θεῷ. Something has definitely been kept back for yourself, hasn't it, and when it was sold, didn't you have power to choose? How did you come up with this course of action in your heart? You have not lied to men, but to God.” has definitely been kept back ← remaining remained.
didn't you have power to choose ← was it not in your authority.
how did you come up with this course of action ← what that you put this matter.
AV differs somewhat in various ways.
Acts 5:5 Ἀκούων δὲ {RP P1904: ὁ} [TR: - ] Ἀνανίας τοὺς λόγους τούτους, πεσὼν ἐξέψυξεν· καὶ ἐγένετο φόβος μέγας ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας ταῦτα. When Ananias heard these words, he fell down and expired, and a great fear came on all those who heard these things. ὁ, the (Ananias): present in RP P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. absent in TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's cel).
Acts 5:6 Ἀναστάντες δὲ οἱ νεώτεροι συνέστειλαν αὐτόν, καὶ ἐξενέγκαντες ἔθαψαν. Then the young men stood up and wrapped him in a shroud and carried him out and buried him. young ← younger, quite young.
Acts 5:7 Ἐγένετο δὲ ὡς ὡρῶν τριῶν διάστημα, καὶ ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ μὴ εἰδυῖα τὸ γεγονὸς εἰσῆλθεν. And it came to pass after an interval of about three hours that his wife came in, not knowing what had taken place. that: we take καὶ as the conjunction following ἐγένετο (a common Hebraism), so it is not translated as also here.
Acts 5:8 Ἀπεκρίθη δὲ αὐτῇ ὁ Πέτρος, Εἰπέ μοι, εἰ τοσούτου τὸ χωρίον ἀπέδοσθε; Ἡ δὲ εἶπεν, Ναί, τοσούτου. And Peter said to her, “Tell me did you sell the land for this price?” And she said, “Yes, for this price.” said ← answered. There is not necessarily any notion of responding, though one could suggest responding to the situation.
for this price (2x) ← for so much.
Acts 5:9 Ὁ δὲ Πέτρος εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτήν, Τί ὅτι συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν πειράσαι τὸ πνεῦμα κυρίου; Ἰδού, οἱ πόδες τῶν θαψάντων τὸν ἄνδρα σου ἐπὶ τῇ θύρᾳ, καὶ ἐξοίσουσίν σε. Then Peter said to her, “How come you agreed to put the spirit of the Lord to the test? Look, the feet of those who have buried your husband are at the door, and they will also carry you out.” you agreed ← it was agreed by you (plural).
Acts 5:10 Ἔπεσεν δὲ παραχρῆμα παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξέψυξεν· εἰσελθόντες δὲ οἱ νεανίσκοι εὗρον αὐτὴν νεκράν, καὶ ἐξενέγκαντες ἔθαψαν πρὸς τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς. And immediately she fell at his feet and expired. So when the young men came in, they found her dead, and they carried her out and buried her with her husband.
Acts 5:11 Καὶ ἐγένετο φόβος μέγας ἐφ' ὅλην τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας ταῦτα. And great fear came upon the whole church and on all those who heard these things. church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 5:12 Διὰ δὲ τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων {RP-text P1904 E1624 S1894: ἐγίνετο} [RP-marg S1550: ἐγένετο] σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἐν τῷ λαῷ πολλά· καὶ ἦσαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἅπαντες ἐν τῇ στοᾷ Σολομῶντος. And many signs and miracles {RP-text P1904 E1624 S1894: were taking place} [RP-marg S1550: took place] among the people by the apostles, and all were of one mind in Solomon's Portico. ἐγίνετο, were taking place, RP-text P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=11/12 (Scrivener's abcdefgklmo) vs. ἐγένετο, took place, RP-marg S1550 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's h). A disparity with RP-marg (low count).
by ← through the hands of, idiom for the agent of the passive.
Acts 5:13 Τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν οὐδεὶς ἐτόλμα κολλᾶσθαι αὐτοῖς, ἀλλ' ἐμεγάλυνεν αὐτοὺς ὁ λαός· But of the rest, no-one dared to join them, but the people spoke highly of them, the rest: presumably, in view of the next verse, the non-believing public at large.
to join ← to be joined.
spoke highly of ← magnified.
Acts 5:14 μᾶλλον δὲ προσετίθεντο πιστεύοντες τῷ κυρίῳ, πλήθη ἀνδρῶν τε καὶ γυναικῶν· and all the more believers were being added to the Lord – crowds of both men and women –
Acts 5:15 ὥστε κατὰ τὰς πλατείας ἐκφέρειν τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς, καὶ τιθέναι ἐπὶ κλινῶν καὶ {RP TR: κραββάτων} [P1904: κραβάττων], ἵνα ἐρχομένου Πέτρου κἂν ἡ σκιὰ ἐπισκιάσῃ τινὶ αὐτῶν. and as a result they brought out the sick onto the various streets and put them on beds and stretchers, in order that when Peter came, even just his shadow might be cast on one of them. κραββάτων, stretchers (1), RP TR F1859=11/12 vs. κραβάττων, stretchers (2), P1904 F1859=0/12 vs. another spelling, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's c).
be cast on ← overshadow.
Acts 5:16 Συνήρχετο δὲ καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πέριξ πόλεων εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, φέροντες ἀσθενεῖς καὶ ὀχλουμένους ὑπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων, οἵτινες ἐθεραπεύοντο ἅπαντες. And the population of the cities round about also flocked to Jerusalem carrying the ill and those troubled by unclean spirits, and they were all healed. population ← multitude.
Acts 5:17 Ἀναστὰς δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ - ἡ οὖσα αἵρεσις τῶν Σαδδουκαίων - ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου, Then the high priest and all those with him rose up – this being the sect of the Sadducees – and they were full of jealousy,
Acts 5:18 καὶ ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους, καὶ ἔθεντο αὐτοὺς ἐν τηρήσει δημοσίᾳ. and they laid their hands on the apostles and had them put in the state prison. had them put: see Acts 4:3.
state ← public.
Acts 5:19 Ἄγγελος δὲ κυρίου διὰ τῆς νυκτὸς ἤνοιξεν τὰς θύρας τῆς φυλακῆς, ἐξαγαγών τε αὐτοὺς εἶπεν, But the angel of the Lord opened the doors of the prison in the night, and he led them out, and he said,
Acts 5:20 Πορεύεσθε, καὶ σταθέντες λαλεῖτε ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τῷ λαῷ πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης. “Go and stand up in the temple and speak all these words of life to the people.” stand up: imperatival use of the participle.
these words of life ← the words of this life. A figure of speech, hypallage [CB].
Acts 5:21 Ἀκούσαντες δὲ εἰσῆλθον ὑπὸ τὸν ὄρθρον εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκον. Παραγενόμενος δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, συνεκάλεσαν τὸ συνέδριον καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γερουσίαν τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἀπέστειλαν εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον, ἀχθῆναι αὐτούς. And when they had heard this, they went at about dawn into the temple and gave teaching. Now when the high priest arrived, and those with him, they convened the Sanhedrin council, and the whole council of elders of the sons of Israel, and they sent to the prison for them to be brought. arrived: perhaps at his office, somewhere where he was unaware of what was happening in the temple.
Acts 5:22 Οἱ δὲ ὑπηρέται παραγενόμενοι οὐχ εὗρον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ· ἀναστρέψαντες δὲ ἀπήγγειλαν, But when the attendants arrived, they did not find them in the prison, and they returned and reported back,
Acts 5:23 λέγοντες ὅτι Τὸ μὲν δεσμωτήριον εὕρομεν κεκλεισμένον ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ, καὶ τοὺς φύλακας {RP P1904: - } [TR: ἔξω] ἑστῶτας πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν· ἀνοίξαντες δέ, ἔσω οὐδένα εὕρομεν. and they said, “We found the prison closed under all security, and the guards standing {RP P1904: - } [TR: outside] in front of the doors, but when we opened them, we found no-one inside.” ἔξω, outside: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12.
under ← in.
Acts 5:24 Ὡς δὲ ἤκουσαν τοὺς λόγους τούτους ὅ τε ἱερεὺς καὶ ὁ στρατηγὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς, διηπόρουν περὶ αὐτῶν, τί ἂν γένοιτο τοῦτο. And when the priest and the head guard of the temple and the senior priests heard these words, they were at a loss concerning them as to what this might turn into. turn into ← become.
Acts 5:25 Παραγενόμενος δέ τις ἀπήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς {RP P1904: - } [TR: λέγων] ὅτι Ἰδού, οἱ ἄνδρες οὓς ἔθεσθε ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ εἰσὶν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἑστῶτες καὶ διδάσκοντες τὸν λαόν. Then someone arrived and reported back to them {RP P1904: as follows:} [TR: and said,] “We have seen how the men whom you had put in prison are standing in the temple teaching the people.” λέγων, saying: absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. present in TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's e).
we have seen how ← behold.
you had put: i.e. you caused to be put, from the middle voice (not the pluperfect you had put). See Acts 4:3, Acts 5:18.
teaching ← and teaching.
Acts 5:26 Τότε ἀπελθὼν ὁ στρατηγὸς σὺν τοῖς ὑπηρέταις ἤγαγεν αὐτούς, οὐ μετὰ βίας, ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ τὸν λαόν, ἵνα μὴ λιθασθῶσιν. Then the head guard went away with the attendants and brought them, not with force, for they feared the people, so as not to be stoned.
Acts 5:27 Ἀγαγόντες δὲ αὐτοὺς ἔστησαν ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ. Καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτοὺς ὁ ἀρχιερεύς, And when they had brought them, they set them in front of the Sanhedrin council. And the high priest questioned them,
Acts 5:28 λέγων, Οὐ παραγγελίᾳ παρηγγείλαμεν ὑμῖν μὴ διδάσκειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ; Καὶ ἰδοὺ πεπληρώκατε τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ τῆς διδαχῆς ὑμῶν, καὶ βούλεσθε ἐπαγαγεῖν ἐφ' ἡμᾶς τὸ αἷμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου. and he said, “Did we not strictly command you not to teach in this name? And you have gone and filled Jerusalem with your teaching, and you are determined to bring the blood of this man on us.” you have gone and filled ← behold, you have filled.
you are determined ← you wish, but here the wish is clearly very strongly felt. The papyri give some justification for “purpose, intention, not mere will” [MM]. Perhaps the usage is influenced by βουλεύομαι (passive), to resolve.
Acts 5:29 Ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ {RP P1904: - } [TR: ὁ] Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι εἶπον, Πειθαρχεῖν δεῖ θεῷ μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρώποις. Then Peter and the apostles answered and said, “It is necessary to obey God rather than men. ὁ, the (Peter): absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. present in TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's e).
then Peter and the apostles answered and said ← then Peter answered and the apostles said.
Acts 5:30 Ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν ἤγειρεν Ἰησοῦν, ὃν ὑμεῖς διεχειρίσασθε, κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου. The God of our fathers raised Jesus, whom you laid hands on and hung on wood. The God of our fathers raised Jesus: see Acts 2:32, John 10:18.
Acts 5:31 Τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς ἀρχηγὸν καὶ σωτῆρα ὕψωσεν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, δοῦναι μετάνοιαν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν. God has exalted this man as a ruler and saviour at his right hand so as to give repentance to Israel and forgiveness of sins.
Acts 5:32 Καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν αὐτοῦ μάρτυρες τῶν ῥημάτων τούτων, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα δὲ τὸ ἅγιον, ὃ ἔδωκεν ὁ θεὸς τοῖς πειθαρχοῦσιν αὐτῷ. And we are his witnesses of these words, as is the holy spirit which God has given to those who obey him.”
Acts 5:33 Οἱ δὲ {RP-text: ἀκούοντες} [RP-marg P1904 TR: ἀκούσαντες] διεπρίοντο, καὶ ἐβουλεύοντο ἀνελεῖν αὐτούς. Then those who heard it were cut to the quick and resolved to destroy them. ἀκούοντες, hearing, RP-text F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ch) vs. ἀκούσαντες, having heard, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=10/12. A strong disparity with RP-text, R=2:12.
were cut to the quick ← were being sawn through.
Acts 5:34 Ἀναστὰς δέ τις ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ Φαρισαῖος, ὀνόματι Γαμαλιήλ, νομοδιδάσκαλος, τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ, ἐκέλευσεν ἔξω βραχύ τι τοὺς ἀποστόλους ποιῆσαι. But a certain person in the Sanhedrin council, a Pharisee by the name of Gamaliel, a teacher of the law, respected by all the people, stood up and gave orders to put the apostles outside for a little while.
Acts 5:35 Εἶπέν τε πρὸς αὐτούς, Ἄνδρες Ἰσραηλῖται, προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις, τί μέλλετε πράσσειν. And he said to them, “Men and Israelites, watch out with these men as to what you are going to do. watch out ← take heed to yourselves.
Acts 5:36 Πρὸ γὰρ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀνέστη Θευδᾶς, λέγων εἶναί τινα ἑαυτόν, ᾧ {RP: προσεκλήθη} [P1904: προσεκλιθη] [TR: προσεκολληθη] ἀριθμὸς ἀνδρῶν ὡσεὶ τετρακοσίων· ὃς ἀνῃρέθη, καὶ πάντες ὅσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ διελύθησαν καὶ ἐγένοντο εἰς οὐδέν. For before these times Theudas stood up, saying he was someone, to whom a number of men {RP: were called} [P1904: were inclined] [TR: adhered] – about four hundred – and he was killed, and all who trusted him were disbanded and came to nothing. προσεκλήθη, was called, RP F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's a*gl) vs. προσεκλιθη, was inclined, P1904 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's a**bdhm) vs. προσεκολληθη, adhered, TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's fko) vs. other readings, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ce), probably misspellings of the TR reading. A disparity with RP, R=3:6 (also R=3:4). AV differs textually.
times ← days.
Acts 5:37 Μετὰ τοῦτον ἀνέστη Ἰούδας ὁ Γαλιλαῖος ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς ἀπογραφῆς, καὶ ἀπέστησεν λαὸν ἱκανὸν ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ· κἀκεῖνος ἀπώλετο, καὶ πάντες ὅσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ διεσκορπίσθησαν. After this man, Judas the Galilean arose in the days of the census, and he caused a considerable number of people to revolt, rallying behind him, yet that man perished, and all those who trusted him were scattered.
Acts 5:38 Καὶ τὰ νῦν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπόστητε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τούτων, καὶ ἐάσατε αὐτούς· ὅτι ἐὰν ᾖ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἡ βουλὴ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: αὕτη] ἢ τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο, καταλυθήσεται· And as for the present matters, I say to you, do not get involved with these men, and leave them alone, for if {RP: this} [P1904 TR: this] counsel or this work is of men, it will be dissolved, αὕτη, this: absent in RP F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abcfghl) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's dekmo). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7. AV differs textually.
do not get involved ← stand aloof from.
leave them alone ← allow them.
Acts 5:39 εἰ δὲ ἐκ θεοῦ ἐστιν, οὐ δύνασθε καταλῦσαι αὐτό, μήποτε καὶ θεομάχοι εὑρεθῆτε. but if it is of God, you cannot dissolve it, otherwise you for your part might be found to be opposing God.” for your part ← also.
to be opposing God ← God-fighters.
Acts 5:40 Ἐπείσθησαν δὲ αὐτῷ· καὶ προσκαλεσάμενοι τοὺς ἀποστόλους, δείραντες παρήγγειλαν μὴ λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς. Then they were persuaded by him, and they called the apostles and flogged them and commanded them not to speak in the name of Jesus, and they released them.
Acts 5:41 Οἱ μὲν οὖν ἐπορεύοντο χαίροντες ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ συνεδρίου, ὅτι ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος {RP-text: τοῦ Ἰησοῦ} [RP-marg P1904 TR: αὐτοῦ] κατηξιώθησαν ἀτιμασθῆναι. So they went away from the encounter with the Sanhedrin council rejoicing because they had been deemed worthy to suffer ignominy for the sake of {RP-text: the name of Jesus} [RP-marg P1904 TR: his name]. τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, of Jesus, RP-text F1859=0/13 vs. αὐτοῦ, his, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's cdl*) vs. τοῦ χριστοῦ, of Christ, F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's aehm) vs. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, of the Lord Jesus, F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's bfgl**) vs. Ἰησοῦ, of Jesus, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ko). A strong disparity with RP-text, R=0:5, unless Scrivener intended the article τοῦ in manuscripts ko, but then still a disparity. However, manuscripts with τοῦ are in the majority (R=8:7) and there are 6 manuscripts with Ἰησοῦ beating contenders αὐτοῦ, χριστοῦ and κυρίου. AV differs textually.
the encounter with ← (the) presence, face, front of.
Acts 5:42 Πᾶσάν τε ἡμέραν, ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ κατ' οἶκον, οὐκ ἐπαύοντο διδάσκοντες καὶ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι Ἰησοῦν τὸν χριστόν. And they did not cease teaching and preaching the gospel of Jesus the Christ in the temple and from house to house every day.
Acts 6:1 Ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις, πληθυνόντων τῶν μαθητῶν, ἐγένετο γογγυσμὸς τῶν Ἑλληνιστῶν πρὸς τοὺς Ἑβραίους, ὅτι παρεθεωροῦντο ἐν τῇ διακονίᾳ τῇ καθημερινῇ αἱ χῆραι αὐτῶν. And in those days as the disciples increased in number, a complaint came from the Greek speakers against the Hebrew speakers, that their widows had been overlooked in the daily ministering to their needs. Hebrew: the term can include Aramaic.
that: or because, in which case the writer (Luke) would consider the grounds of the complaint as a fact.
had been overlooked: classical Greek puts indirect speech in the same tense as direct speech, so the direct speech would be were being overlooked, which in an English indirect historic sequence becomes had been overlooked. But ↴
Acts 6:2 Προσκαλεσάμενοι δὲ οἱ δώδεκα τὸ πλῆθος τῶν μαθητῶν, εἶπον, Οὐκ ἀρεστόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς, καταλείψαντας τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, διακονεῖν τραπέζαις. And when the twelve had called the company of disciples, they said, “It is not appropriate that we should abandon the word of God and serve at tables. ↳ it is possible that this rule could be relaxed, and that the sense is because their widows were being overlooked. See John 16:19 (ἤθελον), Acts 16:3 (ὑπῆρχεν), Acts 22:2 (προσεφώνει) for a similar issue.
company ← multitude.
appropriate ← pleasing.
Acts 6:3 Ἐπισκέψασθε οὖν, ἀδελφοί, ἄνδρας ἐξ ὑμῶν μαρτυρουμένους ἑπτά, πλήρεις πνεύματος ἁγίου καὶ σοφίας, οὓς {RP-text E1624: καταστήσωμεν} [RP-marg P1904 S1550 S1894: καταστήσομεν] ἐπὶ τῆς χρείας ταύτης. So, brothers, select seven well-attested men from your company, full of holy spirit and wisdom, {RP-text E1624: for us to appoint} [RP-marg P1904 S1550 S1894: whom we shall appoint] in this matter. καταστήσωμεν, let us appoint, or for us to appoint, reflecting purpose, RP-text E1624 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's e) vs. καταστήσομεν, we shall appoint, RP-marg P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=11/12 (incl. c(tacite)). A strong disparity (#1) with RP, R=2:12, and either way, the other reading is a disparity (#2) with RP-marg (low count).
Scrivener's remark tacite indicates that the collation was not done by Scrivener himself, and that it was not against E1624. The collator of c is silent, so (barring any oversight) the reading agrees with the collation reference, but not E1624.
select ← examine, oversee.
matter ← need.
Acts 6:4 Ἡμεῖς δὲ τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ διακονίᾳ τοῦ λόγου προσκαρτερήσομεν. But we will continue resolutely in prayer and the ministry of the word.” ministry: balancing the ministering of Acts 6:1.
Acts 6:5 Καὶ ἤρεσεν ὁ λόγος ἐνώπιον παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους· καὶ ἐξελέξαντο Στέφανον, ἄνδρα {RP-text: πλήρης} [RP-marg P1904 TR: πλήρη] πίστεως καὶ πνεύματος ἁγίου, καὶ Φίλιππον, καὶ Πρόχορον, καὶ Νικάνορα, καὶ Τίμωνα, καὶ Παρμενᾶν, καὶ Νικόλαον προσήλυτον Ἀντιοχέα, And the proposition found favour in the sight of the whole company, and they chose Stephen, a man full of faith and holy spirit, and Philip and Prochorus and Nicanor and Timon and Parmenas and Nicolas, a proselyte from Antioch. πλήρης, full (non-classical nominative / indeclinable), RP-text F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's cdfkl*m) vs. πλήρη, full (classical accusative), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's abghl**o) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=6:8.
proposition ← word, assertion; reason, consideration. Not actually open to debate from the apostles' point of view.
company ← multitude.
Acts 6:6 οὓς ἔστησαν ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀποστόλων· καὶ προσευξάμενοι ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας. And they set them before the apostles, who prayed and laid their hands on them. set ← stood (transitive).
Acts 6:7 Καὶ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ηὔξανεν, καὶ ἐπληθύνετο ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν μαθητῶν ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ σφόδρα, πολύς τε ὄχλος τῶν {RP TR: ἱερέων} [P1904: Ἰουδαίων] ὑπήκουον τῇ πίστει. And the word of God grew and the number of disciples in Jerusalem increased greatly, and a large contingent of the {RP TR: priests} [P1904: Jews] were obedient to the faith. ἱερέων, priests, RP TR F1859=10/12 vs. Ἰουδαίων, Jews, P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's eo).
contingent ← crowd.
Acts 6:8 Στέφανος δὲ πλήρης πίστεως καὶ δυνάμεως ἐποίει τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα μεγάλα ἐν τῷ λαῷ. Now Stephen, being full of faith and power, performed great miracles and signs among the people.
Acts 6:9 Ἀνέστησαν δέ τινες τῶν ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς τῆς λεγομένης Λιβερτίνων, καὶ Κυρηναίων, καὶ Ἀλεξανδρέων, καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ Κιλικίας καὶ Ἀσίας, συζητοῦντες τῷ Στεφάνῳ. But some of those of the synagogue of the so-called Libertines rose up, and of the Cyrenians and Alexandrians and those from Cilicia and Asia, disputing with Stephen. the synagogue of the so-called Libertines ← the so-called synagogue of the Libertines.
Acts 6:10 Καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυον ἀντιστῆναι τῇ σοφίᾳ καὶ τῷ πνεύματι ᾧ ἐλάλει. But they could not withstand the wisdom and spirit by which he was speaking.
Acts 6:11 Τότε ὑπέβαλον ἄνδρας λέγοντας ὅτι Ἀκηκόαμεν αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος ῥήματα βλάσφημα εἰς {RP TR: Μωσῆν} [P1904: Μωϋσῆν] καὶ τὸν θεόν. Then they incited some men who said, “We have heard him speaking blasphemous words against Moses and God.” Μωσῆν, Moses, RP TR F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's ab*cdghm) vs. Μωϋσῆν, Moüses, P1904 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's b**efklo). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
Acts 6:12 Συνεκίνησάν τε τὸν λαὸν καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους καὶ τοὺς γραμματεῖς, καὶ ἐπιστάντες συνήρπασαν αὐτόν, καὶ ἤγαγον εἰς τὸ συνέδριον, And together they stirred up the people and the elders and the scribes, and they accosted him and seized him and led him to the Sanhedrin council. together: this comes from the prefix συν in the verb.
Acts 6:13 ἔστησάν τε μάρτυρας ψευδεῖς λέγοντας, Ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος οὐ παύεται ῥήματα βλάσφημα λαλῶν κατὰ τοῦ τόπου τοῦ ἁγίου {RP P1904: - } [TR: τούτου] καὶ τοῦ νόμου· And they set up false witnesses who said, “This man does not stop speaking blasphemous words against {RP P1904: the} [TR: this] holy place and the law. τούτου, this: absent in RP P1904 F1859=8/12 vs. present in TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's dgkm).
Acts 6:14 ἀκηκόαμεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος οὗτος καταλύσει τὸν τόπον τοῦτον, καὶ ἀλλάξει τὰ ἔθη ἃ παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν {RP: Μωσῆς} [P1904 TR: Μωϋσῆς]. For we have heard him saying, ‘This Jesus the Nazarene will destroy this place and change the customs which Moses handed down to us.’ ” Μωσῆς, Moses, RP F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's acfhm) vs. Μωϋσῆς, Moüses, P1904 TR F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's bdegklo). A disparity with RP, R=5:9.
Acts 6:15 Καὶ ἀτενίσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν ἅπαντες οἱ καθεζόμενοι ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ, εἶδον τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ πρόσωπον ἀγγέλου. And all those sitting in the Sanhedrin council looked intently at him and saw that his face was like the face of an angel.
Acts 7:1 Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεύς, Εἰ ἄρα ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει; Then the high priest said, “Are these things so, then?”
Acts 7:2 Ὁ δὲ ἔφη, Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες, ἀκούσατε. Ὁ θεὸς τῆς δόξης ὤφθη τῷ πατρὶ ἡμῶν Ἀβραὰμ ὄντι ἐν τῇ Μεσοποταμίᾳ, πρὶν ἢ κατοικῆσαι αὐτὸν ἐν Χαρράν, At this he said, “Men, brothers, and fathers, listen. The God of glory appeared to our father Abraham when he was in Mesopotamia before he lived in Haran. Haran: AV= Charran. The person and place, which are different Hebrew words, are mentioned in Gen 11:31.
Acts 7:3 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν, Ἔξελθε ἐκ τῆς γῆς σου καὶ ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας σου, καὶ δεῦρο εἰς γῆν ἣν ἄν σοι δείξω. And he said to him, ‘Go out of your country and away from your wider family, and come to the land which I will show you.’ Gen 12:1.
wider family ← kinsmen.
Acts 7:4 Τότε ἐξελθὼν ἐκ γῆς Χαλδαίων κατῴκησεν ἐν Χαρράν· κἀκεῖθεν, μετὰ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ, μετῴκισεν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν γῆν ταύτην εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς νῦν κατοικεῖτε· Then he went out of the land of the Chaldeans and lived in Haran, and after his father had died, he moved him from there to this country in which you now live. he moved him: i.e. God moved him.
in which ← into which.
Acts 7:5 καὶ οὐκ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κληρονομίαν ἐν αὐτῇ, οὐδὲ βῆμα ποδός· καὶ ἐπηγγείλατο {RP-text P1904: δοῦναι αὐτῷ} [RP-marg TR: αὐτῷ δοῦναι] εἰς κατάσχεσιν αὐτήν, καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ μετ' αὐτόν, οὐκ ὄντος αὐτῷ τέκνου. And he did not give him an inheritance in it, not even a footstep, but he promised to give it him as a possession, and to his seed after him, while he still had no child. δοῦναι αὐτῷ, to give + to him, RP-text P1904 F1859=8/11 vs. αὐτῷ δοῦναι, to him + to give, RP-marg TR F1859=0/11 vs. another reading, F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's ahk).
Gen 13:15.
but: adversative use of καί.
Acts 7:6 Ἐλάλησεν δὲ οὕτως ὁ θεός, ὅτι ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ πάροικον ἐν γῇ ἀλλοτρίᾳ, καὶ δουλώσουσιν αὐτὸ καὶ κακώσουσιν, ἔτη τετρακόσια. And God spoke as follows, that his seed would be foreigners in another country, and they would enslave them and treat them badly for four hundred years. Gen 15:13.
foreigners ... them ← dwellers-alongside ... it (it being singular, agreeing with seed), but treated as plural in Greek in the next verse.
Acts 7:7 Καὶ τὸ ἔθνος, ᾧ ἐὰν δουλεύσωσιν, κρινῶ ἐγώ, εἶπεν ὁ θεός· καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐξελεύσονται, καὶ λατρεύσουσίν μοι ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τούτῳ. ‘And the nation which they will serve I will judge’, said God, ‘and after that they will come out and serve me in this place.’ Gen 15:14, Ex 3:12.
that ← these (things).
Acts 7:8 Καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ διαθήκην περιτομῆς· καὶ οὕτως ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαάκ, καὶ περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ· καὶ ὁ Ἰσαὰκ τὸν Ἰακώβ, καὶ ὁ Ἰακὼβ τοὺς δώδεκα πατριάρχας. And he gave him the covenant of circumcision, and so he begot Isaac and circumcised him on the eighth day, and Isaac begot and did likewise with Jacob, and Jacob begot and did likewise with the twelve patriarchs.
Acts 7:9 Καὶ οἱ πατριάρχαι ζηλώσαντες τὸν Ἰωσὴφ ἀπέδοντο εἰς Αἴγυπτον· καὶ ἦν ὁ θεὸς μετ' αὐτοῦ, Now the patriarchs were jealous of Joseph, and they sold him into Egypt, but God was with him, but: adversative use of καί.
Acts 7:10 καὶ ἐξείλετο αὐτὸν ἐκ πασῶν τῶν θλίψεων αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ χάριν καὶ σοφίαν ἐναντίον Φαραὼ βασιλέως Αἰγύπτου, καὶ κατέστησεν αὐτὸν ἡγούμενον ἐπ' Αἴγυπτον καὶ ὅλον τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ. and he delivered him from all his tribulations, and he gave him grace and wisdom in the sight of Pharaoh the king of Egypt, and he appointed him governor over Egypt and all his household.
Acts 7:11 Ἦλθεν δὲ λιμὸς ἐφ' ὅλην τὴν γῆν Αἰγύπτου καὶ Χαναάν, καὶ θλίψις μεγάλη· καὶ οὐχ εὕρισκον χορτάσματα οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν. Then a famine came over the whole land of Egypt and Canaan, and great tribulation, and our fathers did not find food.
Acts 7:12 Ἀκούσας δὲ Ἰακὼβ ὄντα σῖτα ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, ἐξαπέστειλεν τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν πρῶτον. But when Jacob heard that there was grain in Egypt, he sent our fathers out the first time.
Acts 7:13 Καὶ ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ ἀνεγνωρίσθη Ἰωσὴφ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ, καὶ φανερὸν ἐγένετο τῷ Φαραὼ τὸ γένος τοῦ Ἰωσήφ. And the second time Joseph was made known to his brothers, and Joseph's race became apparent to Pharaoh.
Acts 7:14 Ἀποστείλας δὲ Ἰωσὴφ μετεκαλέσατο τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ Ἰακώβ, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: αὐτοῦ], ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε. Then Joseph sent them off, calling for his father Jacob and all {RP-text: his} [RP-marg P1904 TR: his] kin – seventy-five people. αὐτοῦ, his: absent in RP-text F1859=5/10 (Scrivener's bfgmo + e?) vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=5/10 (Scrivener's achkl). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=5:7. Scrivener's e is excluded, as it is doubtful.
calling ← he called, but contemporaneous with the participle, translated finitely, sent.
people ← in souls.
Acts 7:15 Κατέβη δὲ Ἰακὼβ εἰς Αἴγυπτον, καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν· And Jacob went down to Egypt, and he himself died, as did our fathers.
Acts 7:16 καὶ μετετέθησαν εἰς {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: Συχέμ} [S1894: Σιχέμ], καὶ ἐτέθησαν ἐν τῷ μνήματι {RP TR: ὃ} [P1904: ᾧ] ὠνήσατο Ἀβραὰμ τιμῆς ἀργυρίου παρὰ τῶν υἱῶν {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: Ἐμμὸρ} [S1894: Ἐμὸρ] τοῦ {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: Συχέμ} [S1894: Σιχέμ]. And they were transferred to Shechem, and they were put in the tomb which Abraham had bought for a sum of money from the sons of Hamor the father of Shechem. Συχέμ (1), Sychem, RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=11/11 vs. Σιχέμ, Sichem, S1894 F1859=0/11.
ὃ, which (classical form), RP TR F1859=7/11 vs. ᾧ, which (less classical, attracted to dative), P1904 F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's cglm).
Ἐμμὸρ, Emmor, RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's bgko, k with rough breathing) vs. Ἐμὸρ, Emor, S1894 F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's efl) vs. other spellings, F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's achm).
Συχέμ (2), Sychem, RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=11/11 vs. Σιχέμ, Sichem, S1894 F1859=0/11.
they: i.e. those who had died.
Hamor: Greek Emmor.
father: usually the word son is supplied in this kind of context, but Gen 33:19 shows ↴
Acts 7:17 Καθὼς δὲ ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας {RP TR: ἧς} [P1904: ἣν] ὤμοσεν ὁ θεὸς τῷ Ἀβραάμ, ηὔξησεν ὁ λαὸς καὶ ἐπληθύνθη ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, And as the time of the promise which God had sworn to Abraham drew near, the people grew and multiplied in Egypt, ↳ that father should be supplied here, unless Shechem's father and son were both called Hamor.
ἧς, of which, RP TR F1859=12/12 vs. ἣν, which, P1904 F1859=0/12.
Acts 7:18 ἄχρι οὗ ἀνέστη βασιλεὺς ἕτερος, ὃς οὐκ ᾔδει τὸν Ἰωσήφ. until another king arose, who had not known Joseph.
Acts 7:19 Οὗτος κατασοφισάμενος τὸ γένος ἡμῶν, ἐκάκωσεν τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν, τοῦ ποιεῖν ἔκθετα τὰ βρέφη αὐτῶν, εἰς τὸ μὴ ζῳογονεῖσθαι. This man, contriving to outwit our race, treated our fathers badly by having their babies put out in the open so that they would not survive. contriving to outwit ← having contrived to outwit. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 7:20 Ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ ἐγεννήθη {RP TR: Μωσῆς} [P1904: Μωϋσῆς], καὶ ἦν ἀστεῖος τῷ θεῷ· ὃς ἀνετράφη μῆνας τρεῖς ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ πατρός {RP: - } [P1904 TR: αὐτοῦ]. Now in this period Moses was born, and he was extremely good-looking, and he was brought up for three months in {RP: his} [P1904 TR: his] father's house. Μωσῆς, Moses, RP TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's gk*m) vs. Μωϋσῆς, Moüses, P1904 F1859=10/13 (Scrivener's abcefhk**lop). A disparity with RP, R=4:11.
αὐτοῦ, his: absent in RP F1859=9/12 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's cko).
extremely good-looking ← town-bred to God or fair to God, as in Heb 11:23. The word ‫אֱלֺהִים‬, Elohim, God, is used for extremes in the OT, e.g. Gen 23:6, Gen 30:8, Ex 9:28, Job 1:16, Song 8:6, Jonah 3:3. In the NT similarly at 2 Cor 10:4, 2 Cor 11:2.
Acts 7:21 Ἐκτεθέντα δὲ αὐτόν, ἀνείλετο {RP: - } [P1904 TR: αὐτὸν] ἡ θυγάτηρ Φαραώ, καὶ ἀνεθρέψατο αὐτὸν ἑαυτῇ εἰς υἱόν. But when he had been put out in the open, Pharaoh's daughter adopted {RP: him} [P1904 TR: him] and brought him up as her own son. αὐτὸν, him (though pleonastic): absent in RP F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's acehko) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's bfglmp). A weak disparity with RP, R=6:8.
as her own son ← to herself for a son.
Acts 7:22 Καὶ ἐπαιδεύθη {RP TR: Μωσῆς} [P1904: Μωϋσῆς] πάσῃ σοφίᾳ Αἰγυπτίων· ἦν δὲ δυνατὸς ἐν λόγοις καὶ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: ἐν] ἔργοις. And Moses was educated in all the wisdom of the Egyptians, and he was capable in words and {RP: - } [P1904 TR: in] deeds. Μωσῆς, Moses, RP TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's m) vs. Μωϋσῆς, Moüses, P1904 F1859=11/12. A strong disparity (#1) with RP, R=2:12.
ἐν, in (deeds): absent in RP F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abefhop) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's cgklm, though c and k have other variations in the phrase). Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP, R=7:7.
capable ← powerful.
Acts 7:23 Ὡς δὲ ἐπληροῦτο αὐτῷ τεσσαρακονταετὴς χρόνος, ἀνέβη {RP TR: ἐπὶ} [P1904: εἰς] τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ ἐπισκέψασθαι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ. But when he was coming up to forty years old, the thought occurred to him to attend to his brothers, the sons of Israel. ἐπὶ, onto, RP TR F1859=12/12 vs. εἰς, into, P1904 F1859=0/12.
he was coming up to forty years old ← forty years' time was being fulfilled to him.
the thought occurred to him ← it came up into his heart.
Acts 7:24 Καὶ ἰδών τινα ἀδικούμενον, ἠμύνατο καὶ {RP TR: ἐποίησεν} [P1904: ἐποιήσατο] ἐκδίκησιν τῷ καταπονουμένῳ, πατάξας τὸν Αἰγύπτιον· And when he saw someone being unjustly treated, he defended and avenged the man who was being harshly dealt with by striking the Egyptian, ἐποίησεν, did (vengeance), active, RP TR F1859=12/12 vs. ἐποιήσατο, did (vengeance), middle, P1904 F1859=0/12.
by striking: gerundial use of the participle.
Acts 7:25 ἐνόμιζεν δὲ συνιέναι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ ὅτι ὁ θεὸς διὰ χειρὸς αὐτοῦ δίδωσιν αὐτοῖς σωτηρίαν· οἱ δὲ οὐ συνῆκαν. and he thought that his brothers would understand that God, through his action, was giving them deliverance, but they did not understand. action ← hand, and as a Hebraism, agency.
deliverance ← salvation.
Acts 7:26 Τῇ {RP P1904 S1550: τε} [E1624 S1894: δὲ] ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ ὤφθη αὐτοῖς μαχομένοις, καὶ συνήλασεν αὐτοὺς εἰς εἰρήνην, εἰπών, Ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί ἐστε ὑμεῖς· ἵνα τί ἀδικεῖτε ἀλλήλους; {RP P1904 S1550: And} [E1624 S1894: But] on the next day, he appeared to them while they were fighting, and he urged them to make peace together, and he said, ‘Men, you are brothers. Why do you wrong each other?’ τε, and; both, RP P1904 S1550 F1859=12/12 vs. δὲ, and / but, E1624 S1894 F1859=0/12.
urged ... together ← drove together.
Acts 7:27 Ὁ δὲ ἀδικῶν τὸν πλησίον ἀπώσατο αὐτόν, εἰπών, Τίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν ἐφ' {RP-text TR: ἡμᾶς} [RP-marg P1904: ἡμῶν]; But the one who was doing wrong to his neighbour pushed him away from himself and said, ‘Who appointed you a ruler and a judge over us? ἡμᾶς, (over) us (1), RP-text TR F1859=11/13 vs. ἡμῶν, (over) us (2), RP-marg P1904 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's m**p).
Ex 2:14.
from himself: this comes from the middle voice of the verb.
Acts 7:28 Μὴ ἀνελεῖν με σὺ θέλεις, ὃν τρόπον ἀνεῖλες χθὲς τὸν Αἰγύπτιον; You don't want to kill me in the way you killed the Egyptian yesterday, do you?’ Ex 2:14.
Acts 7:29 Ἔφυγεν δὲ {RP TR: Μωσῆς} [P1904: Μωϋσῆς] ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ, καὶ ἐγένετο πάροικος ἐν γῇ Μαδιάμ, οὗ ἐγέννησεν υἱοὺς δύο. But at these words Moses fled and became a foreigner in the land of Midian, where he begot two sons. Μωσῆς, Moses, RP TR F1859=8/12 vs. Μωϋσῆς, Moüses, P1904 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's elop).
these words ← this word, speech.
Acts 7:30 Καὶ πληρωθέντων ἐτῶν τεσσαράκοντα, ὤφθη αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τοῦ ὄρους Σινᾶ ἄγγελος κυρίου ἐν φλογὶ πυρὸς βάτου. And when forty years had passed, the angel of the Lord appeared to him in the desert of Mount Sinai in the flame of the bush on fire. had passed ← had been fulfilled.
Sinai: Greek Sina.
in the flame of the bush on fire ← in flame of fire of bush.
Acts 7:31 Ὁ δὲ {RP TR: Μωσῆς} [P1904: Μωϋσῆς] ἰδὼν {RP-text P1904: ἐθαύμαζεν} [RP-marg TR: ἐθαύμασεν] τὸ ὅραμα· προσερχομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ κατανοῆσαι, ἐγένετο φωνὴ κυρίου πρὸς αὐτόν, And Moses saw it and wondered at the sight. And as he approached to investigate, the voice of the Lord came to him and said, Μωσῆς, Moses, RP TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's abhm) vs. Μωϋσῆς, Moüses, P1904 F1859=8/12 (Scrivener's cefgklop). A disparity (#1) with RP, R=5:9.
ἐθαύμαζε(ν), was wondering at, RP-text P1904 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's bfglmp) vs. ἐθαύμασε(ν), wondered at, RP-marg TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's acehko). Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=7:7.
Acts 7:32 Ἐγὼ ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων σου, ὁ θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ ὁ θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ καὶ ὁ θεὸς Ἰακώβ. Ἔντρομος δὲ γενόμενος {RP TR: Μωσῆς} [P1904: Μωϋσῆς] οὐκ ἐτόλμα κατανοῆσαι. ‘I am the God of your fathers, the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob.’ But Moses was trembling, and he did not dare investigate further. Μωσῆς, Moses, RP TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's bcm) vs. Μωϋσῆς, Moüses, P1904 F1859=9/12 (Scrivener's aefghklop). A disparity with RP, R=4:10.
Ex 3:6.
was ← having become.
Acts 7:33 Εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος, Λῦσον τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν σου· ὁ γὰρ τόπος ἐν ᾧ ἕστηκας γῆ ἁγία ἐστίν. But the Lord said to him, ‘Unfasten the sandals on your feet, for the place on which you are standing is holy ground. Ex 3:5.
sandals on ← underbinding of.
Acts 7:34 Ἰδὼν εἶδον τὴν κάκωσιν τοῦ λαοῦ μου τοῦ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, καὶ τοῦ στεναγμοῦ αὐτῶν ἤκουσα· καὶ κατέβην ἐξελέσθαι αὐτούς· καὶ νῦν δεῦρο, ἀποστελῶ σε εἰς Αἴγυπτον. I have clearly seen the ill-treatment of my people who are in Egypt, and I have heard their groaning, and I have come down to deliver them. So come on now, I am going to send you to Egypt.’ Ex 3:7, Ex 3:8, Ex 3:10.
I have clearly seen ← seeing I have seen.
Acts 7:35 Τοῦτον τὸν {RP: Μωσῆν} [P1904 TR: Μωϋσῆν] ὃν ἠρνήσαντο εἰπόντες, Τίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστήν; τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς ἄρχοντα καὶ λυτρωτὴν ἀπέστειλεν ἐν χειρὶ ἀγγέλου τοῦ ὀφθέντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ βάτῳ. This Moses, whom they repudiated, saying, ‘Who appointed you a ruler and a judge?’ is whom God sent as a ruler and deliverer by the agency of the angel who appeared to him in the bush. Μωσῆν, Moses, RP F1859=3/14 (Scrivener's b*c**m) vs. Μωϋσῆν, Moüses, P1904 TR F1859=11/14 (Scrivener's ab**c*efghklop). A strong disparity with RP, R=3:13.
Ex 2:14.
is whom ← this (man).
agency ← hand.
Acts 7:36 Οὗτος ἐξήγαγεν αὐτούς, ποιήσας τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα ἐν γῇ {RP P1904: Αἰγύπτῳ} [TR: Αἰγύπτου] καὶ ἐν Ἐρυθρᾷ θαλάσσῃ, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα. It is he who led them out, having performed miracles and signs in the land of Egypt and in the Red Sea and in the desert for forty years. Αἰγύπτῳ, Egyptian, RP P1904 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's hklmop) vs. Αἰγύπτου, of Egypt, TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's abcefg). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7.
he who ← this (man).
{RP P1904: in the land of Egypt ← in Egyptian land.}
Acts 7:37 Οὗτός ἐστιν {RP P1904 TR: ὁ} [MISC: - ] {RP: Μωσῆς} [P1904 TR: Μωϋσῆς] ὁ εἰπὼν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, Προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει κύριος ὁ θεὸς {RP: ἡμῶν} [P1904 TR: ὑμῶν] ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν ὡς ἐμέ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: · αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε]. This is Moses who said to the sons of Israel, ‘The Lord {RP: our} [P1904 TR: your] God will raise up a prophet to you from among your brothers like me. {RP: - } [P1904 TR: You will hear him.]’ ὁ, the (Moses): present in RP P1904 TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's b*gklmp) vs. absent in F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's ab**cefho). Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP, R=8:7.
Μωσῆς, Moses, RP F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's b*m) vs. Μωϋσῆς, Moüses, P1904 TR F1859=11/13 (Scrivener's ab**cefghklop). A strong disparity (#2) with RP, R=2:13.
ἡμῶν, our, RP F1859=8/12 (Scrivener's acfghklo) vs. ὑμῶν, your, P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's bem) vs. word absent, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's p). AV differs textually.
αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε, you will hear him: absent in RP F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's afghlmp) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's bceko). Nearly a disparity (#3) with RP, R=7:7. AV differs textually.
Deut 18:15, Deut 18:18.
Acts 7:38 Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ γενόμενος ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ μετὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου τοῦ λαλοῦντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ ὄρει Σινᾶ καὶ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν· ὃς ἐδέξατο {RP-text: λόγον} [RP-marg P1904 TR: λόγια] ζῶντα δοῦναι ἡμῖν· This is he who was in the assembly in the desert with the angel who spoke to him at Mount Sinai, and who was with our fathers, and he received {RP-text: a living word} [RP-marg P1904 TR: living oracles] to give to us, λόγον, word, RP-text F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's elm) vs. λόγια, oracles, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=9/12 (Scrivener's abcfghkop). A strong disparity with RP-text, R=3:11.
assembly: the Greek word is usually translated church, but see Matt 16:18.
Acts 7:39 ᾧ οὐκ ἠθέλησαν ὑπήκοοι γενέσθαι οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν, ἀλλ' ἀπώσαντο, καὶ ἐστράφησαν {RP P1904: τῇ καρδίᾳ} [TR: ταῖς καρδίαις] αὐτῶν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, but our fathers were unwilling to be obedient to him, and they pushed him aside, and their affections were turned back to Egypt, τῇ καρδίᾳ, (in) the heart, RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. ταῖς καρδίαις, (in) the hearts, TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's p).
their affections were turned back ← they were turned back in their {RP P1904: heart} [TR: hearts].
Acts 7:40 εἰπόντες τῷ Ἀαρών, Ποίησον ἡμῖν θεοὺς οἳ προπορεύσονται ἡμῶν· ὁ γὰρ {RP TR: Μωσῆς} [P1904: Μωϋσῆς] οὗτος, ὃς ἐξήγαγεν ἡμᾶς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου, οὐκ οἴδαμεν τί γέγονεν αὐτῷ. as they said to Aaron, ‘Make us gods which will go before us. For as for this Moses – who led us out of Egypt – we do not know what has become of him.’ Μωσῆς, Moses, RP TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's b*m) vs. Μωϋσῆς, Moüses, P1904 F1859=11/13 (Scrivener's ab**cefghklop). A strong disparity with RP, R=3:12.
Ex 32:1.
Acts 7:41 Καὶ ἐμοσχοποίησαν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις, καὶ ἀνήγαγον θυσίαν τῷ εἰδώλῳ, καὶ εὐφραίνοντο ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν. And they made a calf in those days and offered a sacrifice to the idol, and they rejoiced in the works of their hands.
Acts 7:42 Ἔστρεψεν δὲ ὁ θεός, καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς λατρεύειν τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ· καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ τῶν προφητῶν, Μὴ σφάγια καὶ θυσίας προσηνέγκατέ μοι ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οἶκος Ἰσραήλ; And God turned away and gave them up to do service to the array of the sky, as it stands written in the book of the prophets:

‘Did you really offer me slaughtered animals and sacrifices for forty years in the desert,

O house of Israel?’

 Amos 5:25.
the sky: or heaven.
Acts 7:43 Καὶ ἀνελάβετε τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ Μολόχ, καὶ τὸ ἄστρον τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν {RP-text P1904 TR: Ῥεμφάν} [RP-marg: Ῥεφάν], τοὺς τύπους οὓς ἐποιήσατε προσκυνεῖν αὐτοῖς· καὶ μετοικιῶ ὑμᾶς ἐπέκεινα Βαβυλῶνος.

And you took up the tent of Moloch

And the star of your god {RP-text P1904 TR: Remphan} [RP-marg: Rephan]

– Images which you made in order to worship them –

So I will deport you to beyond Babylon.

 Ῥεμφάν, Remphan, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=6/12 vs. Ῥεφάν, Rephan, RP-marg F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's g) vs. three other spellings, F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's hklop).
Amos 5:26, Amos 5:27, where the city mentioned is Damascus.
Acts 7:44 Ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἦν {RP P1904 S1894: - } [S1550 E1624: ἐν] τοῖς πατράσιν ἡμῶν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καθὼς διετάξατο ὁ λαλῶν τῷ {RP TR: Μωσῇ} [P1904: Μωϋσῇ], ποιῆσαι αὐτὴν κατὰ τὸν τύπον ὃν ἑωράκει. {RP P1904 S1894: Our fathers had the tent of the testimony} [S1550 E1624: The tent of the testimony was among our fathers] in the desert, as he who spoke to Moses commanded, to make it according to the model which he had seen. ἐν, in, among: absent in RP P1904 S1894 F1859=12/13 vs. present in S1550 E1624 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's k**).
Μωσῇ, Moses, RP TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m) vs. Μωϋσῇ, Moüses, P1904 F1859=10/13 (Scrivener's acefghklop) vs. other spellings, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's b*b**). A strong disparity with RP, R=2:11.
Ex 25:9, Ex 25:40, Ex 26:30.
Acts 7:45 Ἣν καὶ εἰσήγαγον διαδεξάμενοι οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῇ κατασχέσει τῶν ἐθνῶν, ὧν ἐξῶσεν ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, ἕως τῶν ἡμερῶν {RP P1904: Δαυίδ} [TR: Δαβίδ]· And our fathers with Joshua also received it in turn, and they brought it in when they took possession of the country of the nations which God drove out at the advance of our fathers, up to the days of David, David: on Δαυίδ vs. Δαβίδ, see Matt 1:1.
Joshua: AV differs (Jesus). The Greek Ἰησοῦς, Jesus, is the Hellenization of ‫יְהוֹשֻׁעַ‬, Joshua. See also Heb 4:8.
received ... in turn: AV differs (that came after).
at the advance of ← from the face or presence of.
Acts 7:46 ὃς εὗρεν χάριν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ᾐτήσατο εὑρεῖν σκήνωμα τῷ θεῷ Ἰακώβ. who found grace in God's sight, and he asked if he could devise a dwelling place for the God of Jacob. if he could devise ← to find, but also to devise [LS], so suggesting to build.
dwelling place: or tent, tabernacle.
Acts 7:47 Σολομῶν δὲ ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτῷ οἶκον. But Solomon built him a house.
Acts 7:48 Ἀλλ' οὐχ ὁ ὕψιστος ἐν χειροποιήτοις ναοῖς κατοικεῖ, καθὼς ὁ προφήτης λέγει, Yet the Most High does not dwell in man-made shrines, as the prophet says,
Acts 7:49 Ὁ οὐρανός μοι θρόνος, ἡ δὲ γῆ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν μου· ποῖον οἶκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι; λέγει κύριος· ἢ τίς τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεώς μου;

‘Heaven is my throne,

But the earth is my footstool.

What kind of a house will you build for me?’

Says the Lord,

‘Or what is my resting place?

 Isa 66:1.
my footstool ← a footstool of my feet.
Acts 7:50 Οὐχὶ ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα;

Did not my hand make all these things?’

 Isa 66:2.
Acts 7:51 Σκληροτράχηλοι καὶ ἀπερίτμητοι τῇ καρδίᾳ καὶ τοῖς ὠσίν, ὑμεῖς ἀεὶ τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ ἀντιπίπτετε· ὡς οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν, καὶ ὑμεῖς. You stiff-necked and uncircumcised of heart and ears, you always resist the holy spirit. As your fathers did, so do you.
Acts 7:52 Τίνα τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἐδίωξαν οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν; Καὶ ἀπέκτειναν τοὺς προκαταγγείλαντας περὶ τῆς ἐλεύσεως τοῦ δικαίου, οὗ νῦν ὑμεῖς προδόται καὶ φονεῖς γεγένησθε· Which of the prophets did your fathers not persecute? And they killed those who announced the coming of the righteous one beforehand, of whom you have now become the betrayers and murderers –
Acts 7:53 οἵτινες ἐλάβετε τὸν νόμον εἰς διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων, καὶ οὐκ ἐφυλάξατε. you who received the law through injunctions of angels, and who did not keep it.”
Acts 7:54 Ἀκούοντες δὲ ταῦτα, διεπρίοντο ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔβρυχον τοὺς ὀδόντας ἐπ' αὐτόν. But as they heard these things, they were cut to the quick in their hearts, and they gnashed their teeth against him. they were cut to the quick ← they were being sawn through.
Acts 7:55 Ὑπάρχων δὲ πλήρης πνεύματος ἁγίου, ἀτενίσας εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, εἶδεν δόξαν θεοῦ, καὶ Ἰησοῦν ἑστῶτα ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ, But he was full of holy spirit, and looking intently towards heaven, he saw the glory of God, and Jesus standing at the right hand of God,
Acts 7:56 καὶ εἶπεν, Ἰδού, θεωρῶ τοὺς οὐρανοὺς ἀνεῳγμένους, καὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ δεξιῶν {RP TR: ἑστῶτα τοῦ θεοῦ} [P1904: τοῦ θεοῦ ἑστῶτα]. and he said, “Behold, I see the heavens opened and the son of man standing at the right hand of God.” ἑστῶτα τοῦ θεοῦ, standing + of God, RP TR F1859=10/11 vs. τοῦ θεοῦ ἑστῶτα, of God + standing, P1904 F1859=0/11 vs. another word order, F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's m).
Acts 7:57 Κράξαντες δὲ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, συνέσχον τὰ ὦτα αὐτῶν, καὶ ὥρμησαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐπ' αὐτόν· Then shouting with a loud voice, they held their ears tight and rushed with one mind against him, shouting ← having shouted. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 7:58 καὶ ἐκβαλόντες ἔξω τῆς πόλεως, ἐλιθοβόλουν· καὶ οἱ μάρτυρες ἀπέθεντο τὰ ἱμάτια {RP: - } [P1904 TR: αὐτῶν] παρὰ τοὺς πόδας νεανίου καλουμένου Σαύλου. and they threw him out of the city and stoned him. And the witnesses laid {RP: the} [P1904 TR: their] clothes down at the feet of a young man called Saul. αὐτῶν, their: absent in RP F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's ab*fghlm) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's b**ekop). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7.
Acts 7:59 Καὶ ἐλιθοβόλουν τὸν Στέφανον, ἐπικαλούμενον καὶ λέγοντα, Κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου. So they stoned Stephen, as he made an appeal and said, “Lord Jesus, receive my spirit.”
Acts 7:60 Θεὶς δὲ τὰ γόνατα, ἔκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, Κύριε, μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ταύτην. Καὶ τοῦτο εἰπὼν ἐκοιμήθη. And he knelt and shouted out in a loud voice, “Lord, do not lay this sin to their charge.” And having said this, he fell asleep.
Acts 8:1 Σαῦλος δὲ ἦν συνευδοκῶν τῇ ἀναιρέσει αὐτοῦ. Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ διωγμὸς μέγας ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τὴν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις· πάντες {RP P1904: δὲ} [TR: τε] διεσπάρησαν κατὰ τὰς χώρας τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ Σαμαρείας, πλὴν τῶν ἀποστόλων. And Saul was consentient to his execution. ¶ And it came to pass on that day that there was a great persecution against the church in Jerusalem, and all were scattered among the regions of Judaea and Samaria, except the apostles. ¶ Verse division: in P1904 numbering, Acts 8:1 begins here.
δὲ, but, RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. τε, and, TR F1859=0/12 vs. another reading, F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ko).
church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 8:2 Συνεκόμισαν δὲ τὸν Στέφανον ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς, καὶ {RP TR: ἐποιήσαντο} [P1904: ἐποίησαν] κοπετὸν μέγαν ἐπ' αὐτῷ. Then devout men carried Stephen away to burial and made much lamentation over him. ἐποιήσαντο, made for themselves, RP TR F1859=10/12 vs. ἐποίησαν, made, P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's kp).
to burial: the verb συγκομίζω has this implication in ↴
Acts 8:3 Σαῦλος δὲ ἐλυμαίνετο τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους εἰσπορευόμενος, σύρων τε ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας παρεδίδου εἰς φυλακήν. But Saul ravaged the church, going into one house after another, and dragging men and women out, he delivered them into prison. ↳ secular writing too, see [LS], though [MM], under συνκομίζω (!), questions this sense here, suggesting simply to recover.
church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 8:4 Οἱ μὲν οὖν διασπαρέντες διῆλθον, εὐαγγελιζόμενοι τὸν λόγον. Now those who were scattered went about preaching the word.
Acts 8:5 Φίλιππος δὲ κατελθὼν εἰς πόλιν τῆς Σαμαρείας, ἐκήρυσσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν χριστόν. And Philip went down to a city in Samaria and proclaimed Christ to them.
Acts 8:6 {RP TR: Προσεῖχόν τε} [P1904: Προσεῖχον δὲ] οἱ ὄχλοι τοῖς λεγομένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλίππου ὁμοθυμαδόν, ἐν τῷ ἀκούειν αὐτοὺς καὶ βλέπειν τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίει. And the crowds paid unanimous attention to the words spoken by Philip when they heard them and saw the signs which he performed. τε, and, RP TR F1859=9/12 vs. δὲ, but, P1904 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's ahp).
Acts 8:7 Πολλῶν γὰρ τῶν ἐχόντων πνεύματα ἀκάθαρτα, βοῶντα {RP P1904: φωνῇ μεγάλῃ} [TR: μεγάλῃ φωνῇ] ἐξήρχετο· πολλοὶ δὲ παραλελυμένοι καὶ χωλοὶ ἐθεραπεύθησαν. For the unclean spirits of many who were possessed by them came out, shouting with a loud voice, and many who were paralysed or lame were healed. φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, voice + loud, RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. μεγάλῃ φωνῇ, loud + voice, TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's de).
were possessed by ← having.
Acts 8:8 Καὶ ἐγένετο χαρὰ μεγάλη ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ. And there was great joy in that city. was ← became, came about.
Acts 8:9 Ἀνὴρ δέ τις ὀνόματι Σίμων προϋπῆρχεν ἐν τῇ πόλει μαγεύων καὶ ἐξιστῶν τὸ ἔθνος τῆς Σαμαρείας, λέγων εἶναί τινα ἑαυτὸν μέγαν· But a certain man by the name of Simon was long established in the city using magic arts, and astounding the people of Samaria, while saying that he was someone great,
Acts 8:10 ᾧ προσεῖχον {RP: - } [P1904 TR: πάντες] ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου, λέγοντες, Οὗτός ἐστιν ἡ δύναμις τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ μεγάλη. and they {RP: - } [P1904 TR: all] gave heed to him, from small to great, saying, “This man is the great power of God.” πάντες, all: absent in RP F1859=10/12 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's kp).
Acts 8:11 Προσεῖχον δὲ αὐτῷ, διὰ τὸ ἱκανῷ χρόνῳ ταῖς μαγείαις ἐξεστακέναι αὐτούς. So they gave heed to him because they had been astounded for a long time by his sorceries. they had been astounded: Greek perfect in form, so present (and ongoing) in sense and intransitive. AV differs; the point is not recognized by AV's transitive had bewitched them.
Acts 8:12 Ὅτε δὲ ἐπίστευσαν τῷ Φιλίππῳ εὐαγγελιζομένῳ τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος {RP P1904: - } [TR: τοῦ] Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἐβαπτίζοντο ἄνδρες τε καὶ γυναῖκες. But when they had believed Philip, who was preaching the things concerning the kingdom of God and the name of Jesus Christ, both men and women were baptized. τοῦ, the (Jesus Christ): absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. present in TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's g).
Acts 8:13 Ὁ δὲ Σίμων καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπίστευσεν, καὶ βαπτισθεὶς ἦν προσκαρτερῶν τῷ Φιλίππῳ· θεωρῶν τε {RP P1904 S1894: δυνάμεις καὶ σημεῖα γινόμενα} [S1550 E1624: σημεῖα καὶ δυνάμεις μεγάλας γινόμενας], ἐξίστατο. And Simon himself also believed, and he was baptized, and he continued resolutely with Philip, and when he saw {RP P1904 S1894: deeds of power and signs} [S1550 E1624: signs and great deeds of power] take place, he was astounded. δυνάμεις καὶ σημεῖα γινόμενα, deeds of power + and signs taking place (1), RP P1904 S1894 F1859=8/12 vs. σημεῖα καὶ δυνάμεις μεγάλας γινόμενας, signs + and great deeds of power taking place, S1550 E1624 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's kmp) vs. δυνάμεις καὶ σημεῖα μεγάλα γινόμενα, deeds of power + and great signs taking place (2), F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's o).
Acts 8:14 Ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀπόστολοι ὅτι δέδεκται ἡ Σαμάρεια τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὸν Πέτρον καὶ Ἰωάννην· And when the apostles in Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God, they sent Peter and John to them,
Acts 8:15 οἵτινες καταβάντες προσηύξαντο περὶ αὐτῶν, ὅπως λάβωσιν πνεῦμα ἅγιον· who went down and prayed for them, that they might receive holy spirit,
Acts 8:16 οὔπω γὰρ ἦν ἐπ' οὐδενὶ αὐτῶν ἐπιπεπτωκός, μόνον δὲ βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ {RP: χριστοῦ} [P1904 TR: κυρίου] Ἰησοῦ. for it had not yet fallen on any of them, but they had only been baptized in the name of {RP: Christ} [P1904 TR: the Lord] Jesus. χριστοῦ, Christ, RP F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's adefghl) vs. κυρίου, Lord, P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's bkmop). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7. AV differs textually.
in: or into.
Acts 8:17 Τότε ἐπετίθουν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ' αὐτούς, καὶ ἐλάμβανον πνεῦμα ἅγιον. Then they laid their hands on them, and they received holy spirit.
Acts 8:18 {RP TR: Θεασάμενος} [P1904: Ἰδὼν] δὲ ὁ Σίμων ὅτι διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων δίδοται τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, προσήνεγκεν αὐτοῖς χρήματα, But when Simon {RP TR: observed} [P1904: saw] that the holy spirit was given by the laying on of the apostles' hands, he offered them money, θεασάμενος, beholding, RP TR F1859=8/13 vs. ἰδὼν, seeing, P1904 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's b*dkop).
Acts 8:19 λέγων, Δότε κἀμοὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ᾧ {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: ἐὰν} [S1550: ἂν] ἐπιθῶ τὰς χεῖρας, λαμβάνῃ πνεῦμα ἅγιον. and he said, “Give me this authority too, so that whoever I lay my hands on should receive holy spirit.” ἐὰν, (on whom)ever (non-classical form), RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's b*defkp) vs. ἂν, (on whom)ever (classical form), S1550 F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's ab**ghlmo). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:8.
Acts 8:20 Πέτρος δὲ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν, Τὸ ἀργύριόν σου σὺν σοὶ εἴη εἰς ἀπώλειαν, ὅτι τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐνόμισας διὰ χρημάτων κτᾶσθαι. But Peter said to him, “May your money perish with you, because you thought you could obtain the gift of God with money. perish ← be to destruction / waste.
you could obtain: we take the verb as deponent and active in sense; AV differs, taking it as passive, for which we would expect κτηθῆναι.
Acts 8:21 Οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ. Ἡ γὰρ καρδία σου οὐκ ἔστιν εὐθεῖα ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. You have no part or inheritance in this matter, for your heart is not upright before God.
Acts 8:22 Μετανόησον οὖν ἀπὸ τῆς κακίας σου ταύτης, καὶ δεήθητι τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰ ἄρα ἀφεθήσεταί σοι ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς καρδίας σου. So repent from this wickedness of yours, and entreat God and see whether then the scheming of your heart will be forgiven you.
Acts 8:23 Εἰς γὰρ χολὴν πικρίας καὶ σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας ὁρῶ σε ὄντα. For I see that you are in bitter gall and bondage to unrighteousness.” bitter gall ← gall of bitterness, a Hebraic genitive.
Acts 8:24 Ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Σίμων εἶπεν, Δεήθητε ὑμεῖς ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ πρὸς τὸν {RP TR: κύριον} [P1904: θεόν], ὅπως μηδὲν ἐπέλθῃ ἐπ' ἐμὲ ὧν εἰρήκατε. Then Simon answered and said, “You entreat {RP TR: the Lord} [P1904: God] for me that nothing of what you have said should come upon me.” κύριον, Lord, RP TR F1859=9/12 vs. θεόν, God, P1904 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's kmo).
you (2x): plural.
Acts 8:25 Οἱ μὲν οὖν διαμαρτυράμενοι καὶ λαλήσαντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, πολλάς τε κώμας τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν εὐηγγελίσαντο. So then, after they had solemnly testified and spoken the word of the Lord, they returned to Jerusalem and preached the gospel to many villages of the Samaritans.
Acts 8:26 Ἄγγελος δὲ κυρίου ἐλάλησεν πρὸς Φίλιππον, λέγων, Ἀνάστηθι καὶ πορεύου κατὰ μεσημβρίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν καταβαίνουσαν ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλὴμ εἰς Γάζαν· αὕτη ἐστὶν ἔρημος. And the angel of the Lord spoke to Philip and said, “Arise and go southwards on the road which goes down from Jerusalem to Gaza. It is desolate.” it ← this, referring to Gaza or the road, in our opinion Gaza being more likely.
desolate: we take this as referring to Gaza's spiritual condition.
Acts 8:27 Καὶ ἀναστὰς ἐπορεύθη· καὶ ἰδού, ἀνὴρ Αἰθίοψ εὐνοῦχος δυνάστης Κανδάκης τῆς βασιλίσσης Αἰθιόπων, ὃς ἦν ἐπὶ πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς, ὃς ἐληλύθει προσκυνήσων εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, So he arose and went. And he came across an Ethiopian man, a eunuch, an official of Candace, the queen of the Ethiopians, and he was in charge of all her treasure and had come to worship in Jerusalem. he came across ← behold.
Candace: the traditional transliteration. A more modern spelling, indicating a convenient pronunciation, is Kandaké.
to worship: classical use of the future participle of purpose.
Acts 8:28 ἦν τε ὑποστρέφων καὶ καθήμενος ἐπὶ τοῦ ἅρματος αὐτοῦ, {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: καὶ} [S1894: - ] ἀνεγίνωσκεν τὸν προφήτην Ἠσαΐαν. And he was returning, sitting on his chariot, {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: and} [S1894: and] he was reading the prophet Isaiah. καὶ, and: present in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=9/13 vs. absent in S1894 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's acef).
Acts 8:29 Εἶπεν δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τῷ Φιλίππῳ, Πρόσελθε καὶ κολλήθητι τῷ ἅρματι τούτῳ. And the spirit said to Philip, “Go and associate yourself with that chariot.” associate yourself ← be joined.
that ← this.
Acts 8:30 Προσδραμὼν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος ἤκουσεν αὐτοῦ ἀναγινώσκοντος τὸν προφήτην Ἠσαΐαν, καὶ εἶπεν, Ἆρά γε γινώσκεις ἃ ἀναγινώσκεις; And Philip ran up to him and heard him reading the prophet Isaiah, and he said, “Do you actually know what you are reading?”
Acts 8:31 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Πῶς γὰρ ἂν δυναίμην, ἐὰν μή τις ὁδηγήσῃ με; Παρεκάλεσέν τε τὸν Φίλιππον ἀναβάντα καθίσαι σὺν αὐτῷ. And he said, “Well how can I, unless someone guides me?” And he invited Philip to come up in and sit with him. can: the “potential” use of the optative, reinforcing the meaning can.
Acts 8:32 Ἡ δὲ περιοχὴ τῆς γραφῆς ἣν ἀνεγίνωσκεν ἦν αὕτη, Ὡς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἤχθη, καὶ ὡς ἀμνὸς ἐναντίον τοῦ κείροντος αὐτὸν ἄφωνος, οὕτως οὐκ ἀνοίγει τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ. Now the passage of scripture which he was reading was this:

“He was led like a sheep to the slaughter,

And as a lamb mute before its shearer,

So he did not open his mouth.

 Isa 53:7.
did ← does.
Acts 8:33 Ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει αὐτοῦ ἡ κρίσις αὐτοῦ ἤρθη, τὴν δὲ γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται; Ὅτι αἴρεται ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ.

While he was in his lowly state,

His justice was denied him.

But who can describe what his posterity is?

For his life is taken from the earth.”

 Isa 53:8.
denied him ← removed.
can ← will, a Hebraism.
posterity ← generation.
Acts 8:34 Ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ εὐνοῦχος τῷ Φιλίππῳ εἶπεν, Δέομαί σου, περὶ τίνος ὁ προφήτης λέγει τοῦτο; Περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, ἢ περὶ ἑτέρου τινός; Then the eunuch answered and said to Philip, “I ask you, who is the prophet saying this about? About himself, or about someone else?” ask ← entreat, beseech.
Acts 8:35 Ἀνοίξας δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς γραφῆς ταύτης, εὐηγγελίσατο αὐτῷ τὸν Ἰησοῦν. Then Philip opened his mouth and beginning at this scripture, he preached Jesus to him. beginning ← having begun. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 8:36 Ὡς δὲ ἐπορεύοντο κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν, ἦλθον ἐπί τι ὕδωρ· καί φησιν ὁ εὐνοῦχος, Ἰδού, ὕδωρ· τί κωλύει με βαπτισθῆναι; And as they went along the road, they came to some water, and the eunuch said, “Look, there's some water. What is preventing me from being baptized?”
Acts 8:37 {RP: - } [P1904 TR: Εἶπε δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος· εἰ πιστεύεις ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας, ἔξεστιν. Ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ εἶπε· πιστεύω τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ εἶναι τὸν Ἰησοῦν χριστόν.] {RP: - } [P1904 TR: And Philip said, “If you believe with all your heart, it is permitted.” And he answered and said, “I believe that Jesus Christ is the son of God.”] Whole verse: absent in RP F1859=12/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e). A case of collusion between P1904 and TR? AV differs textually.
Acts 8:38 Καὶ ἐκέλευσεν στῆναι τὸ ἅρμα· καὶ κατέβησαν ἀμφότεροι εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ, ὅ τε Φίλιππος καὶ ὁ εὐνοῦχος· καὶ ἐβάπτισεν αὐτόν. And he ordered the chariot to stop, and they both went down to the water, Philip and the eunuch, and he baptized him. Philip and the eunuch ← both Philip and the eunuch, with a less emphatic both than the earlier occurrence.
Acts 8:39 Ὅτε δὲ ἀνέβησαν ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος, πνεῦμα κυρίου ἥρπασεν τὸν Φίλιππον· καὶ οὐκ εἶδεν αὐτὸν οὐκέτι ὁ εὐνοῦχος, ἐπορεύετο γὰρ τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ χαίρων. And when they came up out of the water, the spirit of the Lord took hold of Philip, and the eunuch didn't see him any more, but he went his way rejoicing. but ← for, but this particle is not always causal, and apparently not so here. Compare Rom 5:7.
Acts 8:40 Φίλιππος δὲ εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον· καὶ διερχόμενος εὐηγγελίζετο τὰς πόλεις πάσας, ἕως τοῦ ἐλθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν. And Philip was found in Azotus, and as he passed through, he preached the gospel to all the cities until he came to Caesarea. in ← into. Pregnant usage.
Azotus: i.e. Ashdod.
Acts 9:1 Ὁ δὲ Σαῦλος ἔτι ἐμπνέων ἀπειλῆς καὶ φόνου εἰς τοὺς μαθητὰς τοῦ κυρίου, προσελθὼν τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, But Saul was still breathing threats and murder towards the Lord's disciples, and he went to the high priest, threats ← of a threat.
Acts 9:2 ᾐτήσατο παρ' αὐτοῦ ἐπιστολὰς εἰς Δαμασκὸν πρὸς τὰς συναγωγάς, ὅπως ἐάν τινας εὕρῃ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντας ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας, δεδεμένους ἀγάγῃ εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ. and he asked him for letters to take to Damascus, addressed to the synagogues, authorizing that if he should find anyone of “the way”, both men and women, he should bring them bound to Jerusalem. anyone of “the way” ← any (plural) being of “the way”. Compare also Isa 35:8.
Acts 9:3 Ἐν δὲ τῷ πορεύεσθαι, ἐγένετο αὐτὸν ἐγγίζειν τῇ Δαμασκῷ· καὶ ἐξαίφνης {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: περιήστραψεν} [E1624: περιέστραψεν] αὐτὸν φῶς ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ· And as he went, it came to pass that he was approaching Damascus, when suddenly light flashed around him from heaven. περιήστραψε(ν), to flash around (correct spelling), RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=12/13 vs. περιέστραψε(ν), to flash around (irregular spelling), E1624 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's g).
heaven: or the sky, but see Acts 26:19 (heavenly vision).
Acts 9:4 καὶ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἤκουσεν φωνὴν λέγουσαν αὐτῷ, Σαούλ, Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις; And he fell to the ground and heard a voice saying to him, “Saul, Saul, why are you persecuting me?”
Acts 9:5 Εἶπεν δέ, Τίς εἶ, κύριε; Ὁ δὲ κύριος εἶπεν, Ἐγώ εἰμι Ἰησοῦς ὃν σὺ διώκεις· {RP P1904: - } [TR: σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν.] And he said, “Who are you, Lord?” And the Lord said, “I am Jesus, whom you are persecuting. {RP P1904: - } [TR: It is hard for you to kick against the goads.”] σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν, (It is) hard for you to kick against goads.: absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
I am: see John 18:5-6.
Acts 9:6 {RP P1904: ἀλλὰ ἀνάστηθι} [TR: Τρέμων τε καὶ θαμβῶν εἶπε, κύριε τί με θέλεις ποιῆσαι; καὶ ὁ κύριος πρὸς αὐτὸν, Ἀνάστηθι] καὶ εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν πόλιν, καὶ λαληθήσεταί σοι τί σε δεῖ ποιεῖν. {RP P1904: But get up,} [TR: Both trembling and astounded, he said, “Lord, what do you want me to do?” And the Lord said to him, “Get up] and go to the city and you will be told what you must do.” ἀλλὰ, but (get up), RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. τρέμων ... πρὸς αὐτὸν, Trembling ... to him, TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
you will be told ← it will be told to you.
Acts 9:7 Οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες οἱ συνοδεύοντες αὐτῷ εἱστήκεισαν {RP-text P1904: ἐνεοί} [RP-marg TR: ἐννεοί], ἀκούοντες μὲν τῆς φωνῆς, μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες. But the men who were travelling with him stood dumbfounded, hearing the voice but not seeing anyone. ἐνεοί, mute (1), RP-text P1904 F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's ab*hmp) vs. ἐννεοί, mute (2), RP-marg TR F1859=9/14 (Scrivener's b**cdefgklo). Both spellings are classical. A disparity with RP-text, R=6:10.
Acts 9:8 Ἠγέρθη δὲ ὁ Σαῦλος ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς· ἀνεῳγμένων {RP P1904: τε} [TR: δὲ] τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ, οὐδένα ἔβλεπεν, χειραγωγοῦντες δὲ αὐτὸν εἰσήγαγον εἰς Δαμασκόν. Then Saul arose from the ground, {RP P1904: and} [TR: but] although his eyes were opened, he saw no-one, and they led him by the hand and brought him to Damascus. τε, and, RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. δὲ, but, TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's fmp).
although: concessive use of the participle.
Acts 9:9 Καὶ ἦν ἡμέρας τρεῖς μὴ βλέπων, καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν. And for three days he was without sight, and he did not eat or drink. without sight ← not seeing.
Acts 9:10 Ἦν δέ τις μαθητὴς ἐν Δαμασκῷ ὀνόματι Ἀνανίας, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος ἐν ὁράματι, Ἀνανία. Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Ἰδοὺ ἐγώ, κύριε. Now there was a certain disciple in Damascus by the name of Ananias, and the Lord said to him in a vision, “Ananias”, and he said, “Here I am, Lord.”
Acts 9:11 Ὁ δὲ κύριος πρὸς αὐτόν, Ἀναστὰς πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν, καὶ ζήτησον ἐν οἰκίᾳ Ἰούδα Σαῦλον ὀνόματι, Ταρσέα· ἰδοὺ γὰρ προσεύχεται, And the Lord said to him, “Get up and go to the lane called ‘Straight’ and seek in Judas's house Saul by name, a Tarsan, for look, he is praying. get up: imperatival use of the participle.
Tarsan: i.e. inhabitant of Tarsus.
Acts 9:12 καὶ εἶδεν ἐν ὁράματι ἄνδρα ὀνόματι Ἀνανίαν εἰσελθόντα καὶ ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ χεῖρα, ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃ. And he has seen in a vision a man by the name of Ananias coming to him and putting his hand on him, so that he may recover his sight.”
Acts 9:13 Ἀπεκρίθη δὲ {RP P1904: - } [TR: ὁ] Ἀνανίας, Κύριε, ἀκήκοα ἀπὸ πολλῶν περὶ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τούτου, ὅσα κακὰ ἐποίησεν τοῖς ἁγίοις σου ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ· And Ananias answered, “Lord, I have heard about this man from many people, how many bad things he has done to your saints in Jerusalem. ὁ, the (Ananias): absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Acts 9:14 καὶ ὧδε ἔχει ἐξουσίαν παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων, δῆσαι πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου. And here he has authority from the senior priests to bind all those who call on your name.”
Acts 9:15 Εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος, Πορεύου, ὅτι σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς μοι ἐστὶν οὗτος, τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν καὶ βασιλέων, υἱῶν τε Ἰσραήλ· But the Lord said to him, “Go, for this man is a chosen instrument of mine to bear my name in the presence of the Gentiles and kings and the sons of Israel. chosen instrument ← vessel of choice, a Hebraic genitive.
Acts 9:16 ἐγὼ γὰρ ὑποδείξω αὐτῷ ὅσα δεῖ αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου παθεῖν. For I will show him what he must undergo for my name's sake.” undergo: or suffer.
Acts 9:17 Ἀπῆλθεν δὲ Ἀνανίας καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ ἐπιθεὶς ἐπ' αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας εἶπεν, Σαοὺλ ἀδελφέ, ὁ κύριος ἀπέσταλκέν με, {RP: - } [P1904 TR: Ἰησοῦς] ὁ ὀφθείς σοι ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ᾗ ἤρχου, ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς πνεύματος ἁγίου. So Ananias departed and went into the house and put his hands on him and said, “Brother Saul, the Lord has sent me – {RP: the Lord} [P1904 TR: Jesus] who appeared to you on the road by which you came – so that you may recover your sight and be filled with holy spirit.” Ἰησοῦς, Jesus: absent in RP F1859=8/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's acfop). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7. AV differs textually.
Acts 9:18 Καὶ εὐθέως ἀπέπεσον ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ λεπίδες, ἀνέβλεψέν τε {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: παραχρῆμα,] καὶ ἀναστὰς ἐβαπτίσθη, And straightaway it was as if scales fell from his eyes, and he {RP-text P1904: - } [RP-marg TR: immediately] recovered his sight, and he rose up and was baptized, παραχρῆμα, immediately: absent in RP-text P1904 F1859=6/14 (Scrivener's degl*mp) vs. present in RP-marg TR F1859=8/14 (Scrivener's abcfhkl**o). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=7:9. AV differs textually.
Acts 9:19 καὶ λαβὼν τροφὴν ἐνίσχυσεν. Ἐγένετο δὲ ὁ Σαῦλος μετὰ τῶν {RP TR: - } [P1904: ὄντων] ἐν Δαμασκῷ μαθητῶν ἡμέρας τινάς. and he took food and gained strength. And Saul was with the disciples {RP TR: - } [P1904: who were] in Damascus for several days. ὄντων, being: absent in RP TR F1859=7/13 vs. present in P1904 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's bdgkmo, though d with a rough breathing). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
was ← became.
Acts 9:20 Καὶ εὐθέως ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς ἐκήρυσσεν τὸν {RP TR: χριστόν} [P1904: Ἰησοῦν], ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. And immediately he preached {RP TR: Christ} [P1904: Jesus] in the synagogues, preaching that this was the son of God. χριστόν, Christ, RP TR F1859=9/13 vs. Ἰησοῦν, Jesus, P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's achp).
Acts 9:21 Ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες καὶ ἔλεγον, Οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο, καὶ ὧδε εἰς τοῦτο {RP P1904: ἐλήλυθεν} [TR: ἐληλύθει] ἵνα δεδεμένους αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς; And all of those hearing it were amazed, and they said, “Is this not the man who devastated those who call on this name in Jerusalem, and who {RP P1904: has come} [TR: had come] here for the very purpose of bringing them bound to the senior priests?” ἐλήλυθεν, has come, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. ἐληλύθει, had come, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's o).
the very purpose of bringing ← this (purpose): in order that he may lead.
Acts 9:22 Σαῦλος δὲ μᾶλλον ἐνεδυναμοῦτο, καὶ συνέχυνεν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐν Δαμασκῷ, συμβιβάζων ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστός. But Saul was strengthened further, and he confounded the Jews who lived in Damascus, demonstrating that this was the Christ.
Acts 9:23 Ὡς δὲ ἐπληροῦντο ἡμέραι ἱκαναί, συνεβουλεύσαντο οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀνελεῖν αὐτόν· But when a fair number of days had passed, the Jews plotted together to eliminate him. passed ← been filled.
Acts 9:24 ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν. Παρετήρουν τε τὰς πύλας ἡμέρας τε καὶ νυκτός, ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀνέλωσιν· But their plot became known to Saul. Meanwhile they were guarding the gates closely, by both day and night, so as to eliminate him.
Acts 9:25 λαβόντες δὲ αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ νυκτός, καθῆκαν διὰ τοῦ τείχους, χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι. So the disciples took him by night and let him down, lowering him over the wall in a basket. lowering ← having lowered. See Matt 23:20.
over: or through. Compare 2 Cor 11:33, where the same preposition is used twice, for through a window and then alongside a wall. One is not lowered through a wall, strictly speaking.
Acts 9:26 Παραγενόμενος δὲ ὁ Σαῦλος {RP: ἐν} [P1904 TR: εἰς] Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἐπειρᾶτο κολλᾶσθαι τοῖς μαθηταῖς· καὶ πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν, μὴ πιστεύοντες ὅτι ἐστὶν μαθητής. Then when Saul arrived in Jerusalem, he tried to join up with the disciples, but they all feared him, not believing that he was a disciple. ἐν, in, RP F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's bcehklm) vs. εἰς, to, in (pregnant use, compare Matt 18:6), P1904 TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's adfgop). A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
but: adversative use of καί.
Acts 9:27 Βαρνάβας δὲ ἐπιλαβόμενος αὐτὸν ἤγαγεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους, καὶ διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς πῶς ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ εἶδεν τὸν κύριον, καὶ ὅτι ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ, καὶ πῶς ἐν Δαμασκῷ ἐπαρρησιάσατο ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. But Barnabas took hold of him and led him to the apostles, and he explained to them how on the road he had seen the Lord, and that he had spoken to him, and how in Damascus he had spoken freely in the name of Jesus.
Acts 9:28 Καὶ ἦν μετ' αὐτῶν εἰσπορευόμενος {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: καὶ ἐκπορευόμενος] {RP-text: εἰς} [RP-marg P1904 TR: ἐν] Ἱερουσαλήμ, καὶ παρρησιαζόμενος ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, And he {RP-text: went with them into} [RP-marg P1904 TR: went about with them in] Jerusalem, ¶ speaking freely in the name of the Lord Jesus, ¶ Verse division: in AV numbering, Acts 9:29 begins here.
καὶ ἐκπορευόμενος, and going out: absent in RP-text F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's bdflmo) vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=6/13 (incl. p in a different word order) vs. verse absent, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=6:8.
εἰς, into, RP-text F1859=10/13 (Scrivener's bcdfgklmop) vs. ἐν, in, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ah) vs. verse absent, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e).
[RP-marg P1904 TR: went about with them in ← was going in and going out in.]
Acts 9:29 ἐλάλει τε καὶ συνεζήτει πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς· οἱ δὲ ἐπεχείρουν αὐτὸν ἀνελεῖν. and he spoke and debated with the Greek speakers, but they set about eliminating him.
Acts 9:30 Ἐπιγνόντες δὲ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν, καὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν εἰς Ταρσόν. The brothers realized this and brought him down to Caesarea and sent him off to Tarsus.
Acts 9:31 Αἱ μὲν οὖν ἐκκλησίαι καθ' ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ Γαλιλαίας καὶ Σαμαρείας εἶχον εἰρήνην οἰκοδομούμεναι, καὶ πορευόμεναι τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ κυρίου καὶ τῇ παρακλήσει τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἐπληθύνοντο. So the churches throughout the whole of Judaea and Galilee and Samaria had peace, and they were built up, and they walked in the fear of the Lord, and they were filled with the comforting of the holy spirit. churches: see Matt 16:18.
were filled: AV differs (were multiplied), but [LS] gives make full for the active.
Acts 9:32 Ἐγένετο δὲ Πέτρον διερχόμενον διὰ πάντων κατελθεῖν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἁγίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας Λύδδαν. And it came to pass that Peter, in the course of his travels all around, also went down to the saints who lived at Lydda. in the course of his travels all around ← going through all.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Acts 9:33 Εὗρεν δὲ ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπόν τινα Αἰνέαν ὀνόματι, ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτὼ κατακείμενον ἐπὶ {RP-text TR: κραββάτῳ} [RP-marg: κραββάτου] [P1904: κραβάττῳ], ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος. And he found there a certain man by the name of Aeneas, who had lain on a bed for eight years, who was paralysed. κραββάτῳ, stretcher (1, dative), RP-text TR F1859=11/13 vs. κραββάτου, stretcher (1, genitive), RP-marg F1859=0/13 vs. κραβάττῳ, stretcher (2, dative), P1904 F1859=0/13 vs. κραβάττου, stretcher (2, genitive), F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's p) vs. κραβάτῳ, stretcher (3, dative), F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m). A disparity with RP-marg (zero count).
Acts 9:34 Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος, Αἰνέα, ἰᾶταί σε Ἰησοῦς ὁ χριστός· ἀνάστηθι καὶ στρῶσον σεαυτῷ. Καὶ εὐθέως ἀνέστη. And Peter said to him, “Aeneas, Jesus the Christ heals you. Get up and make your bed for yourself.” And immediately he got up.
Acts 9:35 Καὶ εἶδον αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες Λύδδαν καὶ τὸν {RP: Ἀσσάρωνα} [P1904 E1624 S1894: Σάρωνα] [S1550: Σάρωναν], οἵτινες ἐπέστρεψαν ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον. And all those living in Lydda and Sharon saw him, and they turned to the Lord. Ἀσσάρωνα, Assaron - 3rd declension, RP F1859=6/14 (ab**ghlo) vs. Ἀσάρωνα, Asaron - 3rd declension, F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's e) vs. Ἀσσάρωναν, Assaron - 1st declension, F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's f) vs. Σάρωνα, Saron - 3rd declension, P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=2/14 (Scrivener's dm) vs. Σάρωναν, Saron - 1st declension, S1550 F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's b*c(tacite)kp). We translate by the Hebrew name Sharon (Josh 12:18 etc.). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=6:5.
Acts 9:36 Ἐν Ἰόππῃ δέ τις ἦν μαθήτρια ὀνόματι {RP: Ταβηθά} [P1904 TR: Ταβιθά], ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται Δορκάς· αὕτη ἦν πλήρης ἀγαθῶν ἔργων καὶ ἐλεημοσυνῶν ὧν ἐποίει. Now there was a certain disciple in Joppa by the name of Tabitha, which when translated is “Dorcas”. She was full of good works and alms which she gave. Ταβηθά, Tabetha, RP F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's adefghkp) vs. Ταβιθά, Tabitha, P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's bclmo). Aramaic ‫טְבִיתָא‬ Tebitha [Dalman]; compare Hebrew ‫צְבִי‬. Gazelle or deer in English. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
disciple ← female disciple (feminine form of the usual word).
Dorcas: gazelle.
she ← this (woman).
gave ← was doing.
Acts 9:37 Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις ἀσθενήσασαν αὐτὴν ἀποθανεῖν· λούσαντες δὲ αὐτὴν ἔθηκαν ἐν ὑπερῴῳ. And it came to pass in those days that she fell ill and died. Then they washed her and put her in an upper room.
Acts 9:38 Ἐγγὺς δὲ οὔσης Λύδδης τῇ Ἰόππῃ, οἱ μαθηταὶ ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Πέτρος ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτῇ, ἀπέστειλαν {RP: - } [P1904 TR: δύο ἄνδρας] πρὸς αὐτόν, παρακαλοῦντες μὴ ὀκνῆσαι διελθεῖν ἕως αὐτῶν. With Lydda being near Joppa, when the disciples heard that Peter was in that place, they sent {RP: word} [P1904 TR: two men] to him, pleading with him not to hesitate in coming across to them. δύο ἄνδρας, two men: absent in RP F1859=8/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's cekmp). The grammar of the sentence militates against the words (which are accusative), as they introduce a jarring discordance with παρακαλοῦντες, pleading (nominative), whereas otherwise παρακαλοῦντες can tolerably be referred to the disciples. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7. AV differs textually.
that place ← it, feminine, the gender of Lydda.
Acts 9:39 Ἀναστὰς δὲ Πέτρος συνῆλθεν αὐτοῖς· ὃν παραγενόμενον ἀνήγαγον εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον, καὶ παρέστησαν αὐτῷ πᾶσαι αἱ χῆραι κλαίουσαι καὶ ἐπιδεικνύμεναι χιτῶνας καὶ ἱμάτια ὅσα ἐποίει μετ' αὐτῶν οὖσα ἡ Δορκάς. So Peter got up and went with them, and when he arrived, all the widows led him up to the upper room, and they stood by him weeping and showing him all the tunics and clothes which Dorcas used to make when she was with them.
Acts 9:40 Ἐκβαλὼν δὲ ἔξω πάντας ὁ Πέτρος θεὶς τὰ γόνατα προσηύξατο· καὶ ἐπιστρέψας πρὸς τὸ σῶμα, εἶπεν, {RP: Ταβηθά} [P1904 TR: Ταβιθά], ἀνάστηθι. Ἡ δὲ ἤνοιξεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῆς· καὶ ἰδοῦσα τὸν Πέτρον, ἀνεκάθισεν. Then Peter sent them all out and knelt and prayed, and he turned to the body and said, “Tabitha, arise.” And she opened her eyes and saw Peter and sat up. Ταβηθά, Tabetha, RP F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's adefghk) vs. Ταβιθά, Tabitha, P1904 TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's bclmop). Technically, nearly disparity with RP, R=7:8, but it is highly improbable that (1) there is a spelling change in the original compared to Acts 9:36, while (2) only one of the fifteen witnesses we consider (Scrivener's p) reflects the change. Over these two verses, the balance is even, R=15:15.
Acts 9:41 Δοὺς δὲ αὐτῇ χεῖρα, ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν· φωνήσας δὲ τοὺς ἁγίους καὶ τὰς χήρας, παρέστησεν αὐτὴν ζῶσαν. And giving her his hand, he stood her up, and he called the saints and the widows, and he presented her alive. giving ← having given. See Matt 23:20.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
Acts 9:42 Γνωστὸν δὲ ἐγένετο καθ' ὅλης τῆς Ἰόππης, καὶ πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον. And it became known throughout the whole of Joppa, and many believed in the Lord.
Acts 9:43 Ἐγένετο δὲ ἡμέρας ἱκανὰς μεῖναι αὐτὸν ἐν Ἰόππῃ παρά τινι Σίμωνι βυρσεῖ. And it came to pass that he stayed many days in Joppa with a certain Simon, a tanner.
Acts 10:1 Ἀνὴρ δέ τις {RP TR: ἦν} [P1904: - ] ἐν Καισαρείᾳ ὀνόματι Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἐκ σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς, Now {RP TR: there was} [P1904: - ] a certain man in Caesarea by the name of Cornelius, a centurion from the so-called Italian cohort, ἦν, was: present in RP TR F1859=12/13 vs. absent in P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's p).
Acts 10:2 εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν θεὸν σὺν παντὶ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ, ποιῶν τε ἐλεημοσύνας πολλὰς τῷ λαῷ, καὶ δεόμενος τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ παντός. who was devout and god-fearing, along with all his household, who gave many alms to the people, and who was continually beseeching God {RP TR: .} [P1904: ,] gave ← did.
Acts 10:3 Εἶδεν ἐν ὁράματι φανερῶς, ὡσεὶ ὥραν {RP-text P1904: ἐνάτην} [RP-marg TR: ἐννάτην] τῆς ἡμέρας, ἄγγελον τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθόντα πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ εἰπόντα αὐτῷ, Κορνήλιε. {RP TR: He} [P1904: - ] saw clearly in a vision, at about the ninth hour of the day, the angel of God who came to him, and he said to him, “Cornelius.” ἐνάτην, ninth (1), RP-text P1904 F1859=8/13 vs. ἐννάτην, ninth (2), RP-marg TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's cdefo, with explicit non o).
clearly ← manifestly.
ninth hour: 3 p.m.
Acts 10:4 Ὁ δὲ ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ καὶ ἔμφοβος γενόμενος εἶπεν, Τί ἐστιν, κύριε; Εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ, Αἱ προσευχαί σου καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. And he looked at him intently and became fearful and said, “What is it, Lord?” And he said to him, “Your prayers and your alms have gone up as a memorial in the presence of God.
Acts 10:5 Καὶ νῦν πέμψον εἰς Ἰόππην ἄνδρας, καὶ μετάπεμψαι Σίμωνα {RP-text P1904: τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον Πέτρον} [RP-marg TR: ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος]· And now, send men to Joppa and send for Simon, who {RP-text P1904: is} [RP-marg TR: is] surnamed Peter. τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον Πέτρον, the being-surnamed / nicknamed (one) Peter, RP-text P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος, who is surnamed / nicknamed Peter, RP-marg TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's ahp).
Acts 10:6 οὗτος ξενίζεται παρά τινι Σίμωνι βυρσεῖ, ᾧ ἐστιν οἰκία παρὰ θάλασσαν· {RP P1904: - } [TR: οὗτος λαλήσει σοι τί σε δεῖ ποιεῖν.] He is lodging with a certain Simon, a tanner, who has a house by the sea. {RP P1904: - } [TR: He will tell you what you have to do.]” οὗτος λαλήσει σοι τί σε δεῖ ποιεῖν, this (man) will tell you what you must do: absent in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. present in TR F1859=0/13. AV differs textually.
[TR: he ← this (man).]
Acts 10:7 ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν τῷ Κορνηλίῳ, φωνήσας δύο τῶν οἰκετῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ τῶν προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ, And when the angel who was speaking to Cornelius had departed, he called two of his household slaves and a devout soldier from among those who continued resolutely with him, household slaves: or domestic servants.
from among ← of.
continued resolutely: as in Acts 1:14. AV differs (waited continually).
Acts 10:8 καὶ ἐξηγησάμενος αὐτοῖς ἅπαντα, ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Ἰόππην. and he explained everything to them, and he sent them to Joppa.
Acts 10:9 Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον, ὁδοιπορούντων ἐκείνων καὶ τῇ πόλει ἐγγιζόντων, ἀνέβη Πέτρος ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα προσεύξασθαι, περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην· Then on the next day those men made their way, and as they approached the city, Peter went up onto the roof to pray, at about the sixth hour. sixth hour: 12 noon.
Acts 10:10 ἐγένετο δὲ πρόσπεινος, καὶ ἤθελεν γεύσασθαι· παρασκευαζόντων δὲ ἐκείνων, ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ' αὐτὸν ἔκστασις, And he became very hungry and wanted a taste of food. And as they made their preparations, a trance came over him. a taste of food ← to taste.
they ← those.
came ← fell on.
Acts 10:11 καὶ θεωρεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένον, καὶ καταβαῖνον ἐπ' αὐτὸν σκεῦός τι ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην, τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς δεδεμένον, καὶ καθιέμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς· And he saw heaven opened, and a certain object descending on him, like a large sheet, tied at the four corners and being lowered down to the earth, heaven: this seems more likely than sky, since it is “opened.” Compare Acts 7:56.
to ← on, at rest, if taken strictly.
Acts 10:12 ἐν ᾧ ὑπῆρχεν πάντα τὰ τετράποδα τῆς γῆς καὶ τὰ θηρία καὶ τὰ ἑρπετὰ καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. in which were all the quadrupeds of the earth, and wild animals and reptiles and birds of the sky.
Acts 10:13 Καὶ ἐγένετο φωνὴ πρὸς αὐτόν, Ἀναστάς, Πέτρε, θῦσον καὶ φάγε. And a voice came to him and said, “Arise, Peter, slaughter and eat.” arise: imperatival use of the participle.
Acts 10:14 Ὁ δὲ Πέτρος εἶπεν, Μηδαμῶς, κύριε· ὅτι οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον. But Peter said, “By no means, Lord, for I have never eaten anything profane or unclean.” anything ← everything.
Acts 10:15 Καὶ φωνὴ πάλιν ἐκ δευτέρου πρὸς αὐτόν, Ἃ ὁ θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν, σὺ μὴ κοίνου. And the voice came to him again, a second time, and it said, “Don't you call profane what God has declared clean.” call profane ... declared clean ← made profane ... made clean. Re-accented κοινοῦ would be middle voice pronounce profane.
Acts 10:16 Τοῦτο δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς· καὶ πάλιν ἀνελήφθη τὸ σκεῦος εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν. And this happened three times, and then the object was taken up into heaven again.
Acts 10:17 Ὡς δὲ ἐν ἑαυτῷ διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὅραμα ὃ εἶδεν, καὶ ἰδού, οἱ ἄνδρες οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἀπὸ τοῦ Κορνηλίου, διερωτήσαντες τὴν οἰκίαν Σίμωνος, ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα, Now while Peter was at a loss in himself as to what the vision which he had seen might mean, along came the men who had been sent from Cornelius and had asked for Simon's house, and they stood at the gateway, mean ← be.
along came ← behold.
Acts 10:18 καὶ φωνήσαντες ἐπυνθάνοντο εἰ Σίμων, ὁ ἐπικαλούμενος Πέτρος, ἐνθάδε ξενίζεται. and they called out and were inquiring whether Simon surnamed Peter was lodging there.
Acts 10:19 Τοῦ δὲ Πέτρου {RP P1904: διενθυμουμένου} [TR: ἐνθυμουμένου] περὶ τοῦ ὁράματος, εἶπεν αὐτῷ τὸ πνεῦμα, Ἰδού, ἄνδρες {RP: - } [P1904 TR: τρεῖς] ζητοῦσίν σε. And while Peter was reflecting on the vision, the spirit said to him, “Look, {RP: some} [P1904 TR: three] men are looking for you. διενθυμουμένου, reflecting (1), RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. ἐνθυμουμένου, reflecting (2), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's b).
τρεῖς, three: absent in RP F1859=10/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's efp).
Acts 10:20 Ἀλλὰ ἀναστὰς κατάβηθι, καὶ πορεύου σὺν αὐτοῖς, μηδὲν διακρινόμενος· διότι ἐγὼ ἀπέσταλκα αὐτούς. But get up and go down and go with them, not doubting in any way, because I have sent them.”
Acts 10:21 Καταβὰς δὲ Πέτρος πρὸς τοὺς ἄνδρας {RP P1904: - } [TR: τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους ἀπὸ τοῦ Κορνηλίου πρὸς αυτόν,] εἶπεν, Ἰδού, ἐγώ εἰμι ὃν ζητεῖτε· τίς ἡ αἰτία δι' ἣν πάρεστε; So Peter went down to the men {RP P1904: - } [TR: who had been sent from Cornelius to him] and said, “Look, I am the one you are looking for. What is the reason you are here?” τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους ... πρὸς αυτόν, sent ... to him: absent in RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. present in TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's afm). AV differs textually.
are here ← are present.
Acts 10:22 Οἱ δὲ εἶπον, Κορνήλιος ἑκατοντάρχης, ἀνὴρ δίκαιος καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν θεόν, μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου μεταπέμψασθαί σε εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ῥήματα παρὰ σοῦ. And they said, “Cornelius, a centurion, a righteous and god-fearing man, respected by the whole nation of the Jews, was oracularly instructed by a holy angel to send for you to come to his house and for him to hear words from you.” respected ← and attested.
Acts 10:23 Εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν. Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον {RP TR: - } [P1904: ἀναστὰς] {RP TR: ὁ Πέτρος} [P1904: - ] ἐξῆλθεν σὺν αὐτοῖς, καί τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν τῶν ἀπὸ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: τῆς] Ἰόππης συνῆλθον αὐτῷ. So he invited them inside and put them up. Then on the next day {RP TR: Peter} [P1904: he] {RP TR: - } [P1904: arose and] went out with them, and some of the brothers from Joppa went with him. ἀναστὰς, having arisen: absent in RP TR F1859=7/13 vs. present in P1904 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's cdkm. In addition, Scrivener's op contain the word before ἐξῆλθεν). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
ὁ Πέτρος, Peter: present in RP TR F1859=11/13 vs. absent in P1904 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's dp).
τῆς, the (Joppa): absent in RP F1859=13/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=0/13. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
Acts 10:24 Καὶ τῇ ἐπαύριον εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν Καισάρειαν. Ὁ δὲ Κορνήλιος ἦν προσδοκῶν αὐτούς, συγκαλεσάμενος τοὺς συγγενεῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ τοὺς ἀναγκαίους φίλους. And on the next day they went to Caesarea. Now Cornelius was expecting them and had called his relatives and close friends together.
Acts 10:25 Ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο {RP P1904: τοῦ} [TR: - ] εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον, συναντήσας αὐτῷ ὁ Κορνήλιος, πεσὼν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας, προσεκύνησεν. But when it came to Peter going in, Cornelius met him and fell down at his feet and worshipped him. τοῦ (article with infinitive to go in): present in RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's gk).
Acts 10:26 Ὁ δὲ Πέτρος αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν λέγων, Ἀνάστηθι· κἀγὼ αὐτὸς ἄνθρωπός εἰμι. But Peter made him get up, saying, “Get up. I myself am also a man.” made him get up ← raised him.
Acts 10:27 Καὶ συνομιλῶν αὐτῷ εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ εὑρίσκει συνεληλυθότας πολλούς, Then he talked with him, and he went in, and he found many gathered together. gathered together ← come together.
Acts 10:28 ἔφη τε πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε ὡς ἀθέμιτόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ Ἰουδαίῳ κολλᾶσθαι ἢ προσέρχεσθαι ἀλλοφύλῳ· καὶ ἐμοὶ ὁ θεὸς ἔδειξεν μηδένα κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον λέγειν ἄνθρωπον· And he said to them, “You understand that it is unlawful for a Jewish man to associate with or approach someone of a different race. But God has shown me not to say that any man is common or unclean. race ← tribe.
but: adversative use of καί.
Acts 10:29 διὸ καὶ ἀναντιρρήτως ἦλθον μεταπεμφθείς. Πυνθάνομαι οὖν, τίνι λόγῳ μετεπέμψασθέ με. That is why I came without arguing against it when I was sent for. So I inquire now for what reason you have sent for me.” that is why ← on account of which, therefore.
reason ← word.
AV differs, punctuating as a question.
Acts 10:30 Καὶ ὁ Κορνήλιος ἔφη, Ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας μέχρι ταύτης τῆς ὥρας ἤμην νηστεύων, καὶ τὴν {RP P1904: ἐνάτην} [TR: ἐννάτην] ὥραν προσευχόμενος ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ μου· καὶ ἰδού, ἀνὴρ ἔστη ἐνώπιόν μου ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, And Cornelius said, “Four days ago I was fasting until this hour, and at the ninth hour I was praying in my house, and behold, a man stood opposite me in shining clothing, ἐνάτην, ninth (1), RP P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. ἐννάτην, ninth (2), TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's defo).
ninth hour: 3 p.m.
Acts 10:31 καί φησιν, Κορνήλιε, εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχή, καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. and he said, ‘Cornelius, your prayer has been heard and your alms have been remembered in the presence of God.
Acts 10:32 Πέμψον οὖν εἰς Ἰόππην, καὶ μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος· οὗτος ξενίζεται ἐν οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος βυρσέως παρὰ θάλασσαν· ὃς παραγενόμενος λαλήσει σοι. So send men to Joppa and call for Simon who is surnamed Peter. He is lodging in the house of Simon, a tanner, by the sea, and when he has arrived, he will speak to you.’ he ← this (man).
Acts 10:33 Ἐξαυτῆς οὖν ἔπεμψα πρός σε· σύ τε καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος. Νῦν οὖν πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ πάρεσμεν ἀκοῦσαι πάντα τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ. So I immediately sent men to you, and you have done well in coming. So now all of us are present in God's sight to hear all the things that have been commanded you by God.”
Acts 10:34 Ἀνοίξας δὲ Πέτρος τὸ στόμα {RP TR: - } [P1904: αὐτοῦ] εἶπεν, Ἐπ' ἀληθείας καταλαμβάνομαι ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήπτης ὁ θεός· Then Peter opened {RP TR: his} [P1904: his] mouth and said, “In truth I understand that God is not one who shows partiality, αὐτοῦ, his: absent in RP TR F1859=10/13 vs. present in P1904 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's dko).
Acts 10:35 ἀλλ' ἐν παντὶ ἔθνει ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην, δεκτὸς αὐτῷ ἐστιν. but in every nation he who fears him and works righteousness is acceptable to him.
Acts 10:36 Τὸν λόγον ὃν ἀπέστειλεν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, εὐαγγελιζόμενος εἰρήνην διὰ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ - οὗτός ἐστιν πάντων κύριος - You know the word which he sent to the sons of Israel, as he preached peace through Jesus Christ – he is Lord of all – you know: supplied as a repetition of what is in the next verse.
he ← this (man).
Acts 10:37 ὑμεῖς οἴδατε, τὸ γενόμενον ῥῆμα καθ' ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ἀρξάμενον ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας, μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάννης· and you know the course of events which took place throughout all Judaea, beginning with Galilee after the baptism which John preached the course of events ← word, matter.
Acts 10:38 Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ {RP P1904 S1550: Ναζαρέτ} [E1624 S1894: Ναζαρέθ], ὡς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς πνεύματι ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει, ὃς διῆλθεν εὐεργετῶν καὶ ἰώμενος πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἦν μετ' αὐτοῦ. – Jesus from Nazareth – how God anointed him with holy spirit and power, who went about doing good works and healing all those who were being overpowered by the devil, because God was with him. Ναζαρέτ, Nazaret, RP P1904 S1550 F1859=9/13 vs. Ναζαρέθ, Nazareth, E1624 S1894 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's cekm).
Acts 10:39 Καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν μάρτυρες πάντων ὧν ἐποίησεν ἔν τε τῇ χώρᾳ τῶν Ἰουδαίων καὶ ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ· ὃν {RP P1904: καὶ} [TR: - ] ἀνεῖλον κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου. And we are witnesses of everything he did in the Jews' country area and in Jerusalem, whom they {RP P1904: also} [TR: - ] killed by hanging him on wood. καὶ, and: present in RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=0/13.
killed ← eliminated.
by hanging: gerundial use of the participle.
Acts 10:40 Τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι, Him God raised on the third day, and he appointed him to become manifest, him God raised: see Acts 2:32, John 10:18.
appointed ← gave.
Acts 10:41 οὐ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ, ἀλλὰ μάρτυσιν τοῖς προκεχειροτονημένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἡμῖν, οἵτινες συνεφάγομεν καὶ συνεπίομεν αὐτῷ μετὰ τὸ ἀναστῆναι αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν. not to all the people, but to witnesses who were chosen beforehand by God, to us who ate and drank with him after he rose from the dead.
Acts 10:42 Καὶ παρήγγειλεν ἡμῖν κηρύξαι τῷ λαῷ, καὶ διαμαρτύρασθαι ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ κριτὴς ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν. And he commanded us to preach to the people and to solemnly testify that he is the one who has been designated by God as judge of the living and the dead.
Acts 10:43 Τούτῳ πάντες οἱ προφῆται μαρτυροῦσιν, ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτόν. All the prophets testify to him, that everyone who believes in him receives forgiveness of sins through his name.” him ← this (one).
Acts 10:44 Ἔτι λαλοῦντος τοῦ Πέτρου τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα, ἐπέπεσεν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας τὸν λόγον. While Peter was still speaking these words, the holy spirit fell on all of those who were listening to the word.
Acts 10:45 Καὶ ἐξέστησαν οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς πιστοί, ὅσοι συνῆλθον τῷ Πέτρῳ, ὅτι καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἐκκέχυται. And those believers of the circumcision who had come with Peter were amazed that the gift of the holy spirit had also been poured out on the Gentiles, believers: or faithful (ones).
Acts 10:46 Ἤκουον γὰρ αὐτῶν λαλούντων γλώσσαις, καὶ μεγαλυνόντων τὸν θεόν. Τότε ἀπεκρίθη ὁ Πέτρος, for they were hearing them speaking in tongues and magnifying God. Then Peter answered,
Acts 10:47 Μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ κωλῦσαι δύναταί τις, τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἔλαβον καθὼς καὶ ἡμεῖς; “Surely no-one can refuse water, so preventing these people from being baptized – those who have received the holy spirit, as we for our part have.” for our part ← also.
Acts 10:48 Προσέταξέν τε αὐτοὺς βαπτισθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου. Τότε ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν ἐπιμεῖναι ἡμέρας τινάς. And he commanded them to be baptized in the name of the Lord. Then they asked him to stay on for a few days.
Acts 11:1 Ἤκουσαν δὲ οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ οἱ ὄντες κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν ὅτι καὶ τὰ ἔθνη ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ. And the apostles and the brothers who were throughout Judaea heard that the Gentiles had also received the word of God.
Acts 11:2 Καὶ ὅτε ἀνέβη Πέτρος εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, διεκρίνοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς, And when Peter went up to Jerusalem, those of the circumcision took issue with him,
Acts 11:3 λέγοντες ὅτι Πρὸς ἄνδρας ἀκροβυστίαν ἔχοντας εἰσῆλθες, καὶ συνέφαγες αὐτοῖς. saying, “You have gone to men who are uncircumcised and eaten with them.” are uncircumcised ← have foreskin.
Acts 11:4 Ἀρξάμενος δὲ ὁ Πέτρος ἐξετίθετο αὐτοῖς καθεξῆς λέγων, But Peter explained things to them from the beginning, in order, and he said, from the beginning ← having started. Compare Acts 1:1.
Acts 11:5 Ἐγὼ ἤμην ἐν πόλει Ἰόππῃ προσευχόμενος, καὶ εἶδον ἐν ἐκστάσει ὅραμα, καταβαῖνον σκεῦός τι, ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς καθιεμένην ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ἦλθεν ἄχρι ἐμοῦ· “I was in the city of Joppa, praying. And in a trance I saw a vision, a certain object descending, like a large sheet being let down from heaven by its four corners, and it came down to me, down to ← as far as.
Acts 11:6 εἰς ἣν ἀτενίσας κατενόουν, καὶ εἶδον τὰ τετράποδα τῆς γῆς καὶ τὰ θηρία καὶ τὰ ἑρπετὰ καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. and I looked at it intently, and I took careful note, and I saw the quadrupeds of the earth and wild animals and reptiles and birds of the sky.
Acts 11:7 Ἤκουσα δὲ φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι, Ἀναστάς, Πέτρε, θῦσον καὶ φάγε. And I heard a voice saying to me, ‘Arise, Peter, slaughter and eat.’ arise: imperatival use of the participle.
Acts 11:8 Εἶπον δέ, Μηδαμῶς, κύριε· ὅτι πᾶν κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου. But I said, ‘By no means, Lord, for nothing profane or unclean has ever entered my mouth.’ nothing ... has ever ← everything ... has never.
Acts 11:9 Ἀπεκρίθη δέ μοι φωνὴ ἐκ δευτέρου ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Ἃ ὁ θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν, σὺ μὴ κοίνου. Then the voice answered me a second time from heaven: ‘Don't you call profane what God has declared clean.’ declared clean: see Acts 10:15.
Acts 11:10 Τοῦτο δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς, καὶ πάλιν ἀνεσπάσθη ἅπαντα εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν. And this happened three times, and then they were all drawn up again into heaven.
Acts 11:11 Καὶ ἰδού, ἐξαυτῆς τρεῖς ἄνδρες ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐν ᾗ ἤμην, ἀπεσταλμένοι ἀπὸ Καισαρείας πρός με. Then straightaway it so happened that three men came to the house in which I was, having been sent from Caesarea to me. it so happened that ← behold.
came to ← stood at.
Acts 11:12 Εἶπεν δέ μοι τὸ πνεῦμα συνελθεῖν αὐτοῖς, μηδὲν διακρινόμενον. Ἦλθον δὲ σὺν ἐμοὶ καὶ οἱ ἓξ ἀδελφοὶ οὗτοι, καὶ εἰσήλθομεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ ἀνδρός· And the spirit told me to go with them, not doubting in any way. So these six brothers also went along with me, and we went into the man's house,
Acts 11:13 ἀπήγγειλέν τε ἡμῖν πῶς εἶδεν τὸν ἄγγελον ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ σταθέντα, καὶ εἰπόντα αὐτῷ, Ἀπόστειλον εἰς Ἰόππην ἄνδρας, καὶ μετάπεμψαι Σίμωνα, τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον Πέτρον, and he related to us how he had seen the angel in his house, who stood and said to him, ‘Send men to Joppa and send for Simon who is surnamed Peter,
Acts 11:14 ὃς λαλήσει ῥήματα πρός σε, ἐν οἷς σωθήσῃ σὺ καὶ πᾶς ὁ οἶκός σου. who will speak words to you by which you and all your house will be saved.’
Acts 11:15 Ἐν δὲ τῷ ἄρξασθαί με λαλεῖν, ἐπέπεσεν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἐπ' αὐτούς, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐφ' ἡμᾶς ἐν ἀρχῇ. And as I was beginning to speak, the holy spirit fell on them, as it had also done on us in the beginning.
Acts 11:16 Ἐμνήσθην δὲ τοῦ ῥήματος κυρίου, ὡς ἔλεγεν, Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι, ὑμεῖς δὲ βαπτισθήσεσθε ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ. And I remembered the word of the Lord when he said, ‘John baptized with water, but you will be baptized with holy spirit.’ The quote is from Acts 1:5.
Acts 11:17 Εἰ οὖν τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς ὡς καὶ ἡμῖν, πιστεύσασιν ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον Ἰησοῦν χριστόν, ἐγὼ δὲ τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς κωλῦσαι τὸν θεόν; So if God has given them the same gift as to us who believed in the Lord Jesus Christ, then who was I that I could hinder God?” same ← equal.
as to us ← as also to us (otiose καί).
Acts 11:18 Ἀκούσαντες δὲ ταῦτα ἡσύχασαν, καὶ ἐδόξαζον τὸν θεόν, λέγοντες, Ἄρα γε καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὁ θεὸς τὴν μετάνοιαν ἔδωκεν εἰς ζωήν. And when they had heard these things, they quietened down, and they glorified God, saying, “Well then, God has also given the Gentiles repentance leading to life.”
Acts 11:19 Οἱ μὲν οὖν διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ Στεφάνῳ διῆλθον ἕως Φοινίκης καὶ Κύπρου καὶ Ἀντιοχείας, μηδενὶ λαλοῦντες τὸν λόγον εἰ μὴ μόνον Ἰουδαίοις. Now those who were scattered by the tribulation which took place over Stephen went across to Phoenicia and Cyprus and Antioch, not speaking the word to anyone except Jews only. Phoenicia: AV= Phenice.
Acts 11:20 Ἦσαν δέ τινες ἐξ αὐτῶν ἄνδρες Κύπριοι καὶ Κυρηναῖοι, οἵτινες εἰσελθόντες εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν, ἐλάλουν πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς, εὐαγγελιζόμενοι τὸν κύριον Ἰησοῦν. But there were some of them, Cypriot and Cyrenian men, who went to Antioch and spoke to the Greek speakers, preaching the Lord Jesus.
Acts 11:21 Καὶ ἦν χεὶρ κυρίου μετ' αὐτῶν· πολύς τε ἀριθμὸς πιστεύσας ἐπέστρεψεν ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον. And the hand of the Lord was with them, and a great number believed and turned to the Lord.
Acts 11:22 Ἠκούσθη δὲ ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις περὶ αὐτῶν· καὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν Βαρνάβαν διελθεῖν ἕως Ἀντιοχείας· And the report concerning them was heard in the ears of the church in Jerusalem, and they sent Barnabas out to go across as far as Antioch, report ← word.
church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 11:23 ὃς παραγενόμενος καὶ ἰδὼν τὴν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐχάρη, καὶ παρεκάλει πάντας τῇ προθέσει τῆς καρδίας προσμένειν τῷ κυρίῳ· who, when he arrived and saw the grace of God, rejoiced, and he encouraged them all in their heart's resolve to remain attached to the Lord,
Acts 11:24 ὅτι ἦν ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ πλήρης πνεύματος ἁγίου καὶ πίστεως· καὶ προσετέθη ὄχλος ἱκανὸς τῷ κυρίῳ. for he was a good man, and full of holy spirit and faith, and a considerable company was added to the Lord. company ← crowd.
Acts 11:25 Ἐξῆλθεν δὲ εἰς Ταρσὸν ὁ Βαρνάβας ἀναζητῆσαι Σαῦλον, Then Barnabas went away to Tarsus to seek out Saul,
Acts 11:26 καὶ εὑρὼν {RP: - } [P1904 TR: αὐτὸν] ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν. Ἐγένετο δὲ αὐτοὺς ἐνιαυτὸν ὅλον συναχθῆναι {RP: - } [P1904 TR: ἐν] τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ καὶ διδάξαι ὄχλον ἱκανόν, χρηματίσαι τε πρῶτον ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τοὺς μαθητὰς Χριστιανούς. and he found {RP: him} [P1904 TR: him] and brought him to Antioch. ¶ And it came to pass that they assembled together {RP: with} [P1904 TR: in] the church for a whole year and taught a considerable company, and that the disciples were first called Christians in Antioch. ¶ Verse division: in Scrivener's Elzevir text numbering, Acts 11:26 begins here.
αὐτὸν, him: absent in RP F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's achp) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=8/12 (Scrivener's bdefgklo). A disparity (#1) with RP, R=4:10. However, Scrivener's adfhkop omit the second αὐτὸν (Scrivener's bcegl don't) so the ratio of our witnesses with αὐτὸν absent-or-once (Scrivener's acdfhkop) to absent twice (Scrivener's begl + P1904 TR) is R=8:6.
ἐν, in: absent in RP F1859=8/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's fkmop). Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP, R=8:7.
church: see Matt 16:18.
company ← crowd.
Acts 11:27 Ἐν ταύταις δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις κατῆλθον ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων προφῆται εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν. And in those days prophets came down from Jerusalem to Antioch.
Acts 11:28 Ἀναστὰς δὲ εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν ὀνόματι Ἄγαβος, ἐσήμανεν διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος λιμὸν μέγαν μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι ἐφ' ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην· ὅστις καὶ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου Καίσαρος. And one of them by the name of Agabus arose and indicated through the spirit that there was about to be a great famine over all the world, which indeed came to pass in the time of Claudius Caesar.
Acts 11:29 Τῶν δὲ μαθητῶν καθὼς {RP: εὐπορεῖτό} [P1904 TR: ηὐπορεῖτό] τις, ὥρισαν ἕκαστος αὐτῶν εἰς διακονίαν πέμψαι τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ ἀδελφοῖς· Then according to how any of the disciples prospered, each of them assigned money to send as relief to those brothers living in Judaea, εὐπορεῖτό, prospered (1), RP F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's abegkl) vs. ηὐπορεῖτό, prospered (2), P1904 TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's cdfhop). A weak disparity with RP, R=6:8.
Acts 11:30 ὃ καὶ ἐποίησαν, ἀποστείλαντες πρὸς τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους διὰ χειρὸς Βαρνάβα καὶ Σαύλου. which they did, sending it to the elders through the agency of Barnabas and Saul. agency ← hand.
Acts 12:1 Κατ' ἐκεῖνον δὲ τὸν καιρὸν ἐπέβαλεν Ἡρῴδης ὁ βασιλεὺς τὰς χεῖρας κακῶσαί τινας τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας. At about that time Herod the king set about harming certain members of the church, about: this temporal meaning of κατά + accusative is adequately attested; see [LS] B.VII.
set about ← laid the hands on.
church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 12:2 Ἀνεῖλεν δὲ Ἰάκωβον τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἰωάννου μαχαίρᾳ. and he killed James the brother of John by the sword. killed ← eliminated.
Acts 12:3 Καὶ ἰδὼν ὅτι ἀρεστόν ἐστιν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, προσέθετο συλλαβεῖν καὶ Πέτρον - ἦσαν δὲ {RP P1904: αἱ} [TR: - ] ἡμέραι τῶν ἀζύμων - And seeing that this was pleasing to the Jews, he proceeded to arrest Peter too. Now these were {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] days of the unleavened bread, αἱ, the (days): present in RP P1904 F1859=10/14 (Scrivener's ab**defghkl**p) vs. absent in TR F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's b*cl*o).
seeing ← having seen. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 12:4 ὃν καὶ πιάσας ἔθετο εἰς φυλακήν, παραδοὺς τέσσαρσιν τετραδίοις στρατιωτῶν φυλάσσειν αὐτόν, βουλόμενος μετὰ τὸ Πάσχα ἀναγαγεῖν αὐτὸν τῷ λαῷ. and having seized him, he put him in prison and handed him over to four quaternions of soldiers to guard him, wishing to lead him up to the people after the Passover. put him ← had (him) put.
quaternions ← groups of four (soldiers). There was one quaternion per watch.
Acts 12:5 Ὁ μὲν οὖν Πέτρος ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ· προσευχὴ δὲ ἦν ἐκτενὴς γινομένη ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ. So Peter was being guarded in the prison. Meanwhile there was intense prayer taking place by the church to God for him. church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 12:6 Ὅτε δὲ ἔμελλεν αὐτὸν προάγειν ὁ Ἡρῴδης, τῇ νυκτὶ ἐκείνῃ ἦν ὁ Πέτρος κοιμώμενος μεταξὺ δύο στρατιωτῶν, δεδεμένος ἁλύσεσιν δυσίν· φύλακές τε πρὸ τῆς θύρας ἐτήρουν τὴν φυλακήν. Then when Herod was about to bring him forward, on that night Peter was sleeping between two soldiers, bound by two chains, while guards were guarding the prison in front of the door.
Acts 12:7 Καὶ ἰδού, ἄγγελος κυρίου ἐπέστη, καὶ φῶς ἔλαμψεν ἐν τῷ οἰκήματι· πατάξας δὲ τὴν πλευρὰν τοῦ Πέτρου, ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν λέγων, Ἀνάστα ἐν τάχει. Καὶ ἐξέπεσον αὐτοῦ αἱ ἁλύσεις ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν. And behold, the angel of the Lord came up to him, and a light shone in the cell. He prodded Peter's side and made him get up, saying, “Arise quickly.” And his chains fell off from his hands. came up to ← stood at.
prodded ← struck.
Acts 12:8 Εἶπέν τε ὁ ἄγγελος πρὸς αὐτόν, Περίζωσαι καὶ ὑπόδησαι τὰ σανδάλιά σου. Ἐποίησεν δὲ οὕτως. Καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, Περιβαλοῦ τὸ ἱμάτιόν σου, καὶ ἀκολούθει μοι. Then the angel said to him, “Gird yourself and put on your sandals.” And he did so. Then he said to him, “Put on your cloak and follow me.”
Acts 12:9 Καὶ ἐξελθὼν ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ· καὶ οὐκ ᾔδει ὅτι ἀληθές ἐστιν τὸ γινόμενον διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου, ἐδόκει δὲ ὅραμα βλέπειν. And he went out and followed him, but he was not aware that what was taking place through the angel was real, but he thought he was seeing a vision. real ← true.
Acts 12:10 Διελθόντες δὲ πρώτην φυλακὴν καὶ δευτέραν, ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν, τὴν φέρουσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, ἥτις αὐτομάτη ἠνοίχθη αὐτοῖς· καὶ ἐξελθόντες προῆλθον ῥύμην μίαν, καὶ εὐθέως ἀπέστη ὁ ἄγγελος ἀπ' αὐτοῦ. They passed through the first guard post and the second one and came to the iron gate which led to the city, which opened automatically to them. And they went out and went on down one street, then straightaway the angel departed from him. opened ← was opened.
on down ← forward.
departed ← stood aloof.
Acts 12:11 Καὶ ὁ Πέτρος, γενόμενος ἐν ἑαυτῷ, εἶπεν, Νῦν οἶδα ἀληθῶς ὅτι ἐξαπέστειλεν κύριος τὸν ἄγγελον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξείλετό με ἐκ χειρὸς Ἡρῴδου καὶ πάσης τῆς προσδοκίας τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων. And Peter, having come to himself, said, “Now I truly know the Lord sent his angel and set me free from Herod's grip and all the expectation of the Jewish people.” grip ← hand.
Jewish ← of the Jews.
Acts 12:12 Συνιδών τε ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν Μαρίας τῆς μητρὸς Ἰωάννου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Μάρκου, οὗ ἦσαν ἱκανοὶ συνηθροισμένοι καὶ προσευχόμενοι. And realizing this, he went to the house of Mary the mother of John who is surnamed Mark, where there was a considerable number of people gathered and praying. there was a considerable number of people ← there were sufficient.
Acts 12:13 Κρούσαντος δὲ {RP TR: τοῦ Πέτρου} [P1904: αὐτοῦ] τὴν θύραν τοῦ πυλῶνος, προσῆλθεν παιδίσκη ὑπακοῦσαι, ὀνόματι Ῥόδη. And when {RP TR: Peter} [P1904: he] had knocked on the door of the gate, a girl by the name of Rhoda came to answer it. τοῦ Πέτρου, Peter, RP TR F1859=10/11 vs. αὐτοῦ, he, P1904 F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's p).
gate ← gateway, gate-house.
Acts 12:14 Καὶ ἐπιγνοῦσα τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ Πέτρου, ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς οὐκ ἤνοιξεν τὸν πυλῶνα, εἰσδραμοῦσα δὲ ἀπήγγειλεν ἑστάναι τὸν Πέτρον πρὸ τοῦ πυλῶνος. And recognizing Peter's voice, she did not open the gate for joy, but ran inside and reported that Peter was standing at the gate. gate (2x) ← gateway, gate-house.
at ← before.
Acts 12:15 Οἱ δὲ πρὸς αὐτὴν εἶπον, Μαίνῃ. Ἡ δὲ διϊσχυρίζετο οὕτως ἔχειν. Οἱ {RP P1904: δὲ} [TR: δ'] ἔλεγον, Ὁ ἄγγελος αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. But they said to her, “You're mad.” But she affirmed that it was so. Then they said, “It's his angel.” δὲ, but, then (unapocopated), RP P1904 F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's kl) vs. δ', but, then (unapocopated), TR F1859=9/11. A strong disparity with RP, R=3:10.
Acts 12:16 Ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἐπέμενεν κρούων· ἀνοίξαντες δὲ εἶδον αὐτόν, καὶ ἐξέστησαν. But Peter continued to knock. Then they opened up and saw him and were astonished.
Acts 12:17 Κατασείσας δὲ αὐτοῖς τῇ χειρὶ σιγᾶν, διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς πῶς ὁ κύριος {RP TR: αὐτὸν ἐξήγαγεν} [P1904: ἐξήγαγεν αὐτὸν] ἐκ τῆς φυλακῆς. Εἶπεν δέ, Ἀπαγγείλατε Ἰακώβῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ταῦτα. Καὶ ἐξελθὼν ἐπορεύθη εἰς ἕτερον τόπον. Then he signalled to them with his hand to be silent, and he explained to them how the Lord had led him out of the prison, and he said, “Tell these things to James and the brothers.” Then he departed and went to another place. αὐτὸν ἐξήγαγεν, him + he led out, RP TR F1859=10/11 vs. ἐξήγαγεν αὐτὸν, he led out + him, P1904 F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's p).
Acts 12:18 Γενομένης δὲ ἡμέρας, ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις, τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο. And when day came, there was no minor disturbance among the soldiers as to what had become of Peter. what had become of Peter ← what then Peter had become.
Acts 12:19 Ἡρῴδης δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ εὑρών, ἀνακρίνας τοὺς φύλακας, ἐκέλευσεν ἀπαχθῆναι. Καὶ κατελθὼν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας εἰς τὴν Καισάρειαν διέτριβεν. And Herod made a further search for him, and not finding him, he interrogated the guards and ordered them to be led away. Then he went down from Judaea to Caesarea and spent time there. to be led away: in this context, very probably to execution AV, [MM], [MG], [CB].
Acts 12:20 Ἦν δὲ {RP TR: ὁ} [P1904: - ] Ἡρῴδης θυμομαχῶν Τυρίοις καὶ Σιδωνίοις· {RP TR: ὁμοθυμαδὸν δὲ} [P1904: ὁμοθυμαδόν τε] παρῆσαν πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ πείσαντες Βλάστον τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ κοιτῶνος τοῦ βασιλέως, ᾐτοῦντο εἰρήνην, διὰ τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς. Now Herod was raging against the Tyrians and Sidonians. {RP TR: But} [P1904: And] they had come to him with one mind, and having won over Blastus, who was in charge of the king's bedroom, they asked for peace, because their country was supported by the king's country. ὁ, the (Herod): present in RP TR F1859=7/12 vs. absent in P1904 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's ab*ko) vs. phrase absent, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's p).
δὲ, but, RP TR F1859=9/11 vs. τε, and, P1904 F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's ch).
had come to ← were present to.
king's ← royal.
Acts 12:21 Τακτῇ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ ὁ Ἡρῴδης ἐνδυσάμενος ἐσθῆτα βασιλικήν, καὶ καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος, ἐδημηγόρει πρὸς αὐτούς. And on an appointed day, Herod put on his royal clothes and sat in the courtroom and addressed them. his: from the middle voice of put on.
courtroom ← tribune, a raised platform in a courtroom.
Acts 12:22 Ὁ δὲ δῆμος ἐπεφώνει, {RP-text: Φωνὴ θεοῦ} [RP-marg P1904 TR: Θεοῦ φωνὴ] καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώπου. And the people shouted out, “It's the voice of God and not of a man!” φωνὴ θεοῦ, voice + of (a) god, RP-text F1859=6/11 (Scrivener's befglo) vs. θεοῦ φωνὴ, of (a) god + voice, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's ahkp) vs. another reading, F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's c). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=6:6.
God: or a god.
Acts 12:23 Παραχρῆμα δὲ ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν ἄγγελος κυρίου, ἀνθ' ὧν οὐκ ἔδωκεν {RP: - } [P1904 TR: τὴν] δόξαν τῷ θεῷ· καὶ γενόμενος σκωληκόβρωτος, ἐξέψυξεν. And immediately the angel of the Lord struck him because he had not given {RP: - } [P1904 TR: the] glory to God, and he was consumed by worms and expired. τὴν, the (glory): absent in RP F1859=8/11 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's aep).
Acts 12:24 Ὁ δὲ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ηὔξανεν καὶ ἐπληθύνετο. And the word of God grew and increased.
Acts 12:25 Βαρνάβας δὲ καὶ Σαῦλος ὑπέστρεψαν {RP-text: εἰς} [RP-marg: ἀπὸ] [P1904 TR: ἐξ] Ἱερουσαλήμ, πληρώσαντες τὴν διακονίαν, συμπαραλαβόντες καὶ Ἰωάννην τὸν ἐπικληθέντα Μάρκον. Then Barnabas and Saul returned {RP-text: to} [RP-marg P1904 TR: from] Jerusalem, having fulfilled their mission, taking John surnamed Mark with them too. εἰς, to, RP-text F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's klp) vs. ἀπὸ, from, RP-marg F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's bco) vs. ἐξ, out of, from, P1904 TR F1859=5/11 (Scrivener's aefgh) A disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=3:7. A disparity (#2) with RP-marg, R=3:7, though the disparities share the same reading, so one excludes the other. Paul and Barnabas are in Antioch at Acts 11:26, Acts 13:1, but perhaps temporarily in Jerusalem at Acts 11:30. AV differs textually.
Acts 13:1 Ἦσαν δέ τινες ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν προφῆται καὶ διδάσκαλοι, ὅ τε Βαρνάβας καὶ Συμεὼν ὁ {RP TR: καλούμενος} [P1904: ἐπικαλούμενος] Νίγερ, καὶ Λούκιος ὁ Κυρηναῖος, Μαναήν τε Ἡρῴδου τοῦ τετράρχου σύντροφος, καὶ Σαῦλος. Now there were some prophets and teachers here and there in the church which existed in Antioch: Barnabas, and Simeon surnamed Niger, and Lucius the Cyrenian, and Manaen of common upbringing with Herod the tetrarch, and Saul. καλούμενος, called, but here surnamed, RP TR F1859=11/12 vs. ἐπικαλούμενος, surnamed, P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's o).
church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 13:2 Λειτουργούντων δὲ αὐτῶν τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ νηστευόντων, εἶπεν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, Ἀφορίσατε δή μοι {RP P1904: τὸν} [TR: τόν τε] Βαρνάβαν καὶ τὸν Σαῦλον εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὃ προσκέκλημαι αὐτούς. And as they were performing service to the Lord and fasting, the holy spirit said, “Set {RP P1904: - } [TR: both] Barnabas and Saul completely apart for me for the work which I have called them to do.” τε, both: absent in RP P1904 F1859=8/12 vs. present in TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's akop).
completely: from the particle δή.
Acts 13:3 Τότε νηστεύσαντες καὶ προσευξάμενοι καὶ ἐπιθέντες {RP TR: τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς} [P1904: αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας], ἀπέλυσαν. Then, after fasting and praying, they laid their hands on them and dismissed them. τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς, their hands + (on) them, RP TR F1859=9/12 vs. αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας, (on) them + their hands, P1904 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's bko).
Acts 13:4 Οὗτοι μὲν οὖν, ἐκπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου, κατῆλθον εἰς τὴν Σελεύκειαν· {RP-text: ἐκεῖθεν δὲ} [RP-marg P1904 TR: ἐκεῖθέν τε] ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς τὴν Κύπρον. So these men were sent out by the holy spirit, and they went down to Seleucia, and from there they sailed away to Cyprus. δὲ, but / and, RP-text F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's bdfglop) vs. τε, and, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's acehk). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=7:7.
Acts 13:5 Καὶ γενόμενοι ἐν Σαλαμῖνι, κατήγγελλον τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων· εἶχον δὲ καὶ Ἰωάννην ὑπηρέτην. And when they arrived in Salamis, they proclaimed the word of God in the Jews' synagogues. They also had John as an assistant.
Acts 13:6 Διελθόντες δὲ τὴν νῆσον ἄχρι Πάφου, εὗρόν τινα μάγον ψευδοπροφήτην Ἰουδαῖον, ᾧ ὄνομα {RP-text P1904 TR: Βαρϊησοῦς} [RP-marg: Βαρϊησοῦν], When they had crossed the island as far as Paphos, they found a certain magician, a Jewish false prophet, who had the name Barjesus, Βαρϊησοῦς, Barjesus (nominative, as if supplying ἐστίν), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's b*co) vs. Βαρϊησοῦν, Barjesus (accusative, as if supplying ὄντα), RP-marg F1859=10/13 (Scrivener's ab**defghklp). A disparity with RP-text, R=5:10.
Acts 13:7 ὃς ἦν σὺν τῷ ἀνθυπάτῳ Σεργίῳ Παύλῳ, ἀνδρὶ συνετῷ. Οὗτος προσκαλεσάμενος Βαρνάβαν καὶ Σαῦλον ἐπεζήτησεν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ. who was with the proconsul Sergius Paulus, an intelligent man. He called for Barnabas and Saul, and he was very keen to hear the word of God. he ← this (man).
was very keen ← keenly sought.
Acts 13:8 Ἀνθίστατο δὲ αὐτοῖς Ἐλύμας, ὁ μάγος - οὕτως γὰρ μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ - ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως. But Elymas the magician – for that is his name when translated – opposed them, attempting to divert the proconsul from the faith. that ← thus, so.
opposed them: i.e. opposed their teaching.
Acts 13:9 Σαῦλος δέ, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, πλησθεὶς πνεύματος ἁγίου, καὶ ἀτενίσας {RP TR: εἰς} [P1904: πρὸς] αὐτὸν Then Saul, who is also known as Paul, filled with holy spirit, looked intently at him, εἰς, to (1), RP TR F1859=12/12 vs. πρὸς, to (2), P1904 F1859=0/12.
Acts 13:10 εἶπεν, Ὦ πλήρης παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας, υἱὲ διαβόλου, ἐχθρὲ πάσης δικαιοσύνης, οὐ παύσῃ διαστρέφων τὰς ὁδοὺς κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας; and he said, “You who are full of all deceit and all fraud, son of the devil, hostile to all righteousness, will you not cease from perverting the straight ways of the Lord?
Acts 13:11 Καὶ νῦν ἰδού, χεὶρ {RP P1904: - } [TR: τοῦ] κυρίου ἐπὶ σέ, καὶ ἔσῃ τυφλός, μὴ βλέπων τὸν ἥλιον ἄχρι καιροῦ. Παραχρῆμα δὲ {RP TR: ἐπέπεσεν} [P1904: ἔπεσεν] ἐπ' αὐτὸν ἀχλὺς καὶ σκότος, καὶ περιάγων ἐζήτει χειραγωγούς. And now, behold, the hand of {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] Lord is against you, and you will be blind, not seeing the sun for a time.” And immediately a mist and darkness fell on him, and he went about seeking guides. τοῦ, (of) the: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12.
ἐπέπεσεν, fell upon, RP TR F1859=11/12 vs. ἔπεσεν, fell, P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's p).
went about seeking ← going about sought. A stylistic inversion.
Acts 13:12 Τότε ἰδὼν ὁ ἀνθύπατος τὸ γεγονὸς ἐπίστευσεν, ἐκπλησσόμενος ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ κυρίου. Then having seen what had taken place, the proconsul believed, and he was astonished at the teaching of the Lord.
Acts 13:13 Ἀναχθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς Πάφου οἱ περὶ τὸν Παῦλον ἦλθον εἰς Πέργην τῆς Παμφυλίας. Ἰωάννης δὲ ἀποχωρήσας ἀπ' αὐτῶν ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. Then Paul and his company put out to sea from Paphos and went to Perga in Pamphylia. But John took leave of them and returned to Jerusalem. Paul and his company ← those around Paul, but inclusive of Paul.
Acts 13:14 Αὐτοὶ δὲ διελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Πέργης, παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν τῆς Πισιδίας, καὶ εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων, ἐκάθισαν. And they crossed from Perga and arrived in Antioch of Pisidia, and they went into the synagogue on the Sabbath day and sat down.
Acts 13:15 Μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν, ἀπέστειλαν οἱ ἀρχισυνάγωγοι πρὸς αὐτούς, λέγοντες, Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, εἰ ἔστιν λόγος ἐν ὑμῖν παρακλήσεως πρὸς τὸν λαόν, λέγετε. And after the reading of the law and the prophets, the leaders of the synagogue sent assistants to them, who said, “Men and brothers, if any of you have a word of encouragement to the people, speak up.” if any of you have ← if there is among you.
Acts 13:16 Ἀναστὰς δὲ Παῦλος, καὶ κατασείσας τῇ χειρί, εἶπεν, Ἄνδρες Ἰσραηλῖται, καὶ οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν θεόν, ἀκούσατε. Then Paul got up and signalled with his hand and said, “Men and Israelites, and you who fear God, listen. signalled: very probably for quiet, a sense attested in [LS].
Acts 13:17 Ὁ θεὸς τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου {RP: - } [P1904 TR: Ἰσραὴλ] ἐξελέξατο τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν, καὶ τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν ἐν τῇ παροικίᾳ ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ, καὶ μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ ἐξήγαγεν αὐτοὺς ἐξ αὐτῆς. The God of this people {RP: - } [P1904 TR: – Israel –] chose our fathers, and he exalted the people during their stay in the land of Egypt, and with a high arm he brought them out of it. Ἰσραὴλ, Israel: absent in RP F1859=9/12 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's agp). AV differs textually.
Acts 13:18 Καὶ ὡς τεσσαρακονταετῆ χρόνον ἐτροποφόρησεν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ. And for about a forty year period he put up with their ways in the desert.
Acts 13:19 Καὶ καθελὼν ἔθνη ἑπτὰ ἐν γῇ Χαναάν, {RP P1904: κατεκληρονόμησεν} [TR: κατεκληροδότησεν] αὐτοῖς τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν. And he destroyed seven nations in the land of Canaan, and he gave their land to them as an inheritance. κατεκληρονόμησεν, bequeathed, RP P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. κατεκληροδότησεν, gave as an inheritance, TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ao) vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's h). No significant difference in meaning.
Acts 13:20 Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα, ὡς ἔτεσιν τετρακοσίοις καὶ πεντήκοντα, ἔδωκεν κριτὰς ἕως Σαμουὴλ τοῦ προφήτου. And for about four hundred and fifty years after that he gave them judges, until Samuel the prophet. for about four hundred and fifty years: non-classical dative for time how long.
that ← these (things).
Acts 13:21 Κἀκεῖθεν ᾐτήσαντο βασιλέα, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς τὸν Σαοὺλ υἱὸν Κίς, ἄνδρα ἐκ φυλῆς Βενιαμίν, ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα. Then after that they asked for a king, and God gave them Saul the son of Kish, a man from the tribe of Benjamin, for forty years. Kish: as in 1 Sam 10:21. Greek and AV, Cis.
Acts 13:22 Καὶ μεταστήσας αὐτόν, ἤγειρεν αὐτοῖς τὸν {RP P1904: Δαυὶδ} [TR: Δαβὶδ] εἰς βασιλέα, ᾧ καὶ εἶπεν μαρτυρήσας, Εὗρον {RP P1904: Δαυὶδ} [TR: Δαβὶδ] τὸν τοῦ Ἰεσσαί, ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου, ὃς ποιήσει πάντα τὰ θελήματά μου. Then he removed him and raised up David to them as king, to whom he also gave witness and said, ‘I have found David the son of Jesse to be a man after my heart who will carry out all my will.’ David (2x): on Δαυίδ vs. Δαβίδ, see Matt 1:1.
Ps 89:21MT (Ps 89:20AV), Ruth 4:17, 1 Sam 13:14.
will ← wills.
Acts 13:23 Τούτου ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος κατ' ἐπαγγελίαν {RP P1904: ἤγαγεν} [TR: ἤγειρε] τῷ Ἰσραὴλ {RP P1904: σωτηρίαν} [TR: σωτῆρα] {RP P1904: - } [TR: Ἰησοῦν], From the seed of this man God {RP P1904: brought} [TR: raised] {RP P1904: salvation} [TR: a saviour] to Israel according to his promise {RP P1904: - } [TR: , Jesus], ἤγαγε(ν), he led, RP P1904 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's bglp) vs. ἤγειρε(ν), he raised up, TR F1859=8/12. A disparity (#1) with RP, R=5:9.
σωτηρίαν, salvation, RP P1904 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's bdfghl) vs. σωτῆρα, a saviour, TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's acekop). Nearly a disparity (#2) with RP, R=7:7. But this issue must be taken with the next one, as the manuscripts align themselves almost identically.
Ἰησοῦν, Jesus: absent in RP P1904 F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's bdfghlp) vs. present in TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's aceko). AV differs textually.
Acts 13:24 προκηρύξαντος Ἰωάννου πρὸ προσώπου τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ βάπτισμα μετανοίας {RP: τῷ} [P1904 TR: παντὶ τῷ λαῷ] Ἰσραήλ. John having proclaimed in advance of his coming the baptism of repentance to {RP: - } [P1904 TR: all the people of] Israel. τῷ, to, RP F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's defghlo) vs. παντὶ τῷ λαῷ, to all the people (of), P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's abckp). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7.
in advance of his coming ← before (the) face of his entrance.
Acts 13:25 Ὡς δὲ ἐπλήρου {RP-text P1904 TR: ὁ} [RP-marg: - ] Ἰωάννης τὸν δρόμον, ἔλεγεν, Τίνα με ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι; Οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ. Ἀλλ' ἰδού, ἔρχεται μετ' ἐμέ, οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι. And as John was completing his course, he said, ‘Who do you think I am? I am not the one. But look, after me is coming one the shoes of whose feet I am not worthy to loosen.’ ὁ, the (John): present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=9/12 vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's alp).
shoes ← shoe, footwear.
Acts 13:26 Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, υἱοὶ γένους Ἀβραάμ, καὶ οἱ ἐν ὑμῖν φοβούμενοι τὸν θεόν, ὑμῖν ὁ λόγος τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης ἀπεστάλη. Men and brothers, sons of the stock of Abraham, and those among you who fear God, to you the word of this salvation has been sent. has been sent ← was sent, but see Matt 2:2.
Acts 13:27 Οἱ γὰρ κατοικοῦντες {RP-text P1904 TR: ἐν} [RP-marg: - ] Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες αὐτῶν, τοῦτον ἀγνοήσαντες, καὶ τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν τὰς κατὰ πᾶν σάββατον ἀναγινωσκομένας, κρίναντες ἐπλήρωσαν. For those who live in Jerusalem and their rulers did not know this man, yet they fulfilled the voices of the prophets – which are read every Sabbath – when they judged him. ἐν, in: present in RP-text P1904 TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's acfglo) vs. absent in RP-marg F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's bdehkp).
yet: adversative use of καί. AV differs (nor yet), which does not fit the context.
Acts 13:28 Καὶ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου εὑρόντες, ᾐτήσαντο Πιλάτον ἀναιρεθῆναι αὐτόν. And despite not finding any grounds for a death penalty, they asked Pilate for him to be executed. finding ← having found. See Matt 23:20.
executed: or eliminated.
Acts 13:29 Ὡς δὲ ἐτέλεσαν {RP P1904: πάντα} [TR: ἅπαντα] τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένα, καθελόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου, ἔθηκαν εἰς μνημεῖον. And when they had finished doing everything that stood written about him, they took him down from the wood and put him in a tomb. πάντα, all (1), RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. ἅπαντα, all (2), TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's e).
Acts 13:30 Ὁ δὲ θεὸς ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν· But God raised him from the dead,
Acts 13:31 ὃς ὤφθη ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, οἵτινές εἰσιν μάρτυρες αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν λαόν. and he was seen for many days by those who went up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem, who are witnesses of him to the people. was seen ... by: or appeared to.
many ← more.
Acts 13:32 Καὶ ἡμεῖς ὑμᾶς εὐαγγελιζόμεθα τὴν πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἐπαγγελίαν γενομένην, ὅτι ταύτην ὁ θεὸς ἐκπεπλήρωκεν τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῶν ἡμῖν, ἀναστήσας Ἰησοῦν· And we preach to you the promise to the fathers which has taken place ¶ – that God has completely fulfilled it to their children – us – in raising up Jesus, ¶ Verse division: in AV numbering, Acts 13:33 begins here.
it ← this.
in raising up: gerundial use of the participle.
Acts 13:33 ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ τῷ δευτέρῳ γέγραπται, Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε. as it also stands written in the second psalm:

‘You are my son;

Today I have begotten you.’

 Ps 2:7.
Acts 13:34 Ὅτι δὲ ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, μηκέτι μέλλοντα ὑποστρέφειν εἰς διαφθοράν, οὕτως εἴρηκεν ὅτι Δώσω ὑμῖν τὰ ὅσια {RP P1904: Δαυὶδ} [TR: Δαβὶδ] τὰ πιστά. And in that he raised him from the dead, no longer destined to return to decay, he has spoken as follows:

‘I will give you the faithful sacred things of David.’

 David: on Δαυίδ vs. Δαβίδ, see Matt 1:1.
Isa 55:3.
as follows ← thus that.
sacred things: In the Masoretic Text of Isa 55:3, kindnesses, mercies (‫חַסְדֵי‬).
Acts 13:35 Διὸ καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει, Οὐ δώσεις τὸν ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν· On account of this he also says in another place,

‘You will not permit your holy one to see decay.’

 Ps 16:10.
this ← which.
Acts 13:36 {RP P1904: Δαυὶδ} [TR: Δαβὶδ] μὲν γὰρ ἰδίᾳ γενεᾷ ὑπηρετήσας τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ βουλῇ ἐκοιμήθη, καὶ προσετέθη πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶδεν διαφθοράν· For David, having served his own generation by the will of God, fell asleep and was added to his fathers and saw decay, David: on Δαυίδ vs. Δαβίδ, see Matt 1:1.
added to: or laid with.
Acts 13:37 ὃν δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν, οὐκ εἶδεν διαφθοράν. but he whom God raised up did not see decay.
Acts 13:38 Γνωστὸν οὖν ἔστω ὑμῖν, ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ὅτι διὰ τούτου ὑμῖν ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν καταγγέλλεται· So let it be known to you, men and brothers, that through this man, forgiveness of sins is declared to you,
Acts 13:39 καὶ ἀπὸ πάντων ὧν οὐκ ἠδυνήθητε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ {RP-text P1904: Μωϋσέως} [RP-marg TR: Μωσέως] δικαιωθῆναι, ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων δικαιοῦται. and that through this man everyone who believes is justified from all the things from which you could not be justified by the law of Moses. Μωϋσέως, Moüses, RP-text P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's p) vs. Μωσέως, Moses, RP-marg TR F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's bcefgko) vs. Μωϋσέος, Moüses, F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's adhl). A disparity with RP-text, R=2:8, though Μωϋ- has 6 of our witnesses.
through this man: i.e. by means of this man, or, perhaps, reassociating, (everyone who believes) in this man.
Acts 13:40 Βλέπετε οὖν μὴ ἐπέλθῃ ἐφ' ὑμᾶς τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις, So see to it that what has been spoken by the prophets does not come upon you: by the prophets: or, if “spoken” stands for what the prophets wrote, in the prophets. Compare Hebrews 1:1.
Acts 13:41 Ἴδετε, οἱ καταφρονηταί, καὶ θαυμάσατε, καὶ ἀφανίσθητε· ὅτι ἔργον ἐγὼ ἐργάζομαι ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ὑμῶν, {RP: - } [P1904 TR: ἔργον] {RP: ὃ} [P1904 TR: ᾧ] οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε, ἐάν τις ἐκδιηγῆται ὑμῖν.

‘Behold, you haughty ones,

And be amazed and vanish,

For I am carrying out a work in your {RP: days} [P1904 TR: days,]

{RP: Which} [P1904 TR: A work which] you certainly would not believe

If someone declared it to you.’ ”

 ἔργον, a work: absent in RP F1859=9/12 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's aep).
ὃ, which, RP F1859=8/12 vs. ᾧ, in which (dative, common with πιστεύω), P1904 TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's cdhl).
Hab 1:5, somewhat adapted.
would ← will.
Acts 13:42 Ἐξιόντων δὲ {RP-text TR: - } [RP-marg P1904: αὐτῶν] ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς τῶν Ἰουδαίων, παρεκάλουν τὰ ἔθνη εἰς τὸ μεταξὺ σάββατον λαληθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὰ ῥήματα {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: ταῦτα]. And when {RP-text TR: the Jews had gone out of the synagogue} [RP-marg P1904: they had gone out of the synagogue of the Jews], the Gentiles pleaded with them for {RP-text: the} [RP-marg P1904 TR: these] words to be spoken to them on the intervening Sabbath. αὐτῶν, they: absent in RP-text TR F1859=6/12 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's abekop, but in ap they replace ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς τῶν Ἰουδαίων). Nearly a disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=7:7.
ταῦτα, these: absent in RP-text F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's el) vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR: F1859=10/12 (Scrivener's abcdfghkop). A strong disparity (#2) with RP-text, R=2:12.
intervening Sabbath: perhaps a midweek day (σάββατον also means week, e.g. Matt 28:1).
Acts 13:43 Λυθείσης δὲ τῆς συναγωγῆς, ἠκολούθησαν πολλοὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων καὶ τῶν σεβομένων προσηλύτων τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ τῷ Βαρνάβᾳ· οἵτινες προσλαλοῦντες {RP: - } [P1904 TR: αὐτοῖς], ἔπειθον αὐτοὺς {RP TR: ἐπιμένειν} [P1904: προσμένειν] τῇ χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ. And when the synagogue gathering had broken up, many of the Jews and the devout proselytes followed Paul and Barnabas, who addressed {RP: them} [P1904 TR: them] and persuaded them to continue in the grace of God. αὐτοῖς, to them: absent in RP F1859=9/12 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's akp).
ἐπιμένειν, to continue (1), RP TR F1859=7/12 vs. προσμένειν, to continue (2), P1904 F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's cdkop).
Acts 13:44 Τῷ {RP P1904: τε} [TR: δὲ] ἐρχομένῳ σαββάτῳ σχεδὸν πᾶσα ἡ πόλις συνήχθη ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ. And on the next Sabbath, almost all the city gathered to hear the word of God. τε, and, RP P1904 F1859=8/12 vs. δὲ, and / but, TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's abop).
Acts 13:45 Ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τοὺς ὄχλους ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου, καὶ ἀντέλεγον τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου λεγομένοις, ἀντιλέγοντες καὶ βλασφημοῦντες. And when the Jews saw the crowds, they were filled with jealousy, and they spoke against the things being spoken by Paul, contradicting and blaspheming.
Acts 13:46 Παρρησιασάμενοι δὲ ὁ Παῦλος καὶ ὁ Βαρνάβας εἶπον, Ὑμῖν ἦν ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λαληθῆναι τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀπωθεῖσθε αὐτόν, καὶ οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς, ἰδοὺ στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη. But speaking out boldly, Paul and Barnabas said, “It was necessary for the word of God to be spoken to you first. But since you discard it and do not judge yourselves worthy of age-abiding life, look, we are turning to the Gentiles. speaking out boldly ← having spoken out boldly. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 13:47 Οὕτως γὰρ ἐντέταλται ἡμῖν ὁ κύριος, Τέθεικά σε εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν, τοῦ εἶναί σε εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς. For this is what the Lord has commanded us:

‘I have appointed you as a light to the Gentiles,

For you to be for salvation

As far as the end of the earth.’ ”

 Isa 49:6.
this is what ← thus.
you (2x): singular.
to the Gentiles ← of Gentiles.
as ... for ← εἰς (introducing a predicate) ... εἰς (denoting purpose).
Acts 13:48 Ἀκούοντα δὲ τὰ ἔθνη {RP-text: ἔχαιρεν} [RP-marg P1904 TR: ἔχαιρον], καὶ {RP TR: ἐδόξαζον} [P1904: ἐδέξαντο] τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ ἐπίστευσαν ὅσοι ἦσαν τεταγμένοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. And the Gentiles, hearing this, rejoiced and {RP TR: glorified} [P1904: received] the word of the Lord, and those who were appointed to age-abiding life believed. ἔχαιρε(ν), rejoiced (classical form), RP-text F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's efgklo) vs. ἔχαιρον, rejoiced (non-classical form), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's abcdhp). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=6:8.
ἐδόξαζον, they glorified, RP TR F1859=10/12 vs. ἐδέξαντο, they received, P1904 F1859=0/12 vs. another reading, F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's eg).
Acts 13:49 Διεφέρετο δὲ ὁ λόγος τοῦ κυρίου δι' ὅλης τῆς χώρας. And the word of the Lord was spread about through the whole of the region.
Acts 13:50 Οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι παρώτρυναν τὰς σεβομένας γυναῖκας καὶ τὰς εὐσχήμονας καὶ τοὺς πρώτους τῆς πόλεως, καὶ ἐπήγειραν διωγμὸν ἐπὶ τὸν Παῦλον καὶ τὸν Βαρνάβαν, καὶ ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν. But the Jews incited the devout women and those of high standing and the leading men of the city, and they stirred up a persecution against Paul and Barnabas and threw them out of their territories.
Acts 13:51 Οἱ δὲ ἐκτιναξάμενοι τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῶν ἐπ' αὐτούς, ἦλθον εἰς Ἰκόνιον. But they shook off the dust from their feet against them and went to Iconium. from ← of.
Acts 13:52 Οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἐπληροῦντο χαρᾶς καὶ πνεύματος ἁγίου. And the disciples were filled with joy and holy spirit.
Acts 14:1 Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν Ἰκονίῳ, κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων, καὶ λαλῆσαι οὕτως ὥστε πιστεῦσαι Ἰουδαίων τε καὶ Ἑλλήνων πολὺ πλῆθος. And it came to pass in Iconium that they went in the same way into the Jews' synagogue and spoke in such a way that a large number of both Jews and Greeks believed. a large number ← much multitude.
Acts 14:2 Οἱ δὲ ἀπειθοῦντες Ἰουδαῖοι ἐπήγειραν καὶ ἐκάκωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ἐθνῶν κατὰ τῶν ἀδελφῶν. But the unbelieving Jews stirred up and poisoned the minds of the Gentiles against the brothers. poisoned ← maltreated.
minds ← souls.
Acts 14:3 Ἱκανὸν μὲν οὖν χρόνον διέτριψαν παρρησιαζόμενοι ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ τῷ μαρτυροῦντι τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ, {RP P1904: - } [TR: καὶ] διδόντι σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα γίνεσθαι διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν. And they spent a considerable time speaking out boldly about the Lord, who gave witness to his word of grace, {RP P1904: - } [TR: also] allowing signs and miracles to take place through their hands. καὶ, and; also: absent in RP P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. present in TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's abp).
about: as in John 12:16 (written about him), Mark 6:52 (about the bread), here with connotations of being founded on.
his word of grace: or the word of his grace.
Acts 14:4 Ἐσχίσθη δὲ τὸ πλῆθος τῆς πόλεως· καὶ οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις. So the population of the city was divided, and some sided with the Jews, and some with the apostles. population ← multitude.
sided ← were.
Acts 14:5 Ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο ὁρμὴ τῶν ἐθνῶν τε καὶ Ἰουδαίων σὺν τοῖς ἄρχουσιν αὐτῶν, ὑβρίσαι καὶ λιθοβολῆσαι αὐτούς, But when an assault by both Gentiles and Jews took place with their leaders, intending to maltreat and stone them, by ← of.
Acts 14:6 συνιδόντες κατέφυγον εἰς τὰς πόλεις τῆς Λυκαονίας, Λύστραν καὶ Δέρβην, καὶ τὴν περίχωρον· they became aware of it and fled to the Lycaonian cities of Lystra and Derbe and the surrounding area.
Acts 14:7 κἀκεῖ ἦσαν εὐαγγελιζόμενοι. And there they would preach the gospel.
Acts 14:8 Καί τις ἀνὴρ ἐν Λύστροις ἀδύνατος τοῖς ποσὶν ἐκάθητο, χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχων, ὃς οὐδέποτε {RP P1904 S1550: περιπεπατήκει} [E1624 S1894: περιεπεπατήκει]. And a certain man in Lystra, disabled in his feet, was sitting down. He had been lame from his mother's womb and had never walked. περιπεπατήκει, had (never) walked around (pluperfect without augment), RP P1904 S1550 F1859=9/12 (Scrivener's b**cefghklo) vs. περιεπεπατήκει, had (never) walked around (pluperfect with augment), E1624 S1894 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's ab*p).
walked ← walked around.
Acts 14:9 Οὗτος {RP-text P1904: ἤκουσεν} [RP-marg TR: ἤκουεν] τοῦ Παύλου λαλοῦντος· ὃς ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ, καὶ ἰδὼν ὅτι πίστιν ἔχει τοῦ σωθῆναι, And he {RP-text P1904: heard} [RP-marg TR: was listening to] Paul speaking, who looked at him intently, and seeing that he had faith to be saved, ἤκουσε(ν), heard, RP-text P1904 F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's bcep) vs. ἤκουε(ν), was hearing, RP-marg TR F1859=7/11 (Scrivener's afghklo). A disparity with RP-text, R=5:8.
he ← this (man).
seeing ← having seen. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 14:10 εἶπεν μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ, Ἀνάστηθι ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας σου {RP-text: ὀρθῶς} [RP-marg P1904 TR: ὀρθός]. Καὶ {RP TR: ἥλλετο} [P1904: ἥλατο] καὶ περιεπάτει. he said in a loud voice, “Stand up straight on your feet.” And he leapt and walked about. ὀρθῶς, upright (adverb), RP-text F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's e) vs. ὀρθός, upright (adjective), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=10/11 (incl. p with a rough breathing). A strong disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=1:12.
ἥλλετο, was leaping (imperfect, as is the verb following), RP TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's fl*) vs. ἥλατο, leapt (aorist, classical single lambda), P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ep) vs. ἥλλατο, leapt (aorist, non-classical double lambda), F1859=8/12 (Scrivener's abcghkl**o, though ac with smooth breathing). A disparity (#2) with RP, R=3:8.
Acts 14:11 Οἱ δὲ ὄχλοι, ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησεν ὁ Παῦλος, ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν Λυκαονιστὶ λέγοντες, Οἱ θεοὶ ὁμοιωθέντες ἀνθρώποις κατέβησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς. But when the crowds saw what Paul had done, they raised their voices and said in Lycaonian, “The gods have taken on human likeness and come down to us.” voices ← voice.
have taken on human likeness ← having been made like men.
Acts 14:12 Ἐκάλουν τε τὸν μὲν Βαρνάβαν, Δία· τὸν δὲ Παῦλον, Ἑρμῆν, ἐπειδὴ αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ ἡγούμενος τοῦ λόγου. And they called Barnabas Zeus, and Paul Hermes since he was the spokesman. Zeus ... Hermes: these are the Greek names. The AV uses the Roman equivalents, Jupiter and Mercurius.
Acts 14:13 Ὁ δὲ ἱερεὺς τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ ὄντος πρὸ τῆς πόλεως αὐτῶν, ταύρους καὶ στέμματα ἐπὶ τοὺς πυλῶνας ἐνέγκας, σὺν τοῖς ὄχλοις ἤθελεν θύειν. And the priest of Zeus's temple, which was in front of their city, brought bulls and garlands to the gates, and along with the crowds he wished to offer sacrifice. gates ← gateways, gate-houses.
Acts 14:14 Ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ ἀπόστολοι Βαρνάβας καὶ Παῦλος, διαρρήξαντες τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν, εἰσεπήδησαν εἰς τὸν ὄχλον, κράζοντες But when the apostles Barnabas and Paul heard this, they tore their clothes and leapt into the crowd, shouting
Acts 14:15 καὶ λέγοντες, Ἄνδρες, τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε; Καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμεν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι, εὐαγγελιζόμενοι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν τὸν ζῶντα, ὃς ἐποίησεν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς· and saying, “Men, why are you doing these things? We too are men with similar feelings to you, preaching the gospel to you, that you should turn from these vain things to the living God, who made heaven and earth and the sea and everything that is in them,
Acts 14:16 ὃς ἐν ταῖς παρῳχημέναις γενεαῖς εἴασεν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πορεύεσθαι ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν. who in past generations allowed all the Gentiles to go their own ways.
Acts 14:17 Καίτοιγε οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον ἑαυτὸν ἀφῆκεν ἀγαθοποιῶν, οὐρανόθεν {RP P1904: ὑμῖν} [TR: ἡμῖν] ὑετοὺς διδοὺς καὶ καιροὺς καρποφόρους, ἐμπιπλῶν τροφῆς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας {RP TR: ἡμῶν} [P1904: ὑμῶν]. And yet he did not leave himself without a witness, doing good, giving rains from the sky and fruit-bearing seasons to {RP P1904: you} [TR: us], filling {RP TR: our} [P1904: your] hearts with food and gladness.” ὑμῖν, to you, RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. ἡμῖν, to us, TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ap). AV differs textually.
ἡμῶν, our, RP TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's aeghm) vs. ὑμῶν, your, P1904 F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's bcfklop). A weak disparity with RP, R=6:8.
the sky: or heaven.
Acts 14:18 Καὶ ταῦτα λέγοντες, μόλις κατέπαυσαν τοὺς ὄχλους τοῦ μὴ θύειν αὐτοῖς. And in saying these things they only just stopped the crowds sacrificing to them. only just ← scarcely, with difficulty.
Acts 14:19 {RP P1904 TR: Ἐπῆλθον δὲ} [MISC: Διατριβόντων δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ διδασκόντων ἐπῆλθον] ἀπὸ Ἀντιοχείας καὶ Ἰκονίου Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ πείσαντες τοὺς ὄχλους, καὶ λιθάσαντες τὸν Παῦλον, {RP TR: ἔσυρον} [P1904: ἔσυραν] ἔξω τῆς πόλεως, νομίσαντες αὐτὸν τεθνάναι. {RP P1904 TR: Then} [MISC: As they were spending time there and were teaching,] some Jews arrived from Antioch and Iconium, and they persuaded the crowds otherwise, and they stoned Paul and dragged him outside the city, thinking he had died. ἐπῆλθον δὲ, and (Jews) arrived, RP P1904 TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's ceghl) vs. διατριβόντων δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ διδασκόντων ἐπῆλθον, as they were spending time and were teaching, (Jews) arrived, F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abfkmop, with a minor variation in p). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7.
ἔσυρον, they were dragging, RP TR F1859=9/12 vs. ἔσυραν, they dragged, P1904 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's bho).
thinking ← having thought. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 14:20 Κυκλωσάντων δὲ αὐτὸν τῶν μαθητῶν, ἀναστὰς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν· καὶ τῇ ἐπαύριον ἐξῆλθεν σὺν τῷ Βαρνάβᾳ εἰς Δέρβην. But the disciples gathered round him, and he got up and went to the city, and on the next day he departed with Barnabas to Derbe.
Acts 14:21 Εὐαγγελισάμενοί τε τὴν πόλιν ἐκείνην, καὶ μαθητεύσαντες ἱκανούς, ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς τὴν Λύστραν καὶ Ἰκόνιον καὶ Ἀντιόχειαν, And they preached the gospel to that city, and when they had made a considerable number of disciples, they returned to Lystra and Iconium and Antioch. a considerable number ← sufficient, plenty.
Acts 14:22 ἐπιστηρίζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαθητῶν, παρακαλοῦντες ἐμμένειν τῇ πίστει, καὶ ὅτι διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. And they boosted the morale of the disciples and encouraged them to remain in the faith and said, “We must go through many tribulations into the kingdom of God.” Punctuation: we introduce direct speech here, because the use of first person in δεῖ ἡμᾶς, we must. Otherwise, the author Luke is including himself in indirect speech, which is not typical of the style of this part of the book; Luke usually remains aloof (though this changes at Acts 20).
boosted the morale ← upheld the souls.
Acts 14:23 Χειροτονήσαντες δὲ αὐτοῖς πρεσβυτέρους κατ' ἐκκλησίαν {RP TR: ,} [P1904: καὶ] προσευξάμενοι μετὰ νηστειῶν, παρέθεντο αὐτοὺς τῷ κυρίῳ εἰς ὃν {RP TR: πεπιστεύκεισαν} [P1904: πεπιστεύκασι]. And they appointed them elders in each church, and after praying with fastings, they committed them to the Lord in whom they had believed. καὶ, and: absent in RP TR F1859=10/12 vs. present in P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's cf).
πεπιστεύκεισαν, they had believed, RP TR F1859=10/12 vs. πεπιστεύκασι, they have believed, P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ce).
appointed ← elected (so by voting, not by lot).
church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 14:24 Καὶ διελθόντες τὴν Πισιδίαν ἦλθον εἰς Παμφυλίαν. And they passed through Pisidia and came to Pamphylia.
Acts 14:25 Καὶ λαλήσαντες ἐν Πέργῃ τὸν λόγον, κατέβησαν εἰς Ἀττάλειαν· And they spoke the word in Perga and went down to Attalia.
Acts 14:26 κἀκεῖθεν ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν, ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὃ ἐπλήρωσαν. And from there they sailed off to Antioch, from where they had been committed to the grace of God for the work which they fulfilled. committed ← delivered. AV differs, to modern ears at least (recommended).
Acts 14:27 Παραγενόμενοι δὲ καὶ συναγαγόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ἀνήγγειλαν ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς μετ' αὐτῶν, καὶ ὅτι ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως. And when they had arrived and gathered the church, they reported on all the things that God had done with them and on the fact that he had opened a door of faith to the Gentiles. church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 14:28 Διέτριβον δὲ ἐκεῖ χρόνον οὐκ ὀλίγον σὺν τοῖς μαθηταῖς. Then they spent no inconsiderable time there with the disciples.
Acts 15:1 Καί τινες κατελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ἐδίδασκον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ὅτι Ἐὰν μὴ περιτέμνησθε τῷ ἔθει Μωϋσέως, οὐ δύνασθε σωθῆναι. And certain men came down from Judaea and were teaching the brothers as follows: “Unless you are circumcised in the custom of Moses, you cannot be saved.” as follows ← that. Our translation brings out the fact that the teaching is not endorsed by the writer (Luke).
Acts 15:2 Γενομένης οὖν στάσεως καὶ {RP P1904: ζητήσεως} [TR: συζητήσεως] οὐκ ὀλίγης τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ τῷ Βαρνάβᾳ πρὸς αὐτούς, ἔταξαν ἀναβαίνειν Παῦλον καὶ Βαρνάβαν καί τινας ἄλλους ἐξ αὐτῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ πρεσβυτέρους εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ περὶ τοῦ ζητήματος τούτου. So with a not insignificant standpoint and argument with Paul and Barnabas having arisen against them, they arranged for Paul and Barnabas and some others of their company to go up to the apostles and elders in Jerusalem concerning this dispute. ζητήσεως, dispute (1), RP P1904 F1859=13/13 vs. συζητήσεως, dispute (2), TR F1859=0/13.
standpoint: or dissension.
arisen ← taken place.
their company ← them.
in ← to.
Acts 15:3 Οἱ μὲν οὖν, προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, διήρχοντο τὴν Φοινίκην καὶ Σαμάρειαν, ἐκδιηγούμενοι τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν· καὶ ἐποίουν χαρὰν μεγάλην πᾶσιν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς. So they were seen off on their way by the church, and they went through Phoenicia and Samaria, relating the conversion of the Gentiles in detail, and they gave great joy to all the brothers. church: see Matt 16:18.
Phoenicia: AV= Phenice.
gave ← made.
Acts 15:4 Παραγενόμενοι δὲ εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἀπεδέχθησαν ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀνήγγειλάν τε ὅσα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν μετ' αὐτῶν {RP TR: - } [P1904: , καὶ ὅτι ἤνοιξε τοῖς ἔθνεσι θύραν πίστεως]. And when they arrived in Jerusalem, they were received favourably by the church and the apostles and the elders, and they reported on all the things God had done with them {RP TR: - } [P1904: and the fact that he had opened a door of faith to the Gentiles]. καὶ ὅτι ἤνοιξε τοῖς ἔθνεσι θύραν πίστεως, and that he had opened a door of faith to the Gentiles: absent in RP TR F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's chklmop) vs. present in P1904 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's abdefg). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
in ← to.
church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 15:5 Ἐξανέστησαν δέ τινες τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς αἱρέσεως τῶν Φαρισαίων πεπιστευκότες, λέγοντες ὅτι Δεῖ περιτέμνειν αὐτούς, παραγγέλλειν τε τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως. Then some of the sect of the Pharisees, believers, stood up, saying, “It is necessary to circumcise them and to command them to keep the law of Moses.” believers ← having believed.
stood up: e.g. from one's seat, not necessarily hostilely.
Acts 15:6 Συνήχθησαν δὲ οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ἰδεῖν περὶ τοῦ λόγου τούτου. Then the apostles and elders gathered together to look into this matter. into ← concerning.
Acts 15:7 Πολλῆς δὲ συζητήσεως γενομένης, ἀναστὰς Πέτρος εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε ὅτι ἀφ' ἡμερῶν ἀρχαίων ὁ θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν ἐξελέξατο, διὰ τοῦ στόματός μου ἀκοῦσαι τὰ ἔθνη τὸν λόγον τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, καὶ πιστεῦσαι. And after much disputing had taken place, Peter stood up and said to them, “Men and brothers, you understand that from early days God made a choice among us that the Gentiles should hear the word of the gospel through my mouth and believe. early ← old, ancient.
Acts 15:8 Καὶ ὁ καρδιογνώστης θεὸς ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτοῖς, δοὺς αὐτοῖς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, καθὼς καὶ ἡμῖν· And God, who knows our hearts, witnessed to them by giving them the holy spirit, as he also did to us, by giving: gerundial use of the participle.
Acts 15:9 καὶ οὐδὲν διέκρινεν μεταξὺ ἡμῶν τε καὶ αὐτῶν, τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν. and he did not discriminate between us and them in any respect, and he purified their hearts by faith.
Acts 15:10 Νῦν οὖν τί πειράζετε τὸν θεόν, ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν μαθητῶν, ὃν οὔτε οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἰσχύσαμεν βαστάσαι; So now, why are you putting God to the test, by putting a yoke on the disciples' neck, which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear?
Acts 15:11 Ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς χάριτος {RP P1904: τοῦ} [TR: - ] κυρίου Ἰησοῦ {RP P1904: - } [TR: χριστοῦ] πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι, καθ' ὃν τρόπον κἀκεῖνοι. But it is by the grace of {RP P1904: the} [TR: the] Lord Jesus {RP P1904: - } [TR: Christ] that we believe that we have been saved in the same way that they do.” τοῦ, (of) the: present in RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. absent in TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ce).
χριστοῦ, (of ...) Christ: absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. present in TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's am). AV differs textually.
that they do ← also those. One could read that they have (been saved).
Acts 15:12 Ἐσίγησεν δὲ πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος, καὶ ἤκουον Βαρνάβα καὶ Παύλου ἐξηγουμένων ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν δι' αὐτῶν. And the whole company went silent and heard Barnabas and Paul relating in detail all the signs and miracles which God had performed among the Gentiles through them. company ← multitude.
Acts 15:13 Μετὰ δὲ τὸ σιγῆσαι αὐτούς, ἀπεκρίθη Ἰάκωβος λέγων, Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ἀκούσατέ μου· And after they had become silent, James answered and said, “Men and brothers, listen to me.
Acts 15:14 Συμεὼν ἐξηγήσατο καθὼς πρῶτον ὁ θεὸς ἐπεσκέψατο λαβεῖν ἐξ ἐθνῶν λαὸν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ. Simeon has described how God first deigned to take a people out of the Gentiles in his name. Simeon: AV differs (Simon), which could be the intention, but this would be a unique case of such a spelling for Simon except 2 Pet 1:1, and see Acts 13:1.
deigned ← observed, visited, meditated.
Acts 15:15 Καὶ τούτῳ συμφωνοῦσιν οἱ λόγοι τῶν προφητῶν, καθὼς γέγραπται, And the words of the prophets agree with this, as it stands written:
Acts 15:16 Μετὰ ταῦτα ἀναστρέψω, καὶ ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν {RP P1904: Δαυὶδ} [TR: Δαβὶδ] τὴν πεπτωκυῖαν· καὶ τὰ κατεσκαμμένα αὐτῆς ἀνοικοδομήσω, καὶ ἀνορθώσω αὐτήν·

‘After these things I will return

And build up the tabernacle of David,

Which has fallen down,

And I will rebuild its ruins and restore it,

 David: on Δαυίδ vs. Δαβίδ, see Matt 1:1.
Amos 9:11.
which has fallen down: our italicization here indicates the supplying of a finite verb, not a tense change, aorist to perfect, as might be suspected. See the Introduction.
Acts 15:17 ὅπως ἂν ἐκζητήσωσιν οἱ κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸν κύριον, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἐφ' οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ' αὐτούς, λέγει κύριος ὁ ποιῶν ταῦτα πάντα.

In order that the rest of men might seek out the Lord,

Including all the Gentiles

Who are called after my name,

Says the Lord,

Who does all these things.’

 Amos 9:12, but apparently adapted somewhat (not that that need be a problem).
including ← and.
who are called after my name ← on whom my name has been called. See James 2:7.
Acts 15:18 Γνωστὰ ἀπ' αἰῶνός ἐστιν τῷ θεῷ πάντα τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ. All his works have been known to God since the beginning of time. since the beginning of time ← from an age, or since old time.
Acts 15:19 Διὸ ἐγὼ κρίνω μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν· Therefore I judge that we should not trouble those Gentiles who are turning to God, Gentiles ← of the Gentiles.
turning: or returning.
Acts 15:20 ἀλλὰ ἐπιστεῖλαι αὐτοῖς τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων καὶ τῆς πορνείας καὶ τοῦ πνικτοῦ καὶ τοῦ αἵματος. but should write to them to refrain from the polluted accompaniments of the idols, and from fornication, and anything strangled, and from blood. write ← write a letter, the Greek verb being cognate with epistle, the noun occurring in Acts 15:30.
Acts 15:21 {RP P1904: Μωϋσῆς} [TR: Μωσῆς] γὰρ ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ πόλιν τοὺς κηρύσσοντας αὐτὸν ἔχει, ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς κατὰ πᾶν σάββατον ἀναγινωσκόμενος. For Moses from early generations has had those who preach him in various cities, he being read every Sabbath in the synagogues.” Μωϋσῆς, Moüses, RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. Μωσῆς, Moses, TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's egh).
early ← old.
Acts 15:22 Τότε ἔδοξεν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις καὶ τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις σὺν ὅλῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἐκλεξαμένους ἄνδρας ἐξ αὐτῶν πέμψαι εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν σὺν {RP: - } [P1904 TR: τῷ] Παύλῳ καὶ Βαρνάβᾳ, Ἰούδαν τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον {RP-text P1904: Βαρσαββᾶν} [RP-marg TR: Βαρσαβᾶν], καὶ Σίλαν, ἄνδρας ἡγουμένους ἐν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, Then the apostles and the elders with all the church decided to send some men selected from among them to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas: Judas who is surnamed Barsabbas, and Silas – leading men among the brothers. τῷ, (to) the (Paul): absent in RP F1859=9/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's acep).
Βαρσαββᾶν, Barsabbas, RP-text P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's bemp) vs. Βαρσαβᾶν, Barsabas, RP-marg TR F1859=9/13. A disparity with RP-text, R=5:10.
church: see Matt 16:18.
selected: middle voice for passive (otherwise, it is men who have selected). The middle voice may give a sense of voluntariness; compare 1 Cor 10:2.
Acts 15:23 γράψαντες διὰ χειρὸς αὐτῶν τάδε, Οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν καὶ Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν ἀδελφοῖς τοῖς ἐξ ἐθνῶν, χαίρειν· They wrote as follows, to be taken by hand personally: “From the apostles and the elders and the brothers to the Gentile brothers throughout Antioch and Syria and Cilicia, greetings. as follows ← these (things).
by hand personally ← through their hand. AV differs (by them).
Gentile ← of (the) Gentiles.
Acts 15:24 ἐπειδὴ ἠκούσαμεν ὅτι τινὲς ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐξελθόντες ἐτάραξαν ὑμᾶς λόγοις, ἀνασκευάζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν, λέγοντες περιτέμνεσθαι καὶ τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον, οἷς οὐ διεστειλάμεθα· In view of the fact that we have heard that some of us have gone out and disturbed you with words, upsetting your spiritual condition, telling you to be circumcised and to keep the law, to whom we have given no such instructions, spiritual condition ← souls.
Acts 15:25 ἔδοξεν ἡμῖν γενομένοις ὁμοθυμαδόν, ἐκλεξαμένους ἄνδρας πέμψαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς, σὺν τοῖς ἀγαπητοῖς ἡμῶν Βαρνάβᾳ καὶ Παύλῳ, we, reaching unanimity, have decided to send some selected men to you with our beloved Barnabas and Paul, reaching unanimity ← having become unanimous.
selected: see Acts 15:22.
Acts 15:26 ἀνθρώποις παραδεδωκόσιν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ. who are men who have committed themselves to the cause of the name of our Lord Jesus Christ. who have committed themselves ← who have delivered their souls. The grammatical reference is to Barnabas and Paul, not the “selected men”.
Acts 15:27 Ἀπεστάλκαμεν οὖν Ἰούδαν καὶ Σίλαν, καὶ αὐτοὺς διὰ λόγου ἀπαγγέλλοντας τὰ αὐτά. So we have sent Judas and Silas with them to report on the same things verbally. with ← and.
to report ← reporting, but probably replacing a classical future participle of purpose. See Matt 20:20.
verbally ← through a word.
Acts 15:28 Ἔδοξεν γὰρ τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι, καὶ ἡμῖν, μηδὲν πλέον ἐπιτίθεσθαι ὑμῖν βάρος, πλὴν τῶν ἐπάναγκες τούτων, For it seemed good to the holy spirit and to us not to lay anything heavier on you except these necessary things: anything heavier ← any more weight.
necessary ← necessarily.
Acts 15:29 ἀπέχεσθαι εἰδωλοθύτων καὶ αἵματος καὶ πνικτοῦ καὶ πορνείας· ἐξ ὧν διατηροῦντες ἑαυτούς, εὖ πράξετε. Ἔρρωσθε. to refrain from things sacrificed to idols, and blood, and anything strangled, and fornication. If you keep yourselves from these things, you will be doing well. May you be strong.” if: conditional use of the participle.
may you be strong ← be strong, actually a perfect imperative passive.
Acts 15:30 Οἱ μὲν οὖν ἀπολυθέντες ἦλθον εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν· καὶ συναγαγόντες τὸ πλῆθος, ἐπέδωκαν τὴν ἐπιστολήν. So these were sent on their way, and they came to Antioch, and when they had gathered the group together, they handed over the epistle. group ← multitude.
Acts 15:31 Ἀναγνόντες δέ, ἐχάρησαν ἐπὶ τῇ παρακλήσει. And when they had read it, they rejoiced over the encouragement.
Acts 15:32 Ἰούδας {RP P1904 S1550: τε} [E1624 S1894: δὲ] καὶ Σίλας, καὶ αὐτοὶ προφῆται ὄντες, διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ παρεκάλεσαν τοὺς ἀδελφούς, καὶ ἐπεστήριξαν. And Judas and Silas, also being prophets themselves, encouraged and invigorated the brothers with many words. τε, and, RP P1904 S1550 F1859=13/13 (incl. e(tacite)) vs. δὲ, and / but, E1624 S1894 F1859=0/13.
many words ← much word, speech.
Acts 15:33 Ποιήσαντες δὲ χρόνον, ἀπελύθησαν μετ' εἰρήνης ἀπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους. And when they had spent some time there, they were sent on their way with peace from the brothers to the apostles.
Acts 15:34 {RP: - } [P1904 TR: Ἔδοξε δὲ τῷ Σίλᾳ ἐπιμεῖναι αὐτοῦ.] {RP: - } [P1904 TR: But Silas decided to stay on there.] ἔδοξε δὲ τῷ Σίλᾳ ἐπιμεῖναι αὐτοῦ, But Silas decided to stay on there: absent in RP F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's cdghlmp) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's abefko). A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8. AV differs textually.
Acts 15:35 Παῦλος δὲ καὶ Βαρνάβας διέτριβον ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ, διδάσκοντες καὶ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι, μετὰ καὶ ἑτέρων πολλῶν, τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου. Then Paul and Barnabas spent time in Antioch, teaching and preaching the gospel, with many others also, the word of the Lord.
Acts 15:36 Μετὰ δέ τινας ἡμέρας εἶπεν Παῦλος πρὸς Βαρνάβαν, Ἐπιστρέψαντες δὴ ἐπισκεψώμεθα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἡμῶν κατὰ πᾶσαν πόλιν, ἐν αἷς κατηγγείλαμεν τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, πῶς ἔχουσιν. And after several days Paul said to Barnabas, “Now then, let us return and visit our brothers in every city in which we declared the word of the Lord and see how they are.” how they are ← how they have. Idiomatic use of to have with an adverb.
Acts 15:37 Βαρνάβας δὲ ἐβουλεύσατο συμπαραλαβεῖν τὸν Ἰωάννην, τὸν {RP TR: καλούμενον} [P1904: ἐπικαλούμενον] Μάρκον. And Barnabas had resolved to take John who was {RP TR: called} [P1904: surnamed] Mark with him, καλούμενον, named, called, RP TR F1859=9/13 vs. ἐπικαλούμενον, surnamed; nicknamed, P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's cdkp).
Acts 15:38 Παῦλος δὲ ἠξίου, τὸν ἀποστάντα ἀπ' αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Παμφυλίας, καὶ μὴ συνελθόντα αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἔργον, μὴ συμπαραλαβεῖν τοῦτον. but Paul did not think it proper that they should take this man with them, who had deserted them in Pamphylia and had not accompanied them for the work. did not think it proper that they should ← thought it worthy not to.
in ← from.
The reference is to Acts 13:13.
Acts 15:39 Ἐγένετο οὖν παροξυσμός, ὥστε ἀποχωρισθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἀπ' ἀλλήλων, τόν τε Βαρνάβαν παραλαβόντα τὸν Μάρκον ἐκπλεῦσαι εἰς Κύπρον· So a bitter dispute arose, with the result that they took leave of each other, and that Barnabas took Mark with him to sail off to Cyprus.
Acts 15:40 Παῦλος δὲ ἐπιλεξάμενος Σίλαν ἐξῆλθεν, παραδοθεὶς τῇ χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν. And Paul chose Silas and departed, after being committed to the grace of God by the brothers.
Acts 15:41 Διήρχετο δὲ τὴν Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν, ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας. And he crossed through Syria and Cilicia, invigorating the churches. churches: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 16:1 Κατήντησεν δὲ εἰς Δέρβην καὶ Λύστραν· καὶ ἰδού, μαθητής τις ἦν ἐκεῖ, ὀνόματι Τιμόθεος, υἱὸς γυναικός τινος Ἰουδαίας πιστῆς, πατρὸς δὲ Ἕλληνος· And he arrived in Derbe and Lystra, where there was a certain disciple by the name of Timothy, the son of a certain Jewish woman, who was a believer, and a Greek father, where there was ← and behold, there was there.
Acts 16:2 ὃς ἐμαρτυρεῖτο ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν Λύστροις καὶ Ἰκονίῳ ἀδελφῶν. and he was highly regarded by the brothers in Lystra and Iconium. highly regarded ← attested.
Acts 16:3 Τοῦτον ἠθέλησεν ὁ Παῦλος σὺν αὐτῷ ἐξελθεῖν, καὶ λαβὼν περιέτεμεν αὐτόν, διὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐκείνοις· ᾔδεισαν γὰρ ἅπαντες τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ, ὅτι Ἕλλην ὑπῆρχεν. Paul wanted him to come along with him, and he took him and circumcised him on account of the Jews who were in those places, for they all knew that his father was a Greek. him ← this (man).
along ← out.
was: in classical grammar, the meaning is had been, but that seems unlikely here. See Acts 6:1.
Acts 16:4 Ὡς δὲ διεπορεύοντο τὰς πόλεις, παρεδίδουν αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν τὰ δόγματα τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ τῶν {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: πρεσβυτέρων} [E1624: πρεσβυπέρων] τῶν ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ. And as they went through the cities, they delivered decrees to them, to keep, which had been issued by the apostles and the elders in Jerusalem. πρεσβυτέρων, elders, RP P1904 S1550 S1894 F1859=13/13 vs. πρεσβυπέρων, elders (misspelled), E1624 F1859=0/13. Scrivener does not give variants, which there would surely be if his edition of Elzevir read as ours does, so we assume his edition of Elzevir contains πρεσβυτέρων.
issued ← judged.
Acts 16:5 Αἱ μὲν οὖν ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει, καὶ ἐπερίσσευον τῷ ἀριθμῷ καθ' ἡμέραν. So the churches were consolidated in the faith, and they increased in number daily. churches: see Matt 16:18.
increased ← were abounding.
Acts 16:6 Διελθόντες δὲ τὴν Φρυγίαν καὶ τὴν Γαλατικὴν χώραν, κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος λαλῆσαι τὸν λόγον ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ, But as they passed through Phrygia and the Galatian region, they were prevented by the holy spirit from speaking the word in Asia,
Acts 16:7 ἐλθόντες κατὰ τὴν Μυσίαν ἐπείραζον κατὰ τὴν Βιθυνίαν πορεύεσθαι· καὶ οὐκ εἴασεν αὐτοὺς τὸ πνεῦμα· and they came down to Mysia, and they attempted to go down to Bithynia, but the spirit did not allow them, but: adversative use of καί.
Acts 16:8 παρελθόντες δὲ τὴν Μυσίαν κατέβησαν εἰς Τρῳάδα. and by-passing Mysia they went down to Troas.
Acts 16:9 Καὶ ὅραμα διὰ τῆς νυκτὸς ὤφθη τῷ Παύλῳ· ἀνήρ τις ἦν Μακεδὼν ἑστώς, παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν καὶ λέγων, Διαβὰς εἰς Μακεδονίαν, βοήθησον ἡμῖν. Then a vision appeared in the night to Paul – a certain Macedonian man was standing and calling on him and saying, “Cross into Macedonia and help us.” cross: imperatival use of the participle.
Acts 16:10 Ὡς δὲ τὸ ὅραμα εἶδεν, εὐθέως ἐζητήσαμεν ἐξελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Μακεδονίαν, συμβιβάζοντες ὅτι προσκέκληται ἡμᾶς ὁ κύριος εὐαγγελίσασθαι αὐτούς. And when he had seen the vision, we immediately tried to depart for Macedonia, deducing that the Lord had called on us to preach the gospel to them. called on ← called on beforehand. Middle voice.
Acts 16:11 Ἀναχθέντες οὖν ἀπὸ τῆς Τρῳάδος, εὐθυδρομήσαμεν εἰς Σαμοθρᾴκην, τῇ {RP TR: τε} [P1904: δὲ] ἐπιούσῃ εἰς Νεάπολιν, So we set sail from Troas and had a straight voyage to Samothrace, and the next day to Neapolis. τε, and, RP TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's defghl) vs. δὲ, and / but, P1904 F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's abckmop). A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
Acts 16:12 ἐκεῖθέν τε εἰς Φιλίππους, ἥτις ἐστὶν πρώτη τῆς μερίδος τῆς Μακεδονίας πόλις, {RP: κολωνεία} [P1904 TR: κολωνία]· ἦμεν δὲ ἐν {RP P1904: αὐτῇ} [TR: ταύτῃ] τῇ πόλει διατρίβοντες ἡμέρας τινάς. And from there to Philippi, which is the first city of the district of Macedonia, a Roman colony, and we were in {RP P1904: the city itself} [TR: this city] spending time there for several days. κολωνεία, colony (1), RP P1904 F1859=7/14 (Scrivener's bcdeghp**) vs. κολωνία, colony (2), TR F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's flmo) vs. κωλωνεία, colony (3), F1859=3/14 (Scrivener's akp*).
αὐτῇ, itself, RP F1859=8/13 vs. ταύτῃ, this, P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's abkop). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
Roman colony: the Greek is from the Latin word colonia.
Acts 16:13 Τῇ τε ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων ἐξήλθομεν ἔξω τῆς πόλεως παρὰ ποταμόν, οὗ ἐνομίζετο προσευχὴ εἶναι, καὶ καθίσαντες ἐλαλοῦμεν ταῖς συνελθούσαις γυναιξίν. And on the Sabbath day we went out of the city along the river where prayer was customarily held, and we sat down and spoke to the women who were gathered there.
Acts 16:14 Καί τις γυνὴ ὀνόματι Λυδία, πορφυρόπωλις πόλεως Θυατείρων, σεβομένη τὸν θεόν, ἤκουεν· ἧς ὁ κύριος διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν, προσέχειν τοῖς λαλουμένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου. And a certain woman by the name of Lydia was listening, a seller of purple cloth, of the city of Thyatira, who worshipped God, whose heart the Lord had opened to pay heed to the things spoken by Paul.
Acts 16:15 Ὡς δὲ ἐβαπτίσθη, καὶ ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς, παρεκάλεσεν λέγουσα, Εἰ κεκρίκατέ με πιστὴν τῷ κυρίῳ εἶναι, εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, μείνατε. Καὶ παρεβιάσατο ἡμᾶς. And when she had been baptized, along with her household, she invited us, saying, “If you have judged me to be faithful to the Lord, come and stay in my house.” And she urged us to do so. invited: or, more strongly, appealed to, pleaded with.
come: imperatival use of the participle.
Acts 16:16 Ἐγένετο δὲ πορευομένων ἡμῶν εἰς προσευχήν, παιδίσκην τινὰ ἔχουσαν πνεῦμα Πύθωνος ἀπαντῆσαι ἡμῖν, ἥτις ἐργασίαν πολλὴν παρεῖχεν τοῖς κυρίοις αὐτῆς, μαντευομένη. And it came to pass as we were going to prayer that a certain girl who was possessed by a soothsaying spirit met us, and who provided her masters with much business by soothsaying. was possessed by ← having.
a soothsaying spirit ← a spirit of Python. Python was a mythological serpent destroyed by Apollo in the shrine of the oracle at Delphi.
by soothsaying: gerundial use of the participle.
Acts 16:17 Αὕτη κατακολουθήσασα τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ {RP-text TR: ἡμῖν} [RP-marg P1904: τῷ Σίλᾳ], ἔκραζεν λέγουσα, Οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι δοῦλοι τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου εἰσίν, οἵτινες καταγγέλλουσιν {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: ἡμῖν} [E1624: ὑμῖν] ὁδὸν σωτηρίας. She followed Paul and {RP-text TR: us} [RP-marg P1904: Silas] persistently and kept shouting out, “These men are servants of the Most High God, and they will declare the way of salvation to {RP P1904 S1550 S1894: us} [E1624: you].” ἡμῖν, (followed) us, RP-text TR F1859=12/13 vs. τῷ Σίλᾳ, (followed) Silas, RP-marg P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's h).
ἡμῖν, to us, RP P1904 S1550 S1894: F1859=10/13 (incl. c(tacite)e(tacite)) vs. ὑμῖν, to you, E1624 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's abo).
she ← this (woman).
kept shouting out ← was shouting out, saying, iterative imperfect.
Acts 16:18 Τοῦτο δὲ ἐποίει ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἡμέρας. Διαπονηθεὶς δὲ ὁ Παῦλος, καὶ ἐπιστρέψας, τῷ πνεύματι εἶπεν, Παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἐξελθεῖν ἀπ' αὐτῆς. Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ. She kept doing this for many days. Paul, being worn out with annoyance, turned to the spirit and said, “I command you in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her.” And it came out at that very hour. Punctuation: we, with P1904, take to the spirit with turned. RP TBS-TR AV take to the spirit with said. Both are possible. So AV differs.
kept doing: iterative imperfect.
Acts 16:19 Ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς ὅτι ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς ἐργασίας αὐτῶν, ἐπιλαβόμενοι τὸν Παῦλον καὶ τὸν Σίλαν, εἵλκυσαν εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας, But when her masters saw that the mainstay of their business had come out, they laid hold of Paul and Silas and dragged them to the market place to the governors. mainstay ← hope.
Acts 16:20 καὶ προσαγαγόντες αὐτοὺς τοῖς στρατηγοῖς εἶπον, Οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐκταράσσουσιν ἡμῶν τὴν πόλιν, Ἰουδαῖοι ὑπάρχοντες, And they led them to the magistrates and said, “These men are stirring up our city, and, being Jews, magistrates: also, especially classically, army generals, but classically and frequently in the papyri magistrates dealing with civil matters.
and: from καὶ in the next verse.
Acts 16:21 καὶ καταγγέλλουσιν ἔθη ἃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν παραδέχεσθαι οὐδὲ ποιεῖν, Ῥωμαίοις οὖσιν. are declaring customs which we are not permitted to adopt or to do, since we are Romans.” since: causal use of the participle.
Acts 16:22 Καὶ συνεπέστη ὁ ὄχλος κατ' αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ περιρρήξαντες αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐκέλευον ῥαβδίζειν. And the crowd rose up against them together, and the magistrates tore their coats and ordered beating with rods. beating ← to beat.
Acts 16:23 Πολλάς τε ἐπιθέντες αὐτοῖς πληγὰς ἔβαλον εἰς φυλακήν, παραγγείλαντες τῷ δεσμοφύλακι ἀσφαλῶς τηρεῖν αὐτούς· And after inflicting many blows on them, they threw them in prison, ordering the prison guard to guard them securely, ordering ← having ordered. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 16:24 ὅς, παραγγελίαν τοιαύτην εἰληφώς, ἔβαλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν ἐσωτέραν φυλακήν, καὶ τοὺς πόδας αὐτῶν ἠσφαλίσατο εἰς τὸ ξύλον. and he accepted such a charge and put them in the innermost prison area and secured their feet in stocks. innermost ← inner.
in stocks ← to the wood.
Acts 16:25 Κατὰ δὲ τὸ μεσονύκτιον Παῦλος καὶ Σίλας προσευχόμενοι ὕμνουν τὸν θεόν, ἐπηκροῶντο δὲ αὐτῶν οἱ δέσμιοι· Now at around midnight, Paul and Silas were praying and singing hymns to God, and the prisoners were listening to them,
Acts 16:26 ἄφνω δὲ σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας, ὥστε σαλευθῆναι τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου· ἀνεῴχθησάν τε παραχρῆμα αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι, καὶ πάντων τὰ δεσμὰ ἀνέθη. when suddenly a heavy earthquake took place, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken, and immediately all the doors were opened, and everyone's shackles became detached. heavy ← great.
Acts 16:27 Ἔξυπνος δὲ γενόμενος ὁ δεσμοφύλαξ, καὶ ἰδὼν ἀνεῳγμένας τὰς θύρας τῆς φυλακῆς, σπασάμενος μάχαιραν, ἔμελλεν ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν, νομίζων ἐκπεφευγέναι τοὺς δεσμίους. The prison guard was awoken from his sleep, and when he saw that the doors of the prison were open, he drew his sword and was going to kill himself, thinking that the prisoners had escaped. was ← having become.
his: from the middle voice of drew.
Acts 16:28 Ἐφώνησεν δὲ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ὁ Παῦλος λέγων, Μηδὲν πράξῃς σεαυτῷ κακόν· ἅπαντες γάρ ἐσμεν ἐνθάδε. But Paul shouted in a loud voice and said, “Don't do yourself any harm, for we are all here.”
Acts 16:29 Αἰτήσας δὲ φῶτα εἰσεπήδησεν, καὶ ἔντρομος γενόμενος προσέπεσεν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ τῷ Σίλᾳ, Then he asked for light and rushed in, and with trembling he fell down at Paul and Silas, light ← lights.
rushed ← leapt.
with trembling ← having become trembling.
Acts 16:30 καὶ προαγαγὼν αὐτοὺς ἔξω ἔφη, Κύριοι, τί με δεῖ ποιεῖν ἵνα σωθῶ; and he led them out and said, “Gentlemen, what must I do to be saved?” led them out ← led them forward (to) outside.
Acts 16:31 Οἱ δὲ εἶπον, Πίστευσον ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον Ἰησοῦν χριστόν, καὶ σωθήσῃ σὺ καὶ ὁ οἶκός σου. And they said, “Believe in the Lord Jesus Christ, and you and your household will be saved.”
Acts 16:32 Καὶ ἐλάλησαν αὐτῷ τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ. And they spoke the word of the Lord to him and to all those in his house.
Acts 16:33 Καὶ παραλαβὼν αὐτοὺς ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τῆς νυκτὸς ἔλουσεν ἀπὸ τῶν πληγῶν, καὶ ἐβαπτίσθη αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ πάντες παραχρῆμα. Then he took them along at that hour of the night and washed their wounds, and he was immediately baptized, as were all those of his family . their wounds ← from their wounds.
Acts 16:34 Ἀναγαγών τε αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ παρέθηκεν τράπεζαν, καὶ {RP P1904: ἠγαλλιᾶτο} [TR: ἠγαλλιάσατο] πανοικὶ πεπιστευκὼς τῷ θεῷ. And he led them up to his house, and he served them a meal, and he rejoiced with all his household, having believed in God. ἠγαλλιᾶτο, was rejoicing, RP P1904 F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's bdegkhmo, but dk with rough breathing) vs. ἠγαλλιάσατο, rejoiced, TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's acflp).
meal ← table. Compare the English use of dish (metonymy of adjunct / subject).
Acts 16:35 Ἡμέρας δὲ γενομένης, ἀπέστειλαν οἱ στρατηγοὶ τοὺς ῥαβδούχους λέγοντες, Ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκείνους. After a day had passed, the magistrates sent the lictors and said, “Release those men.” lictors: attendants / bodyguards of magistrates, carrying rods of office.
Acts 16:36 Ἀπήγγειλεν δὲ ὁ δεσμοφύλαξ τοὺς λόγους τούτους πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον ὅτι Ἀπεστάλκασιν οἱ στρατηγοί, ἵνα ἀπολυθῆτε· νῦν οὖν ἐξελθόντες πορεύεσθε ἐν εἰρήνῃ. And the prison guard reported these words to Paul as follows: “The magistrates have sent word that you should be released. So depart now and go in peace.” depart: imperatival use of the participle.
Acts 16:37 Ὁ δὲ Παῦλος ἔφη πρὸς αὐτούς, Δείραντες ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ, ἀκατακρίτους, ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχοντας, ἔβαλον εἰς φυλακήν, καὶ νῦν λάθρᾳ ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλουσιν; Οὐ γάρ· ἀλλὰ ἐλθόντες αὐτοὶ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: ἡμᾶς] ἐξαγαγέτωσαν. Then Paul said to them, “They flogged us when we were uncondemned, in public, although we are Roman citizens, and they threw us in prison. And now, are they going to expel us in secret? Not likely! Rather, let them come and conduct {RP: us} [P1904 TR: us] out themselves.” ἡμᾶς, us: absent in RP F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's ghl) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=10/13. A strong disparity with RP, R=3:12.
flogged ← flayed.
although: concessive use of the participle.
citizens ← men.
going to expel us ← expelling us.
Not likely!: English idiom (the Greek being idiomatic) for Certainly not!
come: imperatival use of the participle.
Acts 16:38 Ἀνήγγειλαν δὲ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς οἱ ῥαβδοῦχοι τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα· καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν, And the lictors reported these words to the magistrates, and they became afraid when they heard that they were Romans,
Acts 16:39 καὶ ἐλθόντες παρεκάλεσαν αὐτούς, καὶ ἐξαγαγόντες ἠρώτων ἐξελθεῖν τῆς πόλεως. and they came and apologized to them profusely, then they conducted them out and asked them to leave the city.
Acts 16:40 Ἐξελθόντες δὲ ἐκ τῆς φυλακῆς εἰσῆλθον {RP P1904: πρὸς} [TR: εἰς] τὴν Λυδίαν· καὶ ἰδόντες τοὺς ἀδελφούς, παρεκάλεσαν αὐτούς, καὶ ἐξῆλθον. So they came out of the prison and went to Lydia's house, and they saw the brothers there and encouraged them, and they departed again. πρὸς, to (1), RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. εἰς, to (2), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e).
Acts 17:1 Διοδεύσαντες δὲ τὴν Ἀμφίπολιν καὶ Ἀπολλωνίαν, ἦλθον εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην, ὅπου ἦν ἡ συναγωγὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων· And they travelled through Amphipolis and Apollonia and came to Thessalonica, where there was a Jewish synagogue. a Jewish synagogue ← the synagogue of the Jews. See Gen 22:9.
Acts 17:2 κατὰ δὲ τὸ εἰωθὸς τῷ Παύλῳ εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς αὐτούς, καὶ ἐπὶ σάββατα τρία {RP: διελέξατο} [P1904 TR: διελέγετο] αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν, And in accordance with his custom, Paul went to them, and for three Sabbaths he debated with them from the scriptures, διελέξατο, he discussed, RP F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's p) vs. διελέγετο, he was discussing, P1904 TR F1859=11/13 vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's c). A strong disparity with RP, R=1:13.
in accordance with his custom, Paul ← in accordance with what was customary to Paul, he.
Acts 17:3 διανοίγων καὶ παρατιθέμενος, ὅτι Τὸν χριστὸν ἔδει παθεῖν καὶ ἀναστῆναι ἐκ νεκρῶν, καὶ ὅτι Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς, ὃν ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν. expounding and explaining as follows: “Christ had to suffer and rise from the dead”, and, “This is who the Christ is: Jesus, whom I declare to you.” as follows ← that, but ὅτι is also a particle introducing direct speech.
Acts 17:4 Καί τινες ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπείσθησαν, καὶ προσεκληρώθησαν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ τῷ Σίλᾳ, τῶν τε σεβομένων Ἑλλήνων πολὺ πλῆθος, γυναικῶν τε τῶν πρώτων οὐκ ὀλίγαι. And some of them were persuaded and were assigned to Paul and Silas, as were a very large number of the devout Greeks and not an insignificant number of the leading women. assigned: or allotted, for care and teaching.
very large number ← much multitude.
an insignificant number ← few.
Acts 17:5 {RP P1904: Προσλαβόμενοι} [TR: Ζηλώσαντες] δὲ {RP: οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι οἱ ἀπειθοῦντες} [P1904 TR: οἱ ἀπειθοῦντες Ἰουδαῖοι], {RP P1904: - } [TR: καὶ προσλαβόμενοι] τῶν ἀγοραίων τινὰς ἄνδρας πονηρούς, καὶ ὀχλοποιήσαντες, ἐθορύβουν τὴν πόλιν· ἐπιστάντες τε τῇ οἰκίᾳ Ἰάσονος, ἐζήτουν αὐτοὺς ἀγαγεῖν εἰς τὸν δῆμον. But the unbelieving Jews {RP P1904: - } [TR: were jealous and] recruited some good-for-nothing men from those who hang around the market area, and when they had collected a crowd, they brought the city into uproar and took a stand at Jason's house and tried to bring them to the people. προσλαβόμενοι, recruiting, RP P1904 F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's bdefghlo) vs. ζηλώσαντες, having been zealous, TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's ackmp). For witnesses to προσλαβόμενοι in another position, see below. AV differs textually.
οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι οἱ ἀπειθοῦντες, the Jews + the unbelieving (ones), RP F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's adefghlm) vs. οἱ ἀπειθοῦντες Ἰουδαῖοι, the unbelieving Jews, P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's bko) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's c) vs. absence of ἀπειθοῦντες, unbelieving, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's p).
καὶ προσλαβόμενοι, and recruiting: absent in RP P1904 F1859=9/13 (Scrivener's bdefghlmo) vs. present in TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's akp) vs. another reading, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's c).
Acts 17:6 Μὴ εὑρόντες δὲ αὐτούς, ἔσυρον τὸν Ἰάσονα καί τινας ἀδελφοὺς ἐπὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας, βοῶντες ὅτι Οἱ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀναστατώσαντες, οὗτοι καὶ ἐνθάδε πάρεισιν, But as they did not find them, they dragged Jason and some brothers to the city rulers, shouting, “Those who have upset the world are these present right here, as: causal use of the participle.
right: the force of this word comes from καὶ and its unusual position.
Acts 17:7 οὓς ὑποδέδεκται Ἰάσων· καὶ οὗτοι πάντες ἀπέναντι τῶν δογμάτων Καίσαρος {RP P1904: πράσσουσιν} [TR: πράττουσι], βασιλέα {RP TR: λέγοντες ἕτερον} [P1904: ἕτερον λέγοντες] εἶναι, Ἰησοῦν. whom Jason has received as guests. And all these are doing things contrary to the decrees of Caesar, saying that there is another king – Jesus.” πράσσουσι(ν), they are doing (1), RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. πράττουσι(ν), they are doing (2), TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m).
λέγοντες ἕτερον, saying + (that there was) another, RP TR F1859=7/13 vs. ἕτερον λέγοντες, another + saying (that there was), P1904 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's acfhkp, p with smooth breathing). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
Acts 17:8 Ἐτάραξαν δὲ τὸν ὄχλον καὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας ἀκούοντας ταῦτα. And they stirred up the crowd and the rulers of the city, who heard these things. who heard ← hearing. A translation of as they heard would reflect the contemporaneity, but it would leave an unwanted association they stirred up ... as they, the two theys being different.
Acts 17:9 Καὶ λαβόντες τὸ ἱκανὸν παρὰ τοῦ Ἰάσονος καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν, ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς. Then they took bail from Jason and the others, and they released them. bail ← the sufficient (thing). The meaning bail, security is common in the papyri [MM].
others ← rest.
Acts 17:10 Οἱ δὲ ἀδελφοὶ εὐθέως διὰ τῆς νυκτὸς ἐξέπεμψαν τόν τε Παῦλον καὶ τὸν Σίλαν εἰς Βέροιαν· οἵτινες παραγενόμενοι εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν {RP P1904: ἀπῄεσαν τῶν Ἰουδαίων} [TR: τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀπῄεσαν]. And the brothers immediately during the night sent Paul and Silas away to Berea, who, when they arrived, went to the Jews' synagogue. ἀπῄεσαν τῶν Ἰουδαίων, went away + of the Jews, RP P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀπῄεσαν, of the Jews + went away, TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's akmp).
Acts 17:11 Οὗτοι δὲ ἦσαν εὐγενέστεροι τῶν ἐν Θεσσαλονίκῃ, οἵτινες ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον μετὰ πάσης προθυμίας, τὸ καθ' ἡμέραν ἀνακρίνοντες τὰς γραφάς, εἰ ἔχοι ταῦτα οὕτως. Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, and they received the word with all readiness, closely examining the scriptures daily to see whether these things were so.
Acts 17:12 Πολλοὶ μὲν οὖν ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπίστευσαν, καὶ τῶν Ἑλληνίδων γυναικῶν τῶν εὐσχημόνων καὶ ἀνδρῶν οὐκ ὀλίγοι. So many of them believed, as did not a few of the Greek women of high standing, and men.
Acts 17:13 Ὡς δὲ ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Θεσσαλονίκης Ἰουδαῖοι ὅτι καὶ ἐν τῇ Βεροίᾳ κατηγγέλη ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ, ἦλθον κἀκεῖ σαλεύοντες τοὺς ὄχλους. But when the Jews from Thessalonica came to know that the word of God had also been declared in Berea by Paul, they came there too and stirred up the crowds.
Acts 17:14 Εὐθέως δὲ τότε τὸν Παῦλον ἐξαπέστειλαν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ πορεύεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν· ὑπέμενον δὲ ὅ τε Σίλας καὶ ὁ Τιμόθεος ἐκεῖ. And then immediately the brothers sent Paul out so that he could go in the direction of the sea. But both Silas and Timothy stayed there. so that he could go ← to go.
Acts 17:15 Οἱ δὲ καθιστῶντες τὸν Παῦλον, ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἕως Ἀθηνῶν· καὶ λαβόντες ἐντολὴν πρὸς τὸν Σίλαν καὶ Τιμόθεον, ἵνα ὡς τάχιστα ἔλθωσιν πρὸς αὐτόν, ἐξῄεσαν. And they conducted Paul and brought him to Athens, then having received an instruction for Silas and Timothy to come to him as quickly as possible, they departed. for ← to.
Acts 17:16 Ἐν δὲ ταῖς Ἀθήναις ἐκδεχομένου αὐτοὺς τοῦ Παύλου, παρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ, θεωροῦντι κατείδωλον οὖσαν τὴν πόλιν. And in Athens, while Paul was waiting for them, his spirit in him was exasperated when he saw how the city was given to idolatry.
Acts 17:17 Διελέγετο μὲν οὖν ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις καὶ τοῖς σεβομένοις, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ κατὰ πᾶσαν ἡμέραν πρὸς τοὺς παρατυγχάνοντας. So he discussed with the Jews and devout people in the synagogue, and every day with those who happened to be around in the market place.
Acts 17:18 Τινὲς δὲ {RP: καὶ} [P1904 TR: - ] τῶν Ἐπικουρείων καὶ τῶν {RP-text P1904: Στοϊκῶν} [RP-marg TR: Στωϊκῶν] φιλοσόφων συνέβαλλον αὐτῷ. Καί τινες ἔλεγον, Τί ἂν θέλοι ὁ σπερμολόγος οὗτος λέγειν; Οἱ δέ, Ξένων δαιμονίων δοκεῖ καταγγελεὺς εἶναι· ὅτι τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν {RP: εὐηγγελίζετο} [P1904: εὐηγγελίζετο αὐτοῖς] [TR: αὐτοῖς εὐηγγελίζετο]. And {RP: also} [P1904 TR: - ] some of the Epicurean and the Stoic philosophers engaged him in conversation, and some said, “What could this amateur be getting at?” But others said, “He seems to be a propounder of foreign deities.” This was because he preached Jesus and the resurrection {RP: - } [P1904 TR: to them]. καὶ, and; also: present in RP F1859=10/13 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's cfk).
Στοϊκῶν, Stoics (classically poetic), RP-text P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's acfk) vs. Στωϊκῶν, Stoics (classically standard), RP-marg TR F1859=9/13 (Scrivener's bdeghlmop). A disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=5:10.
εὐηγγελίζετο, he was preaching, RP F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's bdghlo) vs. εὐηγγελίζετο αὐτοῖς, he was preaching + to them, P1904 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's acfkmp) vs. αὐτοῖς εὐηγγελίζετο, to them + he was preaching, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e). A weak disparity (#2) with RP, R=6:7.
amateur ← seed-picker.
be getting at ← mean to say.
Acts 17:19 Ἐπιλαβόμενοί τε αὐτοῦ, ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον πάγον ἤγαγον λέγοντες, Δυνάμεθα γνῶναι, τίς ἡ καινὴ αὕτη ἡ ὑπὸ σοῦ λαλουμένη διδαχή; And they took him along with them and brought him to Ares Hill and said, “May we know what this new teaching is which is being spoken by you? Ares Hill: or, with the Roman name for the god, Mars Hill. The great council of the Athenians was held here [CB].
Acts 17:20 Ξενίζοντα γάρ τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν· βουλόμεθα οὖν γνῶναι, τί ἂν θέλοι ταῦτα εἶναι - For you are bringing some strange ideas to our ears. So we wish to know what these things mean.” ears ← hearing, but a plural word in Greek.
Acts 17:21 Ἀθηναῖοι δὲ πάντες καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ξένοι εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον εὐκαίρουν, ἢ λέγειν τι καὶ ἀκούειν καινότερον. For all the Athenians and the foreigners living away from home would spend their leisure time in nothing other than talking or hearing about something new. new ← newer.
Acts 17:22 Σταθεὶς δὲ ὁ Παῦλος ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ Ἀρείου πάγου ἔφη, Ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, κατὰ πάντα ὡς δεισιδαιμονεστέρους ὑμᾶς θεωρῶ. So Paul, standing before the Ares Hill council said, “Men of Athens, I see, apparently, that you are very reverent to the gods in all respects. before ← in the midst of.
men of Athens ← Athenian men.
very reverent ← rather reverent, Greek comparative for superlative.
Acts 17:23 Διερχόμενος γὰρ καὶ ἀναθεωρῶν τὰ σεβάσματα ὑμῶν, εὗρον καὶ βωμὸν ἐν ᾧ ἐπεγέγραπτο, Ἀγνώστῳ θεῷ. Ὃν οὖν ἀγνοοῦντες εὐσεβεῖτε, τοῦτον ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν. For as I passed through and looked at your objects of worship, I also found an altar on which had been inscribed:

‘To an unknown god.’

Now him whom you worship in ignorance, I declare to you. 		I declare ← I declare this (one).
Acts 17:24 Ὁ θεὸς ὁ ποιήσας τὸν κόσμον καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ, οὗτος, οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς κύριος ὑπάρχων, οὐκ ἐν χειροποιήτοις ναοῖς κατοικεῖ, God, who made the universe and everything in it – he being Lord of heaven and earth – does not dwell in shrines made by hands, he ← this (one).
Acts 17:25 οὐδὲ ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρώπων θεραπεύεται, προσδεόμενός τινος, αὐτὸς διδοὺς πᾶσιν ζωὴν καὶ πνοὴν {RP P1904 S1550: κατὰ} [E1624 S1894: καὶ τὰ] πάντα· nor is he served by human hands as if he lacked anything, but he himself gives life and breath {RP P1904 S1550: in all respects} [E1624 S1894: and everything] to all. κατὰ, in respect of; according to, RP P1904 S1550 F1859=12/13 vs. καὶ τὰ, and the, E1624 S1894 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's p, which joins this with the next verse).
as if: suggestive-unreal use (compare conditional use) of the participle.
Acts 17:26 ἐποίησέν τε ἐξ ἑνὸς αἵματος πᾶν ἔθνος ἀνθρώπων, κατοικεῖν ἐπὶ πᾶν τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς, ὁρίσας {RP P1904: προστεταγμένους} [TR: προτεταγμένους] καιροὺς καὶ τὰς ὁροθεσίας τῆς κατοικίας αὐτῶν· And he made every nation of men from one blood, so as to dwell on all the surface of the earth, and he set {RP P1904: appointed} [TR: pre-arranged] times and the borders of their territory, προστεταγμένους, appointed, RP P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. προτεταγμένους, pre-arranged, TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's abfk).
We remark that blood, absent in NA26, scores as follows: αἵματος, blood: present in RP P1904 TR F1859=11/13 vs. absent in F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ep).
Acts 17:27 ζητεῖν τὸν κύριον, εἰ ἄρα γε ψηλαφήσειαν αὐτὸν καὶ εὕροιεν, {RP P1904: καί γε} [TR: καίτοιγε] οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ὑπάρχοντα. so that they should seek the Lord, to see if they might possibly feel their way to him and find him, {RP P1904: and at any rate} [TR: and yet] he is not far from any one of us. καί γε, and at any rate, RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. καίτοιγε, and yet, TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's a).
possibly: this comes from ἄρα γε.
any ← each, the change being occasioned by the negative.
Acts 17:28 Ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ ζῶμεν καὶ κινούμεθα καί ἐσμεν· ὡς καί τινες τῶν καθ' ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν εἰρήκασιν, Τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν. For in him we live and move and exist, as also some of your poets have said, ‘For we too are his kindred.’ of your poets ← of the poets with you.
kindred ← race.
Acts 17:29 Γένος οὖν ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐκ ὀφείλομεν νομίζειν χρυσῷ ἢ ἀργύρῳ ἢ λίθῳ, χαράγματι τέχνης καὶ ἐνθυμήσεως ἀνθρώπου, τὸ θεῖον εἶναι ὅμοιον. So since we are the kindred of God, we should not think the divine essence is like gold or silver or stone or a sculpture from the craftsmanship and the ponderings of man. since: causal use of the participle.
kindred ← race.
from ← of.
ponderings ← pondering.
Acts 17:30 Τοὺς μὲν οὖν χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας ὑπεριδὼν ὁ θεός, τὰ νῦν παραγγέλλει τοῖς ἀνθρώποις πᾶσιν πανταχοῦ μετανοεῖν· And so although God turned a blind eye throughout the times of ignorance, in these times he commands all men everywhere to repent. although: concessive use of the participle.
in these times ← (in respect of) the now (times).
Acts 17:31 διότι ἔστησεν ἡμέραν, ἐν ᾗ μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὥρισεν, πίστιν παρασχὼν πᾶσιν, ἀναστήσας αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν. For he has appointed a day on which he is going to judge the world in righteousness, through a man whom he has appointed, having provided assurance to all by resurrecting him from the dead.” assurance ← faith.
by resurrecting: gerundial use of the participle.
Acts 17:32 Ἀκούσαντες δὲ ἀνάστασιν νεκρῶν, οἱ μὲν ἐχλεύαζον· οἱ δὲ εἶπον, Ἀκουσόμεθά σου πάλιν περὶ τούτου. And when they heard “resurrection of the dead”, some scoffed, but some said, “We will hear you again on this matter.”
Acts 17:33 Καὶ οὕτως ὁ Παῦλος ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν. And so Paul departed from their company. company ← midst.
Acts 17:34 Τινὲς δὲ ἄνδρες κολληθέντες αὐτῷ, ἐπίστευσαν· ἐν οἷς καὶ Διονύσιος ὁ Ἀρεοπαγίτης, καὶ γυνὴ ὀνόματι Δάμαρις, καὶ ἕτεροι σὺν αὐτοῖς. But some men stuck with him and believed, among whom were Dionysius the Ares Hill council member, and a woman by the name of Damaris and others with them. Dionysius ... and a woman ← both Dionysius ... and a woman.
Acts 18:1 Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα χωρισθεὶς ὁ Παῦλος ἐκ τῶν Ἀθηνῶν ἦλθεν εἰς Κόρινθον. After this Paul left Athens and went to Corinth. this ← these (things).
Acts 18:2 Καὶ εὑρών τινα Ἰουδαῖον ὀνόματι Ἀκύλαν, Ποντικὸν τῷ γένει, προσφάτως ἐληλυθότα ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας, καὶ Πρίσκιλλαν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, διὰ τὸ {RP-text: τεταχέναι} [RP-marg P1904 TR: διατεταχέναι] Κλαύδιον χωρίζεσθαι πάντας τοὺς Ἰουδαίους {RP TR: ἐκ} [P1904: ἀπὸ] τῆς Ῥώμης, προσῆλθεν αὐτοῖς· And he found a certain Jew by the name of Aquila, a Pontian by descent, who had just come from Italy, and Priscilla his wife (because Claudius had decreed that all the Jews must depart from Rome), and he went up to them, τεταχέναι, to have decreed (1), RP-text F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's fkm) vs. διατεταχέναι, to have decreed (2), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's bceghlo) vs. προστεταχέναι, to have decreed (3), F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ad). A disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=3:9.
ἐκ, out of, RP TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's cefhl) vs. ἀπὸ, from, P1904 F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abdgkmo). A weak disparity (#2) with RP, R=6:8.
descent ← race, but as he was of the Jewish race, the sense here is of the region of his forebears.
Acts 18:3 καὶ διὰ τὸ ὁμότεχνον εἶναι, {RP TR: ἔμενεν} [P1904: ἔμεινεν] παρ' αὐτοῖς καὶ εἰργάζετο· ἦσαν γὰρ σκηνοποιοὶ {RP-text TR: τὴν τέχνην} [RP-marg P1904: τῇ τέχνῃ]. and since they were of the same trade, he remained with them and did some work, for they were tent-makers by trade. ἔμενεν, he was remaining, RP TR F1859=11/12 vs. ἔμεινεν, he remained, P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's m).
τὴν τέχνην, in respect of trade, RP-text TR F1859=9/12 vs. τῇ τέχνῃ, by trade, RP-marg P1904 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's cgl).
Acts 18:4 Διελέγετο δὲ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ κατὰ πᾶν σάββατον, ἔπειθέν τε Ἰουδαίους καὶ Ἕλληνας. And he was in discussion in the synagogue every Sabbath, and he tried to persuade Jews and Greeks. tried to persuade: conative imperfect.
Acts 18:5 Ὡς δὲ κατῆλθον ἀπὸ τῆς Μακεδονίας ὅ τε Σίλας καὶ ὁ Τιμόθεος, συνείχετο τῷ πνεύματι ὁ Παῦλος, διαμαρτυρόμενος τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τὸν χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν. And when both Silas and Timothy had come down from Macedonia, Paul was pressed in spirit, and he testified solemnly to the Jews that the Christ was Jesus. in spirit ← in the spirit.
the Christ was Jesus: so answering the question Who is the Christ (Messiah)? AV differs, reading that Jesus was Christ, so answering the question, Who is Jesus? We regard the sentence as ending with an understood εἶναι, to be, so the predicate, preceding this, will be the word without the article, Jesus, and the word with the article, Christ, will be the subject, by a rule also applicable to John 1:1.
Acts 18:6 Ἀντιτασσομένων δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ βλασφημούντων, ἐκτιναξάμενος τὰ ἱμάτια, εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν· καθαρὸς ἐγώ· ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πορεύσομαι. But since they took an opposing standpoint and blasphemed, he shook out his clothes and said to them, “Your blood be on your head. I am clear of responsibility. From now on I will go to the Gentiles.” since: causal use of the participle.
clear of responsibility ← clean, pure.
Paul continued to go to the synagogues first, then also to the Gentiles.
Acts 18:7 Καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν ἦλθεν εἰς οἰκίαν τινὸς ὀνόματι Ἰούστου, σεβομένου τὸν θεόν, οὗ ἡ οἰκία ἦν συνομοροῦσα τῇ συναγωγῇ. And moving on from there he went to the house of a certain man by the name of Justus, who worshipped God, whose house abutted on the synagogue. moving on: having moved on. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 18:8 Κρίσπος δὲ ὁ ἀρχισυνάγωγος ἐπίστευσεν τῷ κυρίῳ σὺν ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ· καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν Κορινθίων ἀκούοντες ἐπίστευον καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο. But Crispus the leader of the synagogue believed in the Lord with the whole of his household, and many of the Corinthians heard and believed and were baptized. heard and believed and were baptized ← hearing would believe and be baptized (present participle and the imperfect tense twice).
Acts 18:9 Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ κύριος δι' ὁράματος ἐν νυκτὶ τῷ Παύλῳ, Μὴ φοβοῦ, ἀλλὰ λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσῃς· Then the Lord said to Paul through a vision at night, “Do not be afraid, but speak out and do not be silent,
Acts 18:10 διότι ἐγώ εἰμι μετὰ σοῦ, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐπιθήσεταί σοι τοῦ κακῶσαί σε· διότι λαός ἐστίν μοι πολὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ. for I am with you and no-one will attack you so as to harm you, for I have many people in this city.” many people ← much people, so suggesting emphasis on the group rather than the individuals, a numerous people.
Acts 18:11 Ἐκάθισέν τε ἐνιαυτὸν καὶ μῆνας ἕξ, διδάσκων ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ. And he remained there for a year and six months teaching the word of God among them. remained ← sat, a Hebraism (‫יָשַׁב‬).
Acts 18:12 Γαλλίωνος δὲ ἀνθυπατεύοντος τῆς Ἀχαΐας, κατεπέστησαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τῷ Παύλῳ, καὶ ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα, But while Gallio was proconsul of Achaea, the Jews unanimously rose up against Paul and led him to the court, Achaea: or Achaia, with AV. Also in Acts 18:27 and Paul's epistles.
court: see Acts 12:21.
Acts 18:13 λέγοντες ὅτι Παρὰ τὸν νόμον οὗτος ἀναπείθει τοὺς ἀνθρώπους σέβεσθαι τὸν θεόν. saying, “This man is inciting men to worship God in a way contrary to the law.”
Acts 18:14 Μέλλοντος δὲ τοῦ Παύλου ἀνοίγειν τὸ στόμα, εἶπεν ὁ Γαλλίων πρὸς τοὺς Ἰουδαίους, Εἰ μὲν οὖν ἦν ἀδίκημά τι ἢ ῥᾳδιούργημα πονηρόν, ὦ Ἰουδαῖοι, κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν· And as Paul was about to open his mouth, Gallio said to the Jews, “Now if it had been some wrongdoing or nefarious malpractice, O Jews, I would have accepted your charge as reasonable, malpractice: or recklessness. The root sense is easy work, which could include fraud.
as reasonable ← according to word or reason.
Acts 18:15 εἰ δὲ ζήτημά ἐστιν περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου τοῦ καθ' ὑμᾶς, ὄψεσθε αὐτοί· κριτὴς γὰρ ἐγὼ τούτων οὐ βούλομαι εἶναι. but if it is a dispute about a word and names and your law, see to it yourselves. For I do not wish to be a judge of these things.”
Acts 18:16 Καὶ ἀπήλασεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος. And he dismissed them from the court. dismissed ← expelled, drove out. Quite a strong word.
Acts 18:17 Ἐπιλαβόμενοι δὲ πάντες οἱ Ἕλληνες Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον ἔτυπτον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος. Καὶ οὐδὲν τούτων τῷ Γαλλίωνι {RP: ἔμελλεν} [P1904 TR: ἔμελεν]. And all the Greeks took hold of Sosthenes the leader of the synagogue and beat him in the presence of the court. But {RP: none of these things was a matter for proceeding to Gallio} [P1904 TR: these things were not of concern to Gallio at all]. ἔμελλεν, was about to; was a scruple (1), RP F1859=8/12 (Scrivener's adefgklm) vs. ἔμελεν, was of concern, P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's bho) vs. ἤμελλεν, was about to; was a scruple (2), F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's c).
In RP: was a matter for proceeding ← was about to. Perhaps ἔμελλεν is a variant spelling of (not necessarily a scribal error for) ἔμελεν, because the usual meaning was about to does not fit well with the syntax or sense of the sentence. See textually Mark 12:14, John 12:6. However, we have attempted a translation of the ↴
Acts 18:18 Ὁ δὲ Παῦλος ἔτι προσμείνας ἡμέρας ἱκανάς, τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἀποταξάμενος, ἐξέπλει εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ Πρίσκιλλα καὶ Ἀκύλας, κειράμενος τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς· εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν. And Paul stayed on several days more, then he bade farewell to the brothers and sailed away to Syria, and with him were Priscilla and Aquila, who had had his head shaved in Cenchreae, for he had made a vow. ↳ ordinary μέλλω. The basic sense is spend future time. See μέλλω in [LS] II.1, delay, put off, hesitate, scruple, and our Rev 10:7 proceed, Acts 22:16 delay.
who had had his head shaved: or who had shaved his head.
Cenchreae: In the AV, Cenchrea. In Wikipedia, Cenchreae.
had made ← was having.
Acts 18:19 Κατήντησεν δὲ εἰς Ἔφεσον, {RP-text: καὶ ἐκείνους} [RP-marg P1904 TR: κἀκείνους] κατέλιπεν αὐτοῦ· αὐτὸς δὲ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν διελέχθη τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις. And he reached Ephesus and left those there, while he himself went to the synagogue and had a discussion with the Jews. καὶ ἐκείνους, and those (without crasis), RP-text F1859=8/12 (Scrivener's bdefglmo) vs. κἀκείνους, and those (with crasis), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's ach) vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's k).
Acts 18:20 Ἐρωτώντων δὲ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον μεῖναι παρ' αὐτοῖς, οὐκ ἐπένευσεν· But when they asked him to stay with them longer, he did not assent, longer ← for more time.
assent ← nod assent.
Acts 18:21 {RP TR: ἀλλ'} [P1904: ἀλλὰ] ἀπετάξατο αὐτοῖς εἰπών, Δεῖ με πάντως τὴν ἑορτὴν τὴν ἐρχομένην ποιῆσαι εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα· πάλιν δὲ ἀνακάμψω πρὸς ὑμᾶς, τοῦ θεοῦ θέλοντος. {RP: Ἀνήχθη} [P1904 TR: Καὶ ἀνήχθη] ἀπὸ τῆς Ἐφέσου, but he took his leave of them and said, “I must by all means keep the coming festival in Jerusalem, but I will come back to you again, God willing.” {RP: And} [P1904 TR: And] he set sail from Ephesus. ἀλλ', but (apocopated), RP TR F1859=4/10 (Scrivener's aehm) vs. ἀλλὰ, but (unapocopated), P1904 F1859=6/10 (Scrivener's bcfgko). A weak disparity (#1) with RP, R=5:7.
καὶ, and: absent in RP F1859=1/10 (Scrivener's a) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=9/10 (Scrivener's bcefghkmo). A strong disparity (#2) with RP, R=1:11.
again: interestingly, English accepts this pleonasm of πάλιν here (unlike the usage in Mark 12:4, John 4:54).
Acts 18:22 καὶ κατελθὼν εἰς Καισάρειαν, ἀναβὰς καὶ ἀσπασάμενος τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, κατέβη εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν. And he landed at Caesarea, and he went up and greeted the church, and he came down to Antioch. went up: an expression suggesting to Jerusalem. Compare e.g. Matt 20:17, Mark 10:32, Mark 15:41, Luke 2:42, Luke 18:31, Luke 19:28, John 2:13, John 5:1, John 11:55, Acts 11:2, Acts 13:31.
church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 18:23 Καὶ ποιήσας χρόνον τινὰ ἐξῆλθεν, διερχόμενος καθεξῆς τὴν Γαλατικὴν χώραν καὶ Φρυγίαν, ἐπιστηρίζων πάντας τοὺς μαθητάς. And he spent some time there, then he departed and crossed through, in sequence, the Galatian region and Phrygia, invigorating all the disciples.
Acts 18:24 Ἰουδαῖος δέ τις Ἀπολλὼς ὀνόματι, Ἀλεξανδρεὺς τῷ γένει, ἀνὴρ λόγιος, κατήντησεν εἰς Ἔφεσον, δυνατὸς ὢν ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς. And a certain Jew by the name of Apollos, an Alexandrian by descent, an erudite man, being masterful in the scriptures, came down to Ephesus. descent ← race. See Acts 18:2.
masterful ← powerful.
Acts 18:25 Οὗτος ἦν κατηχημένος τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ ζέων τῷ πνεύματι ἐλάλει καὶ ἐδίδασκεν ἀκριβῶς τὰ περὶ τοῦ κυρίου, ἐπιστάμενος μόνον τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου· He had been taught the way of the Lord verbally, and being fervent in the spirit, he spoke and taught the matters concerning the Lord accurately, although he only knew the baptism of John. although: concessive use of the participle.
Acts 18:26 οὗτός τε ἤρξατο παρρησιάζεσθαι ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ. Ἀκούσαντες δὲ αὐτοῦ Ἀκύλας καὶ Πρίσκιλλα, προσελάβοντο αὐτόν, καὶ ἀκριβέστερον αὐτῷ ἐξέθεντο τὴν {RP TR: τοῦ θεοῦ ὁδόν} [P1904: ὁδὸν τοῦ θεοῦ]. And he began to speak boldly in the synagogue. And when Aquila and Priscilla heard him, they took him aside and explained the way of God to him more accurately. τοῦ θεοῦ ὁδόν, of God + way, RP TR F1859=5/10 (Scrivener's befho) vs. ὁδὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, way + of God, P1904 F1859=3/10 (Scrivener's ckm) vs. other readings, F1859=2/10 (Scrivener's ag).
he ← this (man).
aside ← to (themselves).
Acts 18:27 Βουλομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ διελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Ἀχαΐαν, προτρεψάμενοι οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἔγραψαν τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἀποδέξασθαι αὐτόν· ὃς παραγενόμενος συνεβάλετο πολὺ τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος· And as he wished to cross over to Achaea, the brothers urged him on and wrote to the disciples to receive him. And when he arrived, he contributed much to those who had believed, through grace. him: referring to Apollos, but it is possible that the inferred object of προτρεψάμενοι is to be referred to the disciples, requiring re-casting the sentence, as in the AV (so AV differs). The case for him is as follows. (1) Although the sentence begins with a genitive absolute where classical Greek would have a concordant participle in the accusative, the genitive absolute is frequently used non-absolutely in the NT, e.g. Matt 1:18. (2) The sense urge on best fits the existing enthusiasm of Apollos. (3) [CB] regards ↴
Acts 18:28 εὐτόνως γὰρ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ, ἐπιδεικνὺς διὰ τῶν γραφῶν εἶναι τὸν χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν. For he vigorously and thoroughly refuted the Jews, publicly demonstrating through the scriptures that the Christ was Jesus. ↳ the word order as favouring this sense. We would argue that the object of προτρεψάμενοι, not being explicit, is likely, on stylistic rather than grammatical grounds, to have already been mentioned.
Punctuation: we translate for a comma following διακατηλέγχετο; RP TBS-TR punctuate for refuting publicly.
thoroughly: from the prefix διακατα- in the verb.
the Christ was Jesus: see Acts 18:5.
Acts 19:1 Ἐγένετο δέ, ἐν τῷ τὸν Ἀπολλὼ εἶναι ἐν Κορίνθῳ, Παῦλον διελθόντα τὰ ἀνωτερικὰ μέρη ἐλθεῖν εἰς Ἔφεσον· καὶ {RP TR: εὑρών τινας μαθητὰς} [P1904: εὑρὼν μαθητάς τινας] And it came to pass while Apollos was in Corinth that Paul crossed through the upper regions and came to Ephesus, and he found some disciples, τινας μαθητὰς, some + disciples, RP TR F1859=10/10 vs. μαθητάς τινας, disciples + some, P1904 F1859=0/10.
Acts 19:2 εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Εἰ πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐλάβετε πιστεύσαντες; Οἱ δὲ εἶπον πρὸς αὐτόν, Ἀλλ' οὐδὲ εἰ πνεῦμα ἅγιόν ἐστιν, ἠκούσαμεν. and he asked them, “Did you receive holy spirit when you believed?” And they said to him, “No, we have not even heard whether holy spirit exists.” exists: according to classical accentuation rules, when the sense is exists, the accentuation should be ἅγιον ἔστιν, but none of RP, P1904, TBS-TR accent that way. An accentuation divergence from RP (and others).
asked them ← said to them.
no ← but.
Acts 19:3 Εἶπέν τε πρὸς αὐτούς, Εἰς τί οὖν ἐβαπτίσθητε; Οἱ δὲ εἶπον, Εἰς τὸ Ἰωάννου βάπτισμα. And he asked them, “With what were you baptized, then?” And they said, “With the baptism of John.” asked them ← said to them.
with (2x) ← into.
Acts 19:4 Εἶπεν δὲ Παῦλος, Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν βάπτισμα μετανοίας, τῷ λαῷ λέγων εἰς τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετ' αὐτὸν ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν, τοῦτ' ἔστιν, εἰς τὸν {RP TR: χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν} [P1904: Ἰησοῦν χριστόν]. Then Paul said, “John baptized with the baptism of repentance, telling the people to believe in the one coming after him, that is in {RP TR: Christ Jesus} [P1904: Jesus Christ].” χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, Christ + Jesus, RP TR F1859=10/10 vs. Ἰησοῦν χριστόν, Jesus + Christ, P1904 F1859=0/10.
Acts 19:5 Ἀκούσαντες δὲ ἐβαπτίσθησαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ. And when they heard this, they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus.
Acts 19:6 Καὶ ἐπιθέντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ Παύλου τὰς χεῖρας, ἦλθεν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἐπ' αὐτούς, ἐλάλουν τε γλώσσαις καὶ προεφήτευον. Then when Paul laid his hands on them, the holy spirit came on them, and they spoke in tongues and prophesied. spoke ... prophesied ← were speaking ... were prophesying.
Acts 19:7 Ἦσαν δὲ οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ δεκαδύο. And there were about twelve of these men in total. these ← the.
in total ← all.
Acts 19:8 Εἰσελθὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν ἐπαρρησιάζετο, ἐπὶ μῆνας τρεῖς διαλεγόμενος καὶ πείθων τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ. And he went to the synagogue and spoke boldly for three months, discussing and persuading them of matters concerning the kingdom of God. P1904 punctuates so as to associate for three months with spoke boldly; we, with RP TBS-TR associate it with discussing and persuading.
Acts 19:9 Ὡς δέ τινες ἐσκληρύνοντο καὶ ἠπείθουν, κακολογοῦντες τὴν ὁδὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ πλήθους, ἀποστὰς ἀπ' αὐτῶν ἀφώρισεν τοὺς μαθητάς, καθ' ἡμέραν διαλεγόμενος ἐν τῇ σχολῇ Τυράννου τινός. But when some became hardened and disbelieved, and when they denigrated “the way” in the presence of the community, he withdrew from them and separated the disciples from them, holding discussions daily in the lecture room of a certain Tyrannus. community ← multitude.
Acts 19:10 Τοῦτο δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ ἔτη δύο, ὥστε πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν Ἀσίαν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας. This took place for two years, resulting in all those living in Asia hearing the word of the Lord Jesus – both Jews and Greeks.
Acts 19:11 Δυνάμεις τε οὐ τὰς τυχούσας ἐποίει ὁ θεὸς διὰ τῶν χειρῶν Παύλου, And God performed deeds of power of no ordinary sort through the hands of Paul, no ordinary sort ← not having happened by chance.
Acts 19:12 ὥστε καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ἐπιφέρεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια, καὶ ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἀπ' αὐτῶν τὰς νόσους, τά τε πνεύματα τὰ πονηρὰ ἐξέρχεσθαι ἀπ' αὐτῶν. so that even sweat-bands or gowns which had been in contact with him were brought and put on the sick, and the diseases were removed from them, and evil spirits came out of them. which had been in contact with him ← from his skin.
Acts 19:13 Ἐπεχείρησαν δέ τινες ἀπὸ τῶν περιερχομένων Ἰουδαίων ἐξορκιστῶν ὀνομάζειν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἔχοντας τὰ πνεύματα τὰ πονηρὰ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, λέγοντες, Ὁρκίζομεν ὑμᾶς τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὃν ὁ Παῦλος κηρύσσει. Then some of the roaming Jewish exorcists took it in hand to name the name of the Lord Jesus over those possessed by the evil spirits, and they said, “We adjure you by Jesus, whom Paul proclaims.” possessed by ← having.
Acts 19:14 Ἦσαν δέ τινες υἱοὶ Σκευᾶ Ἰουδαίου ἀρχιερέως ἑπτὰ οἱ τοῦτο ποιοῦντες. And there were a certain seven sons of Sceva, a senior Jewish priest, doing this.
Acts 19:15 Ἀποκριθὲν δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρὸν εἶπεν, Τὸν Ἰησοῦν γινώσκω, καὶ τὸν Παῦλον ἐπίσταμαι· ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνες ἐστέ; And the evil spirit answered and said, “I know Jesus, and I am well acquainted with Paul, but as for you, who are you?” you (2x): plural.
Acts 19:16 Καὶ ἐφαλλόμενος ἐπ' αὐτοὺς ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐν ᾧ ἦν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρόν, καὶ {RP: κατακυριεῦσαν} [P1904 TR: κατακυριεύσας] αὐτῶν, ἴσχυσεν κατ' αὐτῶν, ὥστε γυμνοὺς καὶ τετραυματισμένους ἐκφυγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου ἐκείνου. And the man in whom the evil spirit was leapt on them and overpowered them, and he prevailed over them, with the result that they only escaped from that house naked and wounded. κατακυριεῦσαν, having overpowered (neuter), RP F1859=6/11 (Scrivener's dfghkm) vs. κατακυριεύσας, having overpowered (masculine), P1904 TR F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's bceo) vs. another reading, F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's a). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=6:6.
Acts 19:17 Τοῦτο δὲ ἐγένετο γνωστὸν πᾶσιν Ἰουδαίοις τε καὶ Ἕλλησιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν τὴν Ἔφεσον, καὶ ἐπέπεσεν φόβος ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς, καὶ ἐμεγαλύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ. And this became known to all the Jews and Greeks who were living in Ephesus, and a fear fell on them all, and the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified.
Acts 19:18 Πολλοί τε τῶν πεπιστευκότων ἤρχοντο, ἐξομολογούμενοι, καὶ ἀναγγέλλοντες τὰς πράξεις αὐτῶν. And many of those who had believed came confessing and admitting their practices. admitting ← reporting.
Acts 19:19 Ἱκανοὶ δὲ τῶν τὰ περίεργα πραξάντων συνενέγκαντες τὰς βίβλους κατέκαιον ἐνώπιον πάντων· καὶ συνεψήφισαν τὰς τιμὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ εὗρον ἀργυρίου μυριάδας πέντε. And a considerable number of those who had engaged in superstitious practices collected their books and burned them up in the presence of everyone, and they added up the value of them and found that it came to fifty thousand pieces of silver. superstitious practices: or magic.
Acts 19:20 Οὕτως κατὰ κράτος ὁ λόγος τοῦ κυρίου ηὔξανεν καὶ ἴσχυεν. In this way the word of the Lord increased strongly and prevailed. Lord: AV differs, reading God, but none of our editions reads God, and of Scrivener's manuscripts collated, only one, k, reads God.
Acts 19:21 Ὡς δὲ ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα, ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πνεύματι, διελθὼν τὴν Μακεδονίαν καὶ Ἀχαΐαν, πορεύεσθαι εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, εἰπὼν ὅτι Μετὰ τὸ γενέσθαι με ἐκεῖ, δεῖ με καὶ Ῥώμην ἰδεῖν. And when these things had been completed, Paul resolved that, after he had gone across Macedonia and Achaea, he would go to Jerusalem, and he said, “After I arrive there, I must also see Rome.” resolved ← put for himself in the spirit, so laid to heart. Middle voice.
Acts 19:22 Ἀποστείλας δὲ εἰς τὴν Μακεδονίαν δύο τῶν διακονούντων αὐτῷ, Τιμόθεον καὶ Ἔραστον, αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν χρόνον εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν. Then he sent two of those who were assisting him, Timothy and Erastus, to Macedonia, but he himself stayed on for a while in Asia. in Asia ← to Asia. Pregnant usage.
Acts 19:23 Ἐγένετο δὲ κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν ἐκεῖνον τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ. And a not insignificant disturbance took place at about that time concerning “the way”. insignificant ← little.
about: see Acts 12:1.
Acts 19:24 Δημήτριος γάρ τις ὀνόματι, ἀργυροκόπος, ποιῶν ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς Ἀρτέμιδος, παρείχετο τοῖς τεχνίταις ἐργασίαν οὐκ ὀλίγην· For a certain Demetrius by name, a silversmith, who made silver shrines to Artemis, provided the craftsmen with no small amount of work, to ← of.
Artemis: the Roman goddess Diana.
Acts 19:25 οὓς συναθροίσας, καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργάτας, εἶπεν, Ἄνδρες, ἐπίστασθε ὅτι ἐκ ταύτης τῆς ἐργασίας ἡ εὐπορία ἡμῶν ἐστιν. and he gathered them together, including the workmen connected with such things, and he said, “Men, you understand that our prosperity comes from this trade. comes ← is.
Acts 19:26 Καὶ θεωρεῖτε καὶ ἀκούετε ὅτι οὐ μόνον Ἐφέσου, ἀλλὰ σχεδὸν πάσης τῆς Ἀσίας, ὁ Παῦλος οὗτος πείσας μετέστησεν ἱκανὸν ὄχλον, λέγων ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοὶ οἱ διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι. And you see and hear that not only in Ephesus, but in almost all Asia, this Paul has persuaded a considerable number of people and caused them to change their position, saying that there are no gods made by hands. number of people ← crowd.
made ← being made.
Acts 19:27 Οὐ μόνον δὲ τοῦτο κινδυνεύει ἡμῖν τὸ μέρος εἰς ἀπελεγμὸν ἐλθεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς {RP-text: ἱερὸν Ἀρτέμιδος} [RP-marg P1904 TR: Ἀρτέμιδος ἱερὸν] εἰς {RP P1904: οὐθὲν} [TR: οὐδὲν] λογισθῆναι, μέλλειν {RP S1550: δὲ} [P1904 E1624 S1894: τε] καὶ καθαιρεῖσθαι τὴν μεγαλειότητα αὐτῆς, ἣν ὅλη ἡ Ἀσία καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη σέβεται. And not only is this line of business of ours in danger of coming into disrepute, but also the temple of the great goddess Artemis is in danger of being considered worthless, and also her magnificence of being destroyed – Artemis whom the whole of Asia and the world worships.” ἱερὸν Ἀρτέμιδος, temple + of Artemis, RP-text F1859=5/11 (Scrivener's befgo, e misspelled) vs. Ἀρτέμιδος ἱερὸν, of Artemis + temple, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=6/11 (Scrivener's acdhkm). A disparity (#1) with RP-text, R=5:8.
οὐθὲν, nothing (1), RP P1904 F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's df) vs. οὐδὲν, nothing (2), TR F1859=9/11 (Scrivener's abceghkmo). A strong disparity (#2) with RP, R=2:11.
δὲ, and / but, RP S1550 F1859=8/11 vs. τε, and; both, P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's c) vs. word absent, F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's ae).
of ours: or to us, i.e. to our detriment (dative of disadvantage).
Artemis: see Acts 19:24.
worthless ← nothing.
Acts 19:28 Ἀκούσαντες δὲ καὶ γενόμενοι πλήρεις θυμοῦ, ἔκραζον λέγοντες, Μεγάλη ἡ Ἄρτεμις Ἐφεσίων. When they heard this, they became full of anger and shouted, saying, “Great is Artemis of the Ephesians!”
Acts 19:29 Καὶ ἐπλήσθη ἡ πόλις ὅλη {RP P1904: τῆς} [TR: - ] συγχύσεως· ὥρμησάν τε ὁμοθυμαδὸν εἰς τὸ θέατρον, συναρπάσαντες Γάϊον καὶ Ἀρίσταρχον Μακεδόνας, συνεκδήμους {RP P1904: - } [TR: τοῦ] Παύλου. And the whole city was filled with confusion, and they rushed with one mind to the theatre, and they rounded up Gaius and Aristarchus, Macedonians, travelling companions of Paul. τῆς, (of, with) the (confusion): present in RP P1904 F1859=9/11 vs. absent in TR F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's ek).
τοῦ, (of) the (Paul): absent in RP P1904 F1859=10/11 vs. present in TR F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's e).
Acts 19:30 Τοῦ δὲ Παύλου βουλομένου εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸν δῆμον, οὐκ εἴων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταί. And whereas Paul wanted to go to the people at large, the disciples did not allow him. the people at large: or the legislative assembly, but this word (δῆμος), is not the word used for the legislative assembly in Acts 19:32, Acts 19:39, Acts 19:41 (ἐκκλησία), and the δῆμος of Acts 19:33 is hardly a formal institution.
Acts 19:31 Τινὲς δὲ καὶ τῶν Ἀσιαρχῶν, ὄντες αὐτῷ φίλοι, πέμψαντες πρὸς αὐτόν, παρεκάλουν μὴ δοῦναι ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὸ θέατρον. And also some of the rulers of Asia, since they were friendly towards him, sent messengers to him, and they exhorted him not to venture into the theatre. since: causal use of the participle.
venture ← give himself.
Acts 19:32 Ἄλλοι μὲν οὖν ἄλλο τι ἔκραζον· ἦν γὰρ ἡ ἐκκλησία συγκεχυμένη, καὶ οἱ πλείους οὐκ ᾔδεισαν τίνος ἕνεκεν συνεληλύθεισαν. So some were shouting one thing, and some another. For the legislative assembly was in confusion, and most did not know on account of what they had gathered together. legislative assembly: in the NT the word is usually the called-out believers, the church (see Matt 16:18), but here it has its classical meaning of the legislative assembly. See also Acts 19:39.
Acts 19:33 Ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ὄχλου προεβίβασαν Ἀλέξανδρον, {RP S1550: προβαλόντων} [P1904 E1624 S1894: προβαλλόντων] αὐτὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων. Ὁ δὲ Ἀλέξανδρος, κατασείσας τὴν χεῖρα, ἤθελεν ἀπολογεῖσθαι τῷ δήμῳ. And they put Alexander forward from the crowd, the Jews {RP S1550: having proposed} [P1904 E1624 S1894: proposing] him. And Alexander motioned with his hand for quiet and wished to speak in defence to the people, προβαλόντων, they having proposed, RP S1550 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's b**c(tacite)e(tacite)gmo) vs. προβαλλόντων, they proposing, P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's ab*dfhk). A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
Acts 19:34 {RP P1904: Ἐπιγνόντες} [TR: Ἐπιγνόντων] δὲ ὅτι Ἰουδαῖός ἐστιν, φωνὴ ἐγένετο μία ἐκ πάντων ὡς ἐπὶ ὥρας δύο κραζόντων, Μεγάλη ἡ Ἄρτεμις Ἐφεσίων. but when they realized he was a Jew, there arose one call from all of them, and they shouted for about two hours, “Great is Artemis of the Ephesians.” ἐπιγνόντες, having recognized (pendent nominative, not resumed), RP P1904 F1859=8/11 vs. ἐπιγνόντων, having recognized (genitive absolute, without pronoun, rather than concordant with a distant genitive), TR F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's abo).
Artemis: see Acts 19:24.
Acts 19:35 Καταστείλας δὲ ὁ γραμματεὺς τὸν ὄχλον φησίν, Ἄνδρες Ἐφέσιοι, τίς γάρ ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος ὃς οὐ γινώσκει τὴν Ἐφεσίων πόλιν νεωκόρον οὖσαν τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς Ἀρτέμιδος καὶ τοῦ Διοπετοῦς; Then the town clerk restrained the crowd and said, “Men of Ephesus, after all, what man is there who does not know that the city of the Ephesians is the custodian of the temple of the great goddess Artemis, and of the image of Zeus fallen from above. town clerk: same word as scribe in Matt 2:4 etc.
custodian of the temple: AV differs somewhat (worshippers).
Artemis: see Acts 19:24.
Zeus: AV= Jupiter, the Roman name.
Acts 19:36 Ἀναντιρρήτων οὖν ὄντων τούτων, δέον ἐστὶν ὑμᾶς κατεσταλμένους ὑπάρχειν, καὶ μηδὲν προπετὲς {RP P1904: πράσσειν} [TR: πράττειν]. So since these things are irrefutable, you must exercise restraint and not do anything rash. πράσσειν, to do (1), RP P1904 F1859=10/11 vs. πράττειν, to do (2), TR F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's m).
since: causal use of the participle.
exercise restraint ← exist having been restrained.
Acts 19:37 Ἠγάγετε γὰρ τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους, οὔτε ἱεροσύλους οὔτε βλασφημοῦντας τὴν {RP: θεὸν} [P1904 TR: θεὰν] ὑμῶν. For you have brought these men here, but they are not temple plunderers or blasphemers of your goddess. θεὸν, god, RP F1859=8/12 vs. θεὰν, goddess, P1904 TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's ab*co). The definite article shows the sense is goddess in either case.
Acts 19:38 Εἰ μὲν οὖν Δημήτριος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ τεχνῖται {RP P1904: ἔχουσιν πρός τινα λόγον} [TR: πρός τινα λόγον ἔχουσιν], ἀγοραῖοι ἄγονται, καὶ ἀνθύπατοί εἰσιν· ἐγκαλείτωσαν ἀλλήλοις. So then, if Demetrius and the craftsmen with him have a charge against anyone, the courts are functional and there are proconsuls available – let them charge one another. ἔχουσιν πρός τινα λόγον, they have + against anyone a charge, RP P1904 F1859=11/11 vs. πρός τινα λόγον ἔχουσιν, against anyone a charge + they have, TR F1859=0/11.
charge ← word.
are functional ← are being conducted.
Acts 19:39 Εἰ δέ τι περὶ ἑτέρων ἐπιζητεῖτε, ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐπιλυθήσεται. But if you are seeking something relating to other matters, it will be settled in the legislative assembly. legislative assembly: see Acts 19:32, but here with an explicit word for legislative.
Acts 19:40 Καὶ γὰρ κινδυνεύομεν ἐγκαλεῖσθαι στάσεως περὶ τῆς σήμερον, μηδενὸς αἰτίου ὑπάρχοντος περὶ οὗ {RP: οὐ} [P1904 TR: - ] δυνησόμεθα {RP-text: δοῦναι} [RP-marg P1904 TR: ἀποδοῦναι] λόγον τῆς συστροφῆς ταύτης. For we are also in danger of being charged for today's rioting, {RP TR: although} [P1904: while] there is no cause concerning which we will {RP: not} [P1904 TR: - ] be able to give an account of this rally.” οὐ, not: present in RP F1859=8/11 vs. absent in P1904 TR F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's adk). AV differs textually.
δοῦναι, to give, RP-text F1859=5/11 (Scrivener's bdego) vs. ἀποδοῦναι, to give in return, render, report, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=6/11 (Scrivener's acfhkm). A disparity with RP-text, R=5:8.
{RP TR: although: concessive} [P1904: while: contrastive] use of the participle.
Acts 19:41 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπών, ἀπέλυσεν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. And when he had said these things, he dismissed the legislative assembly. legislative assembly: see Acts 19:32.
Acts 20:1 Μετὰ δὲ τὸ παύσασθαι τὸν θόρυβον, προσκαλεσάμενος ὁ Παῦλος τοὺς μαθητάς, καὶ ἀσπασάμενος, ἐξῆλθεν πορευθῆναι εἰς {RP TR: τὴν} [P1904: - ] Μακεδονίαν. And after the uproar had ceased, Paul called for the disciples, and when he had wished them well, he departed to go to Macedonia. τὴν, the (Macedonia): present in RP TR F1859=5/11 (Scrivener's defgh) vs. absent in P1904 F1859=6/11 (Scrivener's abckmo). A weak disparity with RP, R=6:7.
wished them well ← greeted, but also used for saying goodbye.
Acts 20:2 Διελθὼν δὲ τὰ μέρη ἐκεῖνα, καὶ παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς λόγῳ πολλῷ, ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα. And when he had crossed through those parts and encouraged them with many a word, he went to Greece.
Acts 20:3 Ποιήσας τε μῆνας τρεῖς, γενομένης αὐτῷ ἐπιβουλῆς ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων μέλλοντι ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, ἐγένετο γνώμη τοῦ ὑποστρέφειν διὰ Μακεδονίας. And after spending three months there, when a plot was hatched by the Jews against him when he was about to set sail for Syria, he decided to return through Macedonia. was hatched ← came into being.
he decided ← the opinion came about.
Acts 20:4 Συνείπετο δὲ αὐτῷ ἄχρι τῆς Ἀσίας Σώπατρος Βεροιαῖος· Θεσσαλονικέων δέ, Ἀρίσταρχος καὶ Σεκοῦνδος, καὶ Γάϊος Δερβαῖος, καὶ Τιμόθεος· Ἀσιανοὶ δέ, Τυχικὸς καὶ Τρόφιμος. And Sopater, a Berean, accompanied him as far as Asia, as did Aristarchus and Secundus of the Thessalonians, and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy, and the Asians Tychicus and Trophimus. Sopater ← Sopatros, this being the nominative of the name itself, but as the sense is saviour of the father, the English name is traditionally adjusted to the nominative of father, giving Sopater.
Acts 20:5 Οὗτοι {RP: προσελθόντες} [P1904 TR: προελθόντες] ἔμενον ἡμᾶς ἐν Τρῳάδι. These {RP: proceeded to,} [P1904 TR: went on ahead] and waited {RP: for,} [P1904 TR: for] us in Troas. προσελθόντες, having approached, gone there, RP F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's fgkm) vs. προελθόντες, having gone on ahead, P1904 TR F1859=7/11 (Scrivener's abcdeho). A disparity with RP, R=4:9. Compare Acts 20:13.
Acts 20:6 Ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐξεπλεύσαμεν μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν ἀζύμων ἀπὸ Φιλίππων, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Τρῳάδα ἄχρι ἡμερῶν πέντε, οὗ διετρίψαμεν ἡμέρας ἑπτά. And after the days of the unleavened bread, we sailed away from Philippi and came to them in Troas in five days, where we spent seven days.
Acts 20:7 Ἐν δὲ τῇ μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων, συνηγμένων τῶν μαθητῶν {RP P1904: - } [TR: τοῦ] κλάσαι ἄρτον, ὁ Παῦλος διελέγετο αὐτοῖς, μέλλων ἐξιέναι τῇ ἐπαύριον, παρέτεινέν τε τὸν λόγον μέχρι μεσονυκτίου. And on the first of the Sabbaths when the disciples had gathered together to break bread, Paul held a discussion with them, intending to depart on the next day, and he prolonged the discussion up to midnight. τοῦ, to (break bread) (strengthening the infinitive): absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/11 vs. present in TR F1859=0/11.
the first of the Sabbaths: AV differs (first day of the week). From [CB]: The first day for reckoning the seven Sabbaths to Pentecost. It depended upon the harvest (Deut 16:9) and was always on the morrow of the weekly Sabbath when the wave sheaf was presented (Lev 23:15). In John 20:1, this was the fourth day after the crucifixion, “the Lord's Passover.”
discussion ← word.
Acts 20:8 Ἦσαν δὲ λαμπάδες ἱκαναὶ ἐν τῷ ὑπερῴῳ οὗ {RP P1904: ἦμεν} [TR: ἦσαν] συνηγμένοι. And there was a considerable number of lamps in the upper room where {RP P1904: we} [TR: they] were gathered. ἦμεν, we were, RP P1904 F1859=9/11 vs. ἦσαν, they were, TR F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's ck). AV differs textually.
Acts 20:9 Καθήμενος δέ τις νεανίας ὀνόματι Εὔτυχος ἐπὶ τῆς θυρίδος, καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ, διαλεγομένου τοῦ Παύλου ἐπὶ πλεῖον, κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου ἔπεσεν ἀπὸ τοῦ τριστέγου κάτω, καὶ ἤρθη νεκρός. Now a certain young man by the name of Eutychus was sitting at the window, and he was weighed down by deep sleepiness, while Paul was all the more engaged in discussion, and when he was finally overcome by the sleepiness, he fell down from the third storey and was taken up dead.
Acts 20:10 Καταβὰς δὲ ὁ Παῦλος ἐπέπεσεν αὐτῷ, καὶ συμπεριλαβὼν εἶπεν, Μὴ θορυβεῖσθε· ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐστιν. But Paul went down and fell on him and embraced him and said, “Do not be alarmed, for his life is in him.” life ← soul.
Acts 20:11 Ἀναβὰς δὲ καὶ κλάσας ἄρτον καὶ γευσάμενος, ἐφ' ἱκανόν τε ὁμιλήσας ἄχρι αὐγῆς, οὕτως ἐξῆλθεν. And he went upstairs and broke bread, and he had a taste of it, and he talked for a long time – until daybreak – and then he departed. long ← sufficient.
then ← thus.
Acts 20:12 Ἤγαγον δὲ τὸν παῖδα ζῶντα, καὶ παρεκλήθησαν οὐ μετρίως. And they brought the boy in alive, and they were comforted in no small measure. small ← moderate.
Acts 20:13 Ἡμεῖς δέ, {RP: προσελθόντες} [P1904 TR: προελθόντες] ἐπὶ τὸ πλοῖον, ἀνήχθημεν εἰς τὴν Ἄσσον, ἐκεῖθεν μέλλοντες ἀναλαμβάνειν τὸν Παῦλον· οὕτως γὰρ ἦν διατεταγμένος, μέλλων αὐτὸς πεζεύειν. And we {RP: arrived and went} [P1904 TR: went on ahead] on board the ship and set sail to Assos, and from there we planned to take Paul on board, for that is how he had made arrangements, he himself having the intention to go there on foot. προσελθόντες, having approached, gone there, RP F1859=7/11 (Scrivener's efghkmo) vs. προελθόντες, having gone on ahead, P1904 TR F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's abd) vs. another reading, F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's c). Compare Acts 20:5.
that is how he had made arrangements ← thus he had made arrangements for himself (middle voice).
Acts 20:14 Ὡς δὲ συνέβαλεν ἡμῖν εἰς τὴν Ἄσσον, ἀναλαβόντες αὐτὸν ἤλθομεν εἰς Μιτυλήνην. And when he met us in Assos, we took him on board, and we went to Mitylene.
Acts 20:15 Κἀκεῖθεν ἀποπλεύσαντες, τῇ ἐπιούσῃ κατηντήσαμεν ἀντικρὺ Χίου· τῇ δὲ ἑτέρᾳ παρεβάλομεν εἰς Σάμον· καὶ μείναντες ἐν {RP TR: Τρωγυλλίῳ} [P1904: Τρωγυλίῳ], τῇ ἐχομένῃ ἤλθομεν εἰς Μίλητον. And from there on the next day we sailed off and skirted round Chios, and on the day after we crossed over past Samos, and we stayed in Trogullium, and on the day after that we went to Miletus. Τρωγυλλίῳ, Trogullium, RP TR F1859=0/12 vs. Τρωγυλίῳ, Trogulium (but we retain the traditional English spelling our translation), P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's h) vs. Τρογυλίῳ, Trogulium, F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's cefgk) vs. other spellings, F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's b,h,l,mo) vs. phrase absent, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's a). A disparity with RP, R=1:5.
Punctuation: we associate on the next day with sailed off; RP TBS-TR AV with skirted around. So AV differs.
skirted round ← reached opposite.
past ← to.
Acts 20:16 Ἔκρινεν γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος παραπλεῦσαι τὴν Ἔφεσον, ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ· ἔσπευδεν γάρ, εἰ δυνατὸν ἦν αὐτῷ, τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς γενέσθαι εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus so that he would not end up spending time in Asia. For he was eager, if it was possible for him, to be in Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost. end up ← happen to him.
spending time: or wasting time.
in Jerusalem ← to Jerusalem. Pregnant use.
Acts 20:17 Ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Μιλήτου πέμψας εἰς Ἔφεσον μετεκαλέσατο τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας. And from Miletus he sent word to Ephesus, and he sent for the elders of the church. church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 20:18 Ὡς δὲ παρεγένοντο πρὸς αὐτόν, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε, ἀπὸ πρώτης ἡμέρας ἀφ' ἧς ἐπέβην εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν, πῶς μεθ' ὑμῶν τὸν πάντα χρόνον ἐγενόμην, And when they had come to him, he said to them, “You know from the first day on which I set foot on Asia, how I was with you all the time, set foot ← stepped.
Acts 20:19 δουλεύων τῷ κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ πολλῶν δακρύων καὶ πειρασμῶν τῶν συμβάντων μοι ἐν ταῖς ἐπιβουλαῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων· serving the Lord with all humility and many tears and trials which befell me through the plots of the Jews,
Acts 20:20 ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συμφερόντων, τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν καὶ διδάξαι ὑμᾶς δημοσίᾳ καὶ κατ' οἴκους, how I did not keep back anything profitable – not refraining from informing you and teaching you in public and from house to house, keep back: or shirk.
anything profitable ← the profitable (things).
Acts 20:21 διαμαρτυρόμενος Ἰουδαίοις τε καὶ Ἕλλησιν τὴν εἰς τὸν θεὸν μετάνοιαν, καὶ πίστιν τὴν εἰς τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν {RP: - } [P1904 TR: χριστόν]. solemnly testifying to both Jews and Greeks repentance to God and faith in our Lord Jesus {RP: - } [P1904 TR: Christ]. χριστόν, Christ: absent in RP F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's bcegh) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's adfklmo). A disparity with RP, R=5:9. AV differs textually.
Acts 20:22 Καὶ νῦν ἰδού, ἐγὼ δεδεμένος τῷ πνεύματι πορεύομαι εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά μοι μὴ εἰδώς, And now, look, I am going bound in the spirit to Jerusalem, not knowing what things will befall me there, there ← in it.
Acts 20:23 πλὴν ὅτι τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον κατὰ πόλιν διαμαρτύρεται λέγον ὅτι δεσμά με καὶ θλίψεις μένουσιν. except that the holy spirit solemnly testifies from city to city, saying that bonds and afflictions await me.
Acts 20:24 Ἀλλ' οὐδενὸς λόγον ποιοῦμαι, οὐδὲ ἔχω τὴν ψυχήν μου τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ, ὡς τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου μετὰ χαρᾶς, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, διαμαρτύρασθαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ. But I consider it a matter of no concern, nor do I hold my life dear to myself, so long as I complete my course with joy, and the ministry which I received from the Lord Jesus, to give a solemn witness of the gospel of the grace of God. life ← soul.
Acts 20:25 Καὶ νῦν ἰδού, ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ὑμεῖς πάντες, ἐν οἷς διῆλθον κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. And now, look, I know that none of you, among whom I went about proclaiming the kingdom of God, will see my face any longer, none of you ... will ← you all ... will not.
Acts 20:26 {RP-text: Διότι} [RP-marg P1904 TR: Διὸ] μαρτύρομαι ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σήμερον ἡμέρᾳ, ὅτι καθαρὸς ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων. which is why I testify to you on this very day that I am clear of the blood of all people. διότι, on account of which (1), RP-text F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's g) vs. διὸ, on account of which (2), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=11/12. A strong disparity with RP-text, R=1:13.
clear ← clean.
Acts 20:27 Οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν πᾶσαν τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ θεοῦ. For I have not refrained from declaring the whole will of God to you. refrained from: or shirked.
Acts 20:28 Προσέχετε οὖν ἑαυτοῖς καὶ παντὶ τῷ ποιμνίῳ, ἐν ᾧ ὑμᾶς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἔθετο ἐπισκόπους, ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν {RP P1904: τοῦ κυρίου καὶ θεοῦ} [TR: τοῦ θεοῦ], ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ τοῦ ἰδίου αἵματος. So take heed for yourselves and the whole flock, over which the holy spirit has appointed you overseers, to shepherd the church of {RP P1904: the Lord and God} [TR: God], which he acquired through his own blood. τοῦ κυρίου καὶ θεοῦ, of the Lord and God, RP P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. τοῦ θεοῦ, of God, TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ce) vs. τοῦ κυρίου, of the Lord, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's a). AV differs textually.
church: see Matt 16:18.
Acts 20:29 Ἐγὼ γὰρ οἶδα τοῦτο, ὅτι εἰσελεύσονται μετὰ τὴν ἄφιξίν μου λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς, μὴ φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου· For I know this, that after my departure, savage wolves will come to you, not sparing the flock. departure ← arrival. The verb (ἀφικνέομαι) often suggests the whole journey, i.e. departure and arrival. [MM] quotes [Josephus, Antiquities II.18], where the sense is departure, and it is so translated by H.St.J.Thackeray.
savage ← heavy, but also grievous, violent.
Acts 20:30 καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἀναστήσονται ἄνδρες λαλοῦντες διεστραμμένα, τοῦ ἀποσπᾶν τοὺς μαθητὰς ὀπίσω αὐτῶν. And from within your company men will arise, saying perverse things in order to draw away the disciples after them. from within your company ← out of you yourselves.
Acts 20:31 Διὸ γρηγορεῖτε, μνημονεύοντες ὅτι τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην μετὰ δακρύων νουθετῶν ἕνα ἕκαστον. Be watchful, therefore, remembering that for three years, night and day, I did not stop warning each one of you with tears.
Acts 20:32 Καὶ τὰ νῦν παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, τῷ θεῷ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ, τῷ δυναμένῳ ἐποικοδομῆσαι, καὶ δοῦναι ὑμῖν κληρονομίαν ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πᾶσιν. And regarding present matters, brothers, I commit you to God and his word of grace which is able to build you up and give you an inheritance among all those who have been sanctified. his word of grace: or the word of his grace.
which: or (God) who.
Acts 20:33 Ἀργυρίου ἢ χρυσίου ἢ ἱματισμοῦ οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα. I have not coveted anyone's gold or silver or clothing.
Acts 20:34 Αὐτοὶ {RP P1904: - } [TR: δὲ] γινώσκετε ὅτι ταῖς χρείαις μου καὶ τοῖς οὖσιν μετ' ἐμοῦ ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὗται. {RP P1904: You} [TR: And you] yourselves know that these hands served my needs and the needs of those who were with me. δὲ, and / but: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/12 vs. present in TR F1859=0/12.
Acts 20:35 Πάντα ὑπέδειξα ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὕτως κοπιῶντας δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων, μνημονεύειν τε {RP TR: τῶν λόγων} [P1904: τὸν λόγον] τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπεν, Μακάριόν ἐστιν {RP P1904: μᾶλλον διδόναι} [TR: διδόναι μᾶλλον] ἢ λαμβάνειν. I have set you an example in all respects, showing you that this is how you must toil to help those who are weak, and to remember the {RP TR: words} [P1904: word] of the Lord Jesus as he himself said, ‘It is more blessed to give than to receive.’ ” τῶν λόγων, the words (genitive plural), RP TR F1859=7/13 vs. τὸν λόγον, the word (accusative singular), P1904 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's ad**efk) vs. τοῦ λόγου, the word (genitive singular), F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's h) Both grammatical cases are classically acceptable.
μᾶλλον διδόναι, than + to give, RP P1904 F1859=8/12 vs. διδόναι μᾶλλον, to give + than, TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's aemo).
this is how ← thus.
weak: or ill.
Acts 20:36 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπών, θεὶς τὰ γόνατα αὐτοῦ, σὺν πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς προσηύξατο. And when he had said these things, he knelt down with all of them and prayed. Punctuation: we associate with all with knelt down; RP TBS-TR AV with prayed. Compare Acts 21:5. So AV differs.
Acts 20:37 Ἱκανὸς δὲ ἐγένετο κλαυθμὸς πάντων· καὶ ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλου κατεφίλουν αὐτόν, And there was considerable weeping by all of them, and they fell round Paul's neck and kissed him, by ← of.
round ← on.
Acts 20:38 ὀδυνώμενοι μάλιστα ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ ᾧ εἰρήκει, ὅτι οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν. Προέπεμπον δὲ αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον. feeling grief most of all at the words which he had spoken, that they would not see his face any more. Then they escorted him to the ship. words ← word, speech.
Acts 21:1 Ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο ἀναχθῆναι ἡμᾶς ἀποσπασθέντας ἀπ' αὐτῶν, εὐθυδρομήσαντες ἤλθομεν εἰς τὴν {RP TR: Κῶν} [P1904: Κῶ], τῇ δὲ ἑξῆς εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον, κἀκεῖθεν εἰς Πάταρα· And when it came to pass that we set sail, after we had taken our leave of them, we sailed a straight course and went to Cos, and the next day to Rhodes, and from there we went to Patara, Κῶν, Cos (1), RP TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's lm, but with acute accent) vs. Κῶ, Cos (2), P1904 F1859=10/12. A strong disparity with RP, R=3:11.
Cos: AV= Coos.
sailed ← ran.
Acts 21:2 καὶ εὑρόντες πλοῖον διαπερῶν εἰς Φοινίκην, ἐπιβάντες ἀνήχθημεν. and when we found a ship crossing to Phoenicia, we went on board and set sail. Phoenicia: AV= Phenicia.
Acts 21:3 {RP P1904 E1624: Ἀναφανέντες} [S1550 S1894: Ἀναφανάντες] δὲ τὴν Κύπρον, καὶ καταλιπόντες αὐτὴν εὐώνυμον, ἐπλέομεν εἰς Συρίαν, καὶ κατήχθημεν εἰς Τύρον· ἐκεῖσε γὰρ ἦν τὸ πλοῖον ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γόμον. Then {RP P1904 E1624: we came in sight of} [S1550 S1894: we sighted] Cyprus, and leaving it behind on the port side, we sailed to Syria and landed at Tyre, for that is where the ship was to unload its cargo. ἀναφανέντες, having come in sight of (aorist passive, deponent), RP P1904 E1624 F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's a*dfghklm) vs. ἀναφανάντες, having sighted (aorist active), S1550 S1894 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's a**bc(tacite)e(tacite)o).
at Tyre ← to Tyre. Pregnant use.
Acts 21:4 Καὶ ἀνευρόντες {RP S1550: - } [P1904 S1550 E1624: τοὺς] μαθητάς, ἐπεμείναμεν αὐτοῦ ἡμέρας ἑπτά· οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος, μὴ ἀναβαίνειν εἰς {RP TR: Ἱερουσαλήμ} [P1904: Ἱεροσόλυμα]. And when we had sought out {RP S1550: the} [P1904 S1550 E1624: the] disciples, we stayed on there for seven days, and they told Paul through the spirit not to go up to Jerusalem. τοὺς, the (disciples): absent in RP S1550 F1859=10/12 vs. present in P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's am).
Ἱερουσαλήμ, Jerusalem (1), RP TR F1859=10/12 vs. Ἱεροσόλυμα, Jerusalem (2), P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ak).
Acts 21:5 Ὅτε δὲ ἐγένετο ἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι τὰς ἡμέρας, ἐξελθόντες ἐπορευόμεθα, προπεμπόντων ἡμᾶς πάντων σὺν γυναιξὶν καὶ τέκνοις ἕως ἔξω τῆς πόλεως· καὶ θέντες τὰ γόνατα ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν προσηυξάμεθα. Then when it came to pass that we had come to the end of the days, we departed and moved on, while they all with wives and children escorted us as far as outside the city, and we knelt down on the shore and prayed. we had come to the end of the days ← we had ended the days. More colloquially, our time was up.
moved on ← went, travelled.
Acts 21:6 Καὶ ἀσπασάμενοι ἀλλήλους, ἐπέβημεν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς τὰ ἴδια. We bade each other farewell and embarked on the ship, and they returned to their homes. they ← those (people).
homes ← own (things, neuter).
Acts 21:7 Ἡμεῖς δέ, τὸν πλοῦν διανύσαντες ἀπὸ Τύρου, κατηντήσαμεν εἰς Πτολεμαΐδα, καὶ ἀσπασάμενοι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἐμείναμεν ἡμέραν μίαν παρ' αὐτοῖς. And as for us, we completed our voyage from Tyre and reached Ptolemais, where we greeted the brothers and stayed one day with them.
Acts 21:8 Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον ἐξελθόντες {RP-text TR: οἱ περὶ τὸν Παῦλον} [RP-marg P1904: - ] {RP-text S1550: ἦλθον} [RP-marg P1904 E1624 S1894: ἤλθομεν] εἰς Καισάρειαν· καὶ εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὸν οἶκον Φιλίππου τοῦ εὐαγγελιστοῦ, {RP P1904: - } [TR: τοῦ] ὄντος ἐκ τῶν ἑπτά, ἐμείναμεν παρ' αὐτῷ. Then on the next day, {RP-text S1550: Paul and his company} [RP-marg P1904: we] [E1624 S1894: we, Paul and his company,] departed and came to Caesarea, and we went into the house of Philip the evangelist, {RP P1904: who} [TR: who] was one of the seven, and we stayed with him. οἱ περὶ τὸν Παῦλον, those associated with Paul: present in RP-text TR F1859=8/12 vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's cehk).
ἦλθον, they went, RP-text S1550 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's glm) vs. ἤλθομεν, we went, RP-marg P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=9/12 (incl. k with rough breathing). A disparity with RP-text, R=4:11.
τοῦ, the (one): absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/12 vs. present in TR F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's a).
the seven: See Acts 6:3-6:6.
Acts 21:9 Τούτῳ δὲ ἦσαν θυγατέρες παρθένοι τέσσαρες προφητεύουσαι. Now he had four daughters who were virgins, who prophesied. he ← this (man).
Acts 21:10 Ἐπιμενόντων δὲ ἡμῶν ἡμέρας πλείους, κατῆλθέν τις ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας προφήτης ὀνόματι Ἄγαβος. And as we were staying on for many days, a certain prophet by the name of Agabus came down from Judaea. many ← more.
Acts 21:11 Καὶ ἐλθὼν πρὸς ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἄρας τὴν ζώνην τοῦ Παύλου, δήσας τε αὐτοῦ {RP P1904: τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας} [TR: τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας] εἶπεν, Τάδε λέγει τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, Τὸν ἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν ἡ ζώνη αὕτη, οὕτως δήσουσιν {RP TR: ἐν} [P1904: εἰς] Ἱερουσαλὴμ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ παραδώσουσιν εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν. And he came to us and took Paul's belt and bound his {RP P1904: feet and hands} [TR: hands and feet] and said, “The holy spirit says this: ‘In this way the Jews will bind in Jerusalem the man whose belt this is, and they will hand him over to the hands of the Gentiles.’ ” τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας, the feet + and the hands, RP P1904 F1859=9/13 (Scrivener's a**befghklo) vs. τοὺς χεῖρας καὶ τὰς πόδας, the hands + and the feet, TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's a*cdm).
ἐν, in, RP TR F1859=11/12 vs. εἰς, into, and by pregnant use, in, P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's e).
Acts 21:12 Ὡς δὲ ἠκούσαμεν ταῦτα, παρεκαλοῦμεν ἡμεῖς τε καὶ οἱ ἐντόπιοι, τοῦ μὴ ἀναβαίνειν αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ. And when we heard that, both we and the locals exhorted him not to go up to Jerusalem. that ← these (things).
Acts 21:13 Ἀπεκρίθη {RP P1904: τε} [TR: δὲ] ὁ Παῦλος, Τί ποιεῖτε κλαίοντες καὶ συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν; Ἐγὼ γὰρ οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποθανεῖν εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἑτοίμως ἔχω ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ. {RP P1904: Then} [TR: But] Paul answered, “What are you doing, weeping and breaking my heart? For I am ready not only to be bound, but also to die in Jerusalem for the sake of the name of the Lord Jesus.” τε, and, RP P1904 F1859=7/12 vs. δὲ, and / but, TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's abco) vs. word absent, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's e).
Acts 21:14 Μὴ πειθομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ, ἡσυχάσαμεν εἰπόντες, Τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου {RP TR: γενέσθω} [P1904: γινέσθω]. And as he was not persuaded, we desisted and said, “Let the will of the Lord come to pass.” γενέσθω, let it come to pass (aorist, so perfective aspect), RP TR F1859=8/12 vs. γινέσθω, let it come to pass (present, so imperfective aspect), P1904 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's fgmo).
Acts 21:15 Μετὰ δὲ τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας {RP P1904: ἐπισκευασάμενοι} [TR: ἀποσκευασάμενοι] ἀνεβαίνομεν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ. So after those days we {RP P1904: made our preparations} [TR: packed] and went up to Jerusalem. ἐπισκευασάμενοι, having made preparations, RP P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. ἀποσκευασάμενοι, having packed, TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ce) vs. another reading, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's a).
Acts 21:16 Συνῆλθον δὲ καὶ τῶν μαθητῶν ἀπὸ Καισαρείας σὺν ἡμῖν, ἄγοντες παρ' ᾧ ξενισθῶμεν, Μνάσωνί τινι Κυπρίῳ, ἀρχαίῳ μαθητῇ. Some of the disciples from Caesarea also went with us, and they brought a certain Mnason, a Cypriot, along with them, who was a disciple of long standing, with whom we were to lodge.
Acts 21:17 Γενομένων δὲ ἡμῶν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, ἀσμένως ἐδέξαντο ἡμᾶς οἱ ἀδελφοί. And when we arrived in Jerusalem, the brothers received us gladly.
Acts 21:18 Τῇ δὲ ἐπιούσῃ εἰσῄει ὁ Παῦλος σὺν ἡμῖν πρὸς Ἰάκωβον, πάντες τε παρεγένοντο οἱ πρεσβύτεροι. Then on the next day Paul went with us into James's house, and all the elders were present.
Acts 21:19 Καὶ ἀσπασάμενος αὐτούς, ἐξηγεῖτο καθ' ἓν ἕκαστον ὧν ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν διὰ τῆς διακονίας αὐτοῦ. And he greeted them and related each thing one by one of what God had done among the Gentiles through his ministry.
Acts 21:20 Οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες ἐδόξαζον τὸν κύριον, {RP: εἰπόντες} [P1904 TR: εἶπόν τε] αὐτῷ, Θεωρεῖς, ἀδελφέ, πόσαι μυριάδες εἰσὶν Ἰουδαίων τῶν πεπιστευκότων· καὶ πάντες ζηλωταὶ τοῦ νόμου ὑπάρχουσιν· And those listening glorified the Lord, and they said to him, “You see, brother, how many tens of thousands of Jews there are who have believed, and they are all zealous of the law. εἰπόντες, having said; saying, RP F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's ceghm) vs. εἶπόν τε, and they said, P1904 TR F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abdfklo). A disparity with RP, R=5:9.
listening ← having heard. See Matt 23:20.
who have believed: our italicization here indicates the supplying of a finite verb, not a tense change, aorist to perfect, as might be suspected. See the Introduction.
zealous ← zealots.
Acts 21:21 κατηχήθησαν δὲ περὶ σοῦ, ὅτι ἀποστασίαν διδάσκεις ἀπὸ {RP-text P1904: Μωϋσέως} [RP-marg: Μωϋσέος] [TR: Μωσέως] τοὺς κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη πάντας Ἰουδαίους, λέγων μὴ περιτέμνειν αὐτοὺς τὰ τέκνα, μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν. But they have been instructed concerning you that you teach all the Jews who are among the Gentiles defection from Moses, saying that they should not circumcise their children, or observe the customs. Μωϋσέως, Moüses (1), RP-text P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's cm) vs. Μωϋσέος, Moüses (2), RP-marg F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's adfhl) vs. Μωσέως, Moses, TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's begko). A disparity with RP-text, R=3:6, but there is a majority reading Μωϋ- and a majority reading ‑σέως.
observe ← walk around in.
Acts 21:22 Τί οὖν ἐστιν; Πάντως δεῖ πλῆθος συνελθεῖν· ἀκούσονται γὰρ ὅτι ἐλήλυθας. So which way is it? At all events, the community must gather, for they will hear that you have come. community ← multitude.
Acts 21:23 Τοῦτο οὖν ποίησον ὅ σοι λέγομεν· εἰσὶν ἡμῖν ἄνδρες τέσσαρες εὐχὴν ἔχοντες ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν· So do this that we are telling you. We have four men who have taken a vow on themselves. who have taken ← having.
Acts 21:24 τούτους παραλαβὼν ἁγνίσθητι σὺν αὐτοῖς, καὶ δαπάνησον ἐπ' αὐτοῖς, ἵνα ξυρήσωνται τὴν κεφαλήν, καὶ γνῶσιν πάντες ὅτι ὧν κατήχηνται περὶ σοῦ οὐδέν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ στοιχεῖς καὶ αὐτὸς τὸν νόμον φυλάσσων. Take these with you and purify yourself with them, and pay expenses on their behalf so that they may shave their heads and everyone may know that there is no basis in the things about which they have been instructed concerning you, but that you yourself also walk according to regulation and keep the law. take: imperatival use of the participle.
purify yourself: passive for reflexive.
heads ← head.
no basis ← nothing.
Acts 21:25 Περὶ δὲ τῶν πεπιστευκότων ἐθνῶν ἡμεῖς ἐπεστείλαμεν, κρίναντες μηδὲν τοιοῦτον τηρεῖν αὐτούς, εἰ μὴ φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς τό τε εἰδωλόθυτον καὶ τὸ αἷμα καὶ πνικτὸν καὶ πορνείαν. And concerning the Gentiles who have believed, we have sent a letter, since we judge that they should keep no such thing, except to keep themselves from anything sacrificed to idols, and blood, and anything strangled, and fornication.” who have believed: see Acts 21:20.
letter: or commandment.
since: causal use of the participle.
judge ← judged. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 21:26 Τότε ὁ Παῦλος παραλαβὼν τοὺς ἄνδρας, τῇ ἐχομένῃ ἡμέρᾳ σὺν αὐτοῖς ἁγνισθεὶς εἰσῄει εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, διαγγέλλων τὴν ἐκπλήρωσιν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ, ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη ὑπὲρ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου αὐτῶν ἡ προσφορά. Then Paul took the men with him, and on the next day he purified himself with them, and he went into the temple giving notice of the completion of the days of their purification, the purification lasting until the offering had been made for each one of them. purified himself: passive for reflexive.
Acts 21:27 Ὡς δὲ ἔμελλον αἱ ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι συντελεῖσθαι, οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας Ἰουδαῖοι, θεασάμενοι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, συνέχεον πάντα τὸν ὄχλον, καὶ ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ' αὐτόν, But as the seven days were about to be completed, the Jews from Asia saw him in the temple, and they stirred up all the crowd, and they laid hands on him,
Acts 21:28 κράζοντες, Ἄνδρες Ἰσραηλῖται, βοηθεῖτε. Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ κατὰ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τοῦ τόπου τούτου πάντας πανταχοῦ διδάσκων· ἔτι τε καὶ Ἕλληνας εἰσήγαγεν εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, καὶ κεκοίνωκεν τὸν ἅγιον τόπον τοῦτον. shouting, “Men and Israelites, help. This is the man who is teaching everyone everywhere things against the people and the law and this place. Moreover he has brought Greeks into the temple and has profaned this holy place.”
Acts 21:29 Ἦσαν γὰρ {RP P1904: ἑωρακότες} [TR: προεωρακότες] Τρόφιμον τὸν Ἐφέσιον ἐν τῇ πόλει σὺν αὐτῷ, ὃν ἐνόμιζον ὅτι εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν εἰσήγαγεν ὁ Παῦλος. For they had {RP P1904: - } [TR: previously] seen Trophimus the Ephesian in the city with him, whom they supposed Paul had brought into the temple. ἑωρακότες, having seen, RP P1904 F1859=8/12 vs. προεωρακότες, having seen beforehand, TR F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's abco).
Acts 21:30 Ἐκινήθη τε ἡ πόλις ὅλη, καὶ ἐγένετο συνδρομὴ τοῦ λαοῦ· καὶ ἐπιλαβόμενοι τοῦ Παύλου εἷλκον αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἱεροῦ· καὶ εὐθέως ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι. And the whole city was stirred up, and a rally of the people took place, and they seized Paul and dragged him out of the temple, and immediately the gates were closed. stirred up ← moved.
Acts 21:31 Ζητούντων δὲ αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι, ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης, ὅτι ὅλη συγκέχυται Ἱερουσαλήμ· And while they tried to find a way to kill him, a report came to the commander of the cohort that the whole of Jerusalem was in turmoil, was in turmoil ← had been confused.
Acts 21:32 ὃς ἐξαυτῆς παραλαβὼν στρατιώτας καὶ ἑκατοντάρχους, κατέδραμεν ἐπ' αὐτούς· οἱ δέ, ἰδόντες τὸν χιλίαρχον καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας, ἐπαύσαντο τύπτοντες τὸν Παῦλον. and he immediately took soldiers with him and centurions and ran down to them. And when they saw the cohort commander and the soldiers, they stopped beating Paul.
Acts 21:33 {RP P1904: Ἐγγίσας δὲ} [TR: Τότε ἐγγίσας] ὁ χιλίαρχος ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκέλευσεν δεθῆναι ἁλύσεσιν δυσίν· καὶ ἐπυνθάνετο τίς ἂν εἴη, καὶ τί ἐστιν πεποιηκώς. Then the cohort commander approached and seized him and ordered him to be bound with two chains, and he inquired who he was and what he had done. ἐγγίσας δὲ, but having approached, RP P1904 F1859=9/12 vs. τότε ἐγγίσας, then having approached, TR F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's acm).
Acts 21:34 Ἄλλοι δὲ ἄλλο τι ἐβόων ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ· μὴ δυνάμενος δὲ γνῶναι τὸ ἀσφαλὲς διὰ τὸν θόρυβον, ἐκέλευσεν ἄγεσθαι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν. Now various people in the crowd were shouting various things, and since he could not find out exactly what was going on because of the disturbance, he ordered him to be brought to the camp. since: causal use of the participle.
find out ← know.
exactly what was going on ← the certainty.
Acts 21:35 Ὅτε δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀναβαθμούς, συνέβη βαστάζεσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν διὰ τὴν βίαν τοῦ ὄχλου. And when he came to the steps, it was necessary for him to be carried by the soldiers because of the violence of the crowd. it was necessary ← it happened. There appears to be a sense of need or cause here, a reason being given, because of the violence. Yet no causality is indicated for συμβαίνω in [LS] or [MM].
Acts 21:36 Ἠκολούθει γὰρ τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ λαοῦ κρᾶζον, Αἶρε αὐτόν. For the mob of the people was following, shouting, “Away with him!” away with ← remove.
Acts 21:37 Μέλλων τε εἰσάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν ὁ Παῦλος λέγει τῷ χιλιάρχῳ, Εἰ ἔξεστίν μοι εἰπεῖν {RP: - } [P1904 TR: τι] πρός σε; Ὁ δὲ ἔφη, Ἑλληνιστὶ γινώσκεις; And as Paul was about to be led into the camp, he said to the cohort commander, “Is it permitted for me to {RP: speak} [P1904 TR: say something] to you?” And he said, “Do you speak Greek? τι, something; anything: absent in RP F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's dfghl) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's abcekmo). A disparity with RP, R=5:9.
speak ← know.
Acts 21:38 Οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος ὁ πρὸ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀναστατώσας καὶ ἐξαγαγὼν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας τῶν σικαρίων; So you are not the Egyptian who a while ago caused a revolt and led the four thousand cut-throats into the desert?” a while ago ← before these days.
cut-throats ← men of the knifers.
Acts 21:39 Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Παῦλος, Ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος μέν εἰμι Ἰουδαῖος, Ταρσεὺς τῆς Κιλικίας, οὐκ ἀσήμου πόλεως πολίτης· δέομαι δέ σου, ἐπίτρεψόν μοι λαλῆσαι πρὸς τὸν λαόν. Then Paul said, “I am a Jew of Tarsus of Cilicia, a citizen of a city which is not insignificant. And I ask you, permit me to speak to the people.” of Tarsus ← a Tarsean.
Acts 21:40 Ἐπιτρέψαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ, ὁ Παῦλος ἑστὼς ἐπὶ τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν κατέσεισεν τῇ χειρὶ τῷ λαῷ· πολλῆς δὲ σιγῆς γενομένης, {RP: προσεφώνει} [P1904 TR: προσεφώνησε] τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ λέγων, And he permitted him, and Paul, standing on the steps, signalled to the people with his hand. And when it had gone very quiet, he addressed them in the Hebrew language and said, προσεφώνει, he was addressing, RP F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's egh) vs. προσεφώνησε, he addressed, P1904 TR F1859=9/12 (Scrivener's abcdfklmo). A strong disparity with RP, R=3:11.
Hebrew: the word can stand for, or include, Aramaic.
Acts 22:1 Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες, ἀκούσατέ μου τῆς πρὸς ὑμᾶς {RP P1904: νυνὶ} [TR: νῦν] ἀπολογίας. “Men and brothers, and fathers, hear my present defence to you.” νυνὶ, now (1), RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. νῦν, now (2), TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's af).
Acts 22:2 Ἀκούσαντες δὲ ὅτι τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ προσεφώνει αὐτοῖς, μᾶλλον παρέσχον ἡσυχίαν. Καί φησιν, And when they heard that he was addressing them in the Hebrew language, they kept all the more quiet. And he said, he was addressing: relaxing a classical rule, he had been addressing. See Acts 6:1.
Hebrew: see Acts 21:40.
kept ← provided.
Acts 22:3 Ἐγὼ μέν εἰμι ἀνὴρ Ἰουδαῖος, γεγεννημένος ἐν Ταρσῷ τῆς Κιλικίας, ἀνατεθραμμένος δὲ ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ, πεπαιδευμένος κατὰ ἀκρίβειαν τοῦ πατρῴου νόμου, ζηλωτὴς ὑπάρχων τοῦ θεοῦ, καθὼς πάντες ὑμεῖς ἐστε σήμερον· “I am a Jewish man who was born in Tarsus of Cilicia but brought up in this city at the feet of Gamaliel, educated according to the exactness of the ancestral law, being a zealot for God, as all of you are today, for ← of.
Acts 22:4 ὃς ταύτην τὴν ὁδὸν ἐδίωξα ἄχρι θανάτου, δεσμεύων καὶ παραδιδοὺς εἰς φυλακὰς ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας. and I pursued this way as far as death, binding and committing both men and women to prison, as far as death: it appears that Paul did the binding and sending to prison and others did the sentencing, which in some cases was to death. See Acts 9:2.
Acts 22:5 Ὡς καὶ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς μαρτυρεῖ μοι, καὶ πᾶν τὸ πρεσβυτέριον· παρ' ὧν καὶ ἐπιστολὰς δεξάμενος πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφούς, εἰς Δαμασκὸν ἐπορευόμην, ἄξων καὶ τοὺς ἐκεῖσε ὄντας δεδεμένους εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἵνα τιμωρηθῶσιν. as the high priest also testifies to me, as does the whole council of elders, from whom I also received letters addressed to the brothers, and I went to Damascus in order to also bring those there bound to Jerusalem for them to be punished. the brothers: in this case, the brothers of the council of elders, the Jewish authorities in Damascus.
in order to ... bring: classical future participle of purpose.
punished ← avenged.
Acts 22:6 Ἐγένετο δέ μοι πορευομένῳ καὶ ἐγγίζοντι τῇ Δαμασκῷ, περὶ μεσημβρίαν, ἐξαίφνης ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ περιαστράψαι φῶς ἱκανὸν περὶ ἐμέ. But it came to pass as I was going along and approaching Damascus at about midday, that suddenly a bright light from heaven flashed around me. bright ← sufficient.
heaven: or the sky, but see Acts 26:19 (heavenly vision).
Acts 22:7 {RP-text: Ἔπεσά} [RP-marg P1904 TR: Ἔπεσόν] τε εἰς τὸ ἔδαφος, καὶ ἤκουσα φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι, Σαούλ, Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις; And I fell to the ground and heard a voice saying to me, ‘Saul, Saul, why are you persecuting me?’ ἔπεσά, I fell (classical form), RP-text F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's dfm) vs. ἔπεσόν, I fell (non-classical form), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=9/12. A strong disparity with RP-text, R=3:11.
Acts 22:8 Ἐγὼ δὲ ἀπεκρίθην, Τίς εἶ, κύριε; Εἶπέν τε πρός με, Ἐγώ εἰμι Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος ὃν σὺ διώκεις. And I answered, ‘Who are you, Lord?’ And he said to me, ‘I am Jesus the Nazarene whom you are persecuting.’ I am: emphatic, as in John 18:5.
Acts 22:9 Οἱ δὲ σὺν ἐμοὶ ὄντες τὸ μὲν φῶς ἐθεάσαντο, καὶ ἔμφοβοι ἐγένοντο· τὴν δὲ φωνὴν οὐκ ἤκουσαν τοῦ λαλοῦντός μοι. And the people who were with me saw the light and became fearful, but they did not hear the voice of him who was speaking to me.
Acts 22:10 Εἶπον δέ, Τί ποιήσω, κύριε; Ὁ δὲ κύριος εἶπεν πρός με, Ἀναστὰς πορεύου εἰς Δαμασκόν· κἀκεῖ σοι λαληθήσεται περὶ πάντων ὧν τέτακταί σοι ποιῆσαι. And I said, ‘What am I to do, Lord?’ And the Lord said to me, ‘Get up and go to Damascus and there you will be told about all the things that have been appointed for you to do.’ get up: imperatival use of the participle.
you will be told ← it will be told to you.
Acts 22:11 Ὡς δὲ οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτὸς ἐκείνου, χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων μοι, ἦλθον εἰς Δαμασκόν. But as I could not see because of that dazzling light, I came to Damascus being led by the hand by those who were with me. that dazzling light ← the glory of that light, a Hebraic genitive.
Acts 22:12 Ἀνανίας δέ τις, ἀνὴρ {RP P1904 TR: εὐσεβὴς} [MISC: εὐλαβὴς] κατὰ τὸν νόμον, μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν κατοικούντων {RP TR: - } [P1904: ἐν Δαμασκῷ] Ἰουδαίων, And a certain Ananias, a man who was devout according to the law, held in high regard by all the {RP TR: Jewish inhabitants} [P1904: Jews who were living in Damascus], εὐσεβὴς, pious; religious, RP P1904 TR F1859=4/11 (Scrivener's fhlm) vs. εὐλαβὴς, devout; prudent, discreet, F1859=7/11 (Scrivener's abcegko). A weak disparity (#1) with RP, R=6:7.
ἐν Δαμασκῷ, in Damascus: absent in RP TR F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's fg) vs. present in P1904 F1859=9/11 (Scrivener's abcehklmo). A strong disparity (#2) with RP, R=3:10.
held in high regard ← attested.
Acts 22:13 ἐλθὼν πρός με καὶ ἐπιστὰς εἶπέν μοι, Σαοὺλ ἀδελφέ, ἀνάβλεψον. Κἀγὼ αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἀνέβλεψα εἰς αὐτόν. came to me and stood by me and said to me, ‘Brother Saul, recover your sight.’ And at that very hour I recovered my sight and looked up at him. and looked up: this sense is also present in ἀνέβλεψα, I recovered my sight. Perhaps a play on words.
Acts 22:14 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν προεχειρίσατό σε γνῶναι τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἰδεῖν τὸν δίκαιον, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ. And he said, ‘The God of our fathers has appointed you to know his will and to see the just one and to hear a sound from his mouth,
Acts 22:15 Ὅτι ἔσῃ μάρτυς αὐτῷ πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὧν ἑώρακας καὶ ἤκουσας. because you will be a witness to him towards all men of what you have seen and heard.
Acts 22:16 Καὶ νῦν τί μέλλεις; Ἀναστὰς βάπτισαι καὶ ἀπόλουσαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου, ἐπικαλεσάμενος τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου. And now, why do you delay? Get up and have yourself baptized and wash away your sins, calling upon the name of the Lord.’ get up: imperatival use of the participle.
wash away: middle voice, as for washing oneself, but not for washing others.
calling ← having called. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 22:17 Ἐγένετο δέ μοι ὑποστρέψαντι εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, καὶ προσευχομένου μου ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, γενέσθαι με ἐν ἐκστάσει, And it happened that when I had returned to Jerusalem and was praying in the temple, that I went into a trance,
Acts 22:18 καὶ ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν λέγοντά μοι, Σπεῦσον καὶ ἔξελθε ἐν τάχει ἐξ Ἱερουσαλήμ· διότι οὐ παραδέξονταί σου τὴν μαρτυρίαν περὶ ἐμοῦ. and I saw him saying to me, ‘Hurry up and depart from Jerusalem quickly, because they will not receive your witness concerning me.’ him saying: i.e. the Lord saying.
Acts 22:19 Κἀγὼ εἶπον, Κύριε, αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται ὅτι ἐγὼ ἤμην φυλακίζων καὶ δέρων κατὰ τὰς συναγωγὰς τοὺς πιστεύοντας ἐπὶ σέ· And I said, ‘Lord, they know that I used to imprison and flog those who believed in you as I went from synagogue to synagogue.
Acts 22:20 καὶ ὅτε ἐξεχεῖτο τὸ αἷμα Στεφάνου τοῦ μάρτυρός σου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἤμην ἐφεστὼς καὶ συνευδοκῶν τῇ ἀναιρέσει αὐτοῦ, {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: καὶ] φυλάσσων τὰ ἱμάτια τῶν ἀναιρούντων αὐτόν. And when the blood of your witness Stephen was being shed, I myself was also standing by, approving of his elimination, {RP-text: while} [RP-marg P1904 TR: and] guarding the coats of those eliminating him.’ καὶ, and: absent in RP-text F1859=6/11 (Scrivener's bceflo) vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=5/11 (Scrivener's aghkm). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=6:7.
Acts 22:21 Καὶ εἶπεν πρός με, Πορεύου, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἰς ἔθνη μακρὰν ἐξαποστελῶ σε. And he said to me, ‘Get going, for I will send you to Gentiles a long way off.’ ”
Acts 22:22 Ἤκουον δὲ αὐτοῦ ἄχρι τούτου τοῦ λόγου, καὶ ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν λέγοντες, Αἶρε ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τὸν τοιοῦτον· οὐ γὰρ {RP P1904: καθῆκεν} [TR: καθῆκον] αὐτὸν ζῇν. And they heard him as far as this word, then they raised their voices and said, “Remove a man like this from the face of the earth, for it is not proper that he should live.” καθῆκεν, it is fitting (imperfect, strengthening the sense of “ought”), RP P1904 F1859=9/11 vs. καθῆκον, it is fitting (neuter participle), TR F1859=0/11 vs. καθῆκει, it is fitting (present), F1859=2/11 (Scrivener's ae). (The classical verb is προσήκει.)
voices ← voice.
Acts 22:23 {RP-text: Κραζόντων} [RP-marg P1904 TR: Κραυγαζόντων] δὲ αὐτῶν, καὶ {RP TR: ῥιπτούντων} [P1904: ῥιπτόντων] τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ κονιορτὸν βαλλόντων εἰς τὸν ἀέρα, And as they were shouting and throwing their coats off and throwing dust into the air, κραζόντων, shouting (1), RP-text F1859=5/11 (Scrivener's ceglo) vs. κραυγαζόντων, shouting (2), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=5/11 (Scrivener's abfhm) vs. another reading, F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's k). A weak disparity with RP-text, R=5:7.
ῥιπτούντων, throwing (from ῥιπτέω), RP TR F1859=8/11 vs. ῥιπτόντων, throwing (from ῥίπτω), P1904 F1859=3/11 (Scrivener's abo).
Acts 22:24 ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ χιλίαρχος ἄγεσθαι εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν, εἰπὼν μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτόν, ἵνα ἐπιγνῷ δι' ἣν αἰτίαν οὕτως ἐπεφώνουν αὐτῷ. the cohort commander ordered him to be brought into the camp, ordering him to be interrogated with whips, so that he might ascertain the reason why they clamoured like that against him. the reason why ← for what reason.
Acts 22:25 Ὡς δὲ {RP-text S1550 E1624: προέτεινεν} [RP-marg P1904 S1894: προέτειναν] αὐτὸν τοῖς ἱμᾶσιν, εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν ἑστῶτα ἑκατόνταρχον ὁ Παῦλος, Εἰ ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν μαστίζειν; And when {RP-text S1550 E1624: he} [RP-marg P1904 S1894: they] had stretched him out, bound with thongs, Paul said to the centurion who was standing by, “Is it permitted for you to whip a man who is a Roman, and who has not been condemned?” προέτεινεν, he (had) stretched out, RP-text S1550 E1624 F1859=4/10 (Scrivener's klmo) vs. προέτειναν, they (had) stretched out, RP-marg P1904 S1894 F1859=6/10 (Scrivener's abcegh). Scrivener's f is excluded, as it is doubtful, and not categorized by Scrivener. A disparity with RP-text, R=5:8.
Acts 22:26 Ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ ἑκατόνταρχος, προσελθὼν ἀπήγγειλεν τῷ χιλιάρχῳ λέγων, Ὅρα τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν· ὁ γὰρ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος Ῥωμαῖός ἐστιν. And when the centurion heard it, he went and told the cohort commander and said, “Watch what you are about to do. For this man is a Roman.”
Acts 22:27 Προσελθὼν δὲ ὁ χιλίαρχος εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Λέγε μοι, εἰ σὺ Ῥωμαῖος εἶ; Ὁ δὲ ἔφη, Ναί. Then the cohort commander came and said to him, “Tell me, are you a Roman?” And he said, “Yes.”
Acts 22:28 Ἀπεκρίθη τε ὁ χιλίαρχος, Ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην. Ὁ δὲ Παῦλος ἔφη, Ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ γεγέννημαι. And the cohort commander answered, “I obtained this citizenship for a large sum of money.” Then Paul said, “But I was born with it.”
Acts 22:29 Εὐθέως οὖν ἀπέστησαν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ οἱ μέλλοντες αὐτὸν ἀνετάζειν. Καὶ ὁ χιλίαρχος δὲ ἐφοβήθη, ἐπιγνοὺς ὅτι Ῥωμαῖός ἐστιν, καὶ ὅτι ἦν αὐτὸν δεδεκώς. So those who were going to interrogate him immediately stood back from him, and the cohort commander was afraid, as he had ascertained that he was a Roman, and he had bound him. as he had ascertained: causal use of the participle.
Acts 22:30 Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον βουλόμενος γνῶναι τὸ ἀσφαλές, τὸ τί κατηγορεῖται παρὰ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἔλυσεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν δεσμῶν, καὶ ἐκέλευσεν ἐλθεῖν τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ ὅλον τὸ συνέδριον αὐτῶν, καὶ καταγαγὼν τὸν Παῦλον ἔστησεν εἰς αὐτούς. And the next day, wishing to know the details of what he was being accused of by the Jews, he released him from his bonds and ordered the senior priests and the whole of their Sanhedrin council to come, and he brought Paul down and stood him before them. details ← certainty.
was being accused of: the tense of English indirect speech (Greek present).
Acts 23:1 Ἀτενίσας δὲ ὁ Παῦλος τῷ συνεδρίῳ εἶπεν, Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ἐγὼ πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ πεπολίτευμαι τῷ θεῷ ἄχρι ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας. And Paul looked at the Sanhedrin council intently and said, “Men and brothers, I have lived as a citizen with a fully clear conscience before God up to this day.” fully clear ← all good.
Acts 23:2 Ὁ δὲ ἀρχιερεὺς Ἀνανίας ἐπέταξεν τοῖς παρεστῶσιν αὐτῷ τύπτειν αὐτοῦ τὸ στόμα. But Ananias the high priest ordered those standing by him to strike his mouth.
Acts 23:3 Τότε ὁ Παῦλος πρὸς αὐτὸν εἶπεν, Τύπτειν σε μέλλει ὁ θεός, τοῖχε κεκονιαμένε· καὶ σὺ κάθῃ κρίνων με κατὰ τὸν νόμον, καὶ παρανομῶν κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι; Then Paul said to him, “God will strike you, you whitewashed wall. And you sit judging me according to the law, but you order me to be struck, acting contrary to the law.”
Acts 23:4 Οἱ δὲ παρεστῶτες εἶπον, Τὸν ἀρχιερέα τοῦ θεοῦ λοιδορεῖς; Then those standing around said, “Do you insult the high priest of God?”
Acts 23:5 Ἔφη τε ὁ Παῦλος, Οὐκ ᾔδειν, ἀδελφοί, ὅτι ἐστὶν ἀρχιερεύς· γέγραπται γάρ, Ἄρχοντα τοῦ λαοῦ σου οὐκ ἐρεῖς κακῶς. Then Paul said, “I did not know, brothers, that it was the high priest. For it stands written: ‘You shall not speak ill of the ruler of your people.’ ” Ex 22:27MT (Ex 22:28AV).
The reason Paul did not know that it was the high priest is probably because he had very poor eyesight. See 2 Cor 12:7, Gal 4:15, Gal 6:11.
Acts 23:6 Γνοὺς δὲ ὁ Παῦλος ὅτι τὸ ἓν μέρος ἐστὶν Σαδδουκαίων, τὸ δὲ ἕτερον Φαρισαίων, ἔκραξεν ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ, Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ἐγὼ Φαρισαῖός εἰμι, υἱὸς Φαρισαίου· περὶ ἐλπίδος καὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν ἐγὼ κρίνομαι. Then Paul, knowing that one part was of the Sadducees and the other Pharisees, shouted out in the Sanhedrin council, “Men and brothers, I am a Pharisee, the son of a Pharisee. For the hope and the resurrection of the dead I am being judged.” knowing ← having known. See Matt 23:20.
the hope and the resurrection: according to [CB], [MG] hendiadys, so standing for the hope of the resurrection.
Acts 23:7 {RP P1904c TR: Τοῦτο} [P1904u: Τούτου] δὲ αὐτοῦ λαλήσαντος, ἐγένετο στάσις τῶν Φαρισαίων {RP-text: - } [RP-marg P1904 TR: καὶ τῶν Σαδδουκαίων], καὶ ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος. And when he had said this, contention arose {RP-text: with the Pharisees} [RP-marg P1904 TR: between the Pharisees and the Sadducees], and the assembly was divided. καὶ τῶν Σαδδουκαίων, and the Sadducees: absent in RP-text F1859=0/11 vs. present in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=11/11, though cgm interchange Φαρισαίων and Σαδδουκαίων, and bcekmo have minor variations. A strong disparity with RP-text, R=0:13. AV differs textually.
{RP-text: with ← of.}
assembly ← multitude.
Acts 23:8 Σαδδουκαῖοι μὲν γὰρ λέγουσιν μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν, {RP TR: μηδὲ} [P1904: μήτε] ἄγγελον, μήτε πνεῦμα· Φαρισαῖοι δὲ ὁμολογοῦσιν τὰ ἀμφότερα. For the Sadducees say that there is no resurrection, nor {RP TR: even} [P1904: - ] angel, nor spirit, but the Pharisees confess all of these. μηδὲ, not even; nor, and not, RP TR F1859=6/11 (Scrivener's befgmo, though mo not so accented) vs. μήτε, nor, and not, P1904 F1859=5/11 (Scrivener's achkl). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:6.
all of these ← both.
Acts 23:9 Ἐγένετο δὲ κραυγὴ μεγάλη· καὶ ἀναστάντες οἱ γραμματεῖς τοῦ μέρους τῶν Φαρισαίων διεμάχοντο λέγοντες, Οὐδὲν κακὸν εὑρίσκομεν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτῳ· εἰ δὲ πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ ἢ ἄγγελος, μὴ θεομαχῶμεν. And loud shouting arose, and the scribes of the faction of the Pharisees stood up and strove, and they said, “We do not find anything wrong in this man. And if a spirit or angel has spoken to him, let us not fight God.” arose ← became, came about.
Acts 23:10 Πολλῆς δὲ γενομένης στάσεως, εὐλαβηθεὶς ὁ χιλίαρχος μὴ διασπασθῇ ὁ Παῦλος ὑπ' αὐτῶν, ἐκέλευσεν τὸ στράτευμα {RP P1904: καταβῆναι} [TR: καταβὰν] {RP P1904: καὶ} [TR: - ] ἁρπάσαι αὐτὸν ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν, ἄγειν τε εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν. And when a lot of contention arose, the cohort commander saw to it that Paul should not be torn apart by them, and he ordered the army to come down and seize him and take him away from them and to bring him to the camp. καταβῆναι, to come down, RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. καταβὰν, having come down, TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ap).
καὶ, and: present in RP P1904 F1859=10/12 vs. absent in TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ap).
away from them ← out of their midst.
Acts 23:11 Τῇ δὲ ἐπιούσῃ νυκτὶ ἐπιστὰς αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος εἶπεν, Θάρσει Παῦλε· ὡς γὰρ διεμαρτύρω τὰ περὶ ἐμοῦ εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, οὕτως σε δεῖ καὶ εἰς Ῥώμην μαρτυρῆσαι. The following night the Lord came and stood by him and said, “Take courage, Paul, for as you bore solemn witness to the things concerning me in Jerusalem, so you must bear witness in Rome.” in Rome ← to Rome. Pregnant use.
Acts 23:12 Γενομένης δὲ ἡμέρας, ποιήσαντές τινες τῶν Ἰουδαίων συστροφήν, ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτούς, λέγοντες μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πιεῖν ἕως οὗ ἀποκτείνωσιν τὸν Παῦλον. And when day had broken, some of the Jews made an alliance and bound themselves with a curse, saying that they would neither eat nor drink until they had killed Paul. broken ← become, come.
Acts 23:13 Ἦσαν δὲ πλείους τεσσαράκοντα οἱ ταύτην τὴν συνωμοσίαν πεποιηκότες· And there were more than forty who engaged in this conspiracy.
Acts 23:14 οἵτινες προσελθόντες τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις εἶπον, Ἀναθέματι ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἑαυτούς, μηδενὸς γεύσασθαι ἕως οὗ ἀποκτείνωμεν τὸν Παῦλον. And they went to the senior priests and the elders and said, “We have absolutely bound ourselves with a curse, that we will not taste anything until we have killed Paul. absolutely ← with a curse, reinforcing the cognate verb; a Hebraism.
Acts 23:15 Νῦν οὖν ὑμεῖς ἐμφανίσατε τῷ χιλιάρχῳ σὺν τῷ συνεδρίῳ, ὅπως αὔριον {RP-text P1904 TR: αὐτὸν καταγάγῃ} [RP-marg: καταγάγῃ αὐτὸν] πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ὡς μέλλοντας διαγινώσκειν ἀκριβέστερον τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ· ἡμεῖς δέ, πρὸ τοῦ ἐγγίσαι αὐτόν, ἕτοιμοί ἐσμεν τοῦ ἀνελεῖν αὐτόν. So for your part, give a plain message to the cohort commander, with the Sanhedrin council, to the intent that he brings him down to you tomorrow, as if you intend to investigate more precisely the matters concerning him. Then for our part, we are prepared to eliminate him before he comes near.” αὐτὸν καταγάγῃ, him + bring down, RP-text P1904 TR F1859=7/13 (incl. e misspelled) vs. καταγάγῃ αὐτὸν, bring down + him, RP-marg F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's aghkmp).
for your part ← now you (emphatic).
for our part, we ← we (emphatic).
Acts 23:16 Ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς Παύλου {RP P1904 S1550: τὸ ἔνεδρον} [E1624 S1894: τὴν ἑνέδραν], παραγενόμενος καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν, ἀπήγγειλεν τῷ Παύλῳ. But the son of Paul's sister heard about the ambush plot, and he went to the camp and went in and told Paul. τὸ ἔνεδρον, the ambush (1), RP P1904 S1550 F1859=9/13 (incl. e(tacite)) vs. τὴν ἑνέδραν, the ambush (2), E1624 S1894 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's ackp).
Acts 23:17 Προσκαλεσάμενος δὲ ὁ Παῦλος ἕνα τῶν ἑκατοντάρχων ἔφη, Τὸν νεανίαν τοῦτον ἀπάγαγε πρὸς τὸν χιλίαρχον· ἔχει γάρ τι ἀπαγγεῖλαι αὐτῷ. Then Paul called one of the centurions and said, “Take this young man to the cohort commander, for he has something to report to him.”
Acts 23:18 Ὁ μὲν οὖν παραλαβὼν αὐτὸν ἤγαγεν πρὸς τὸν χιλίαρχον, καί φησιν, Ὁ δέσμιος Παῦλος προσκαλεσάμενός με ἠρώτησεν τοῦτον τὸν νεανίαν ἀγαγεῖν πρός σε, ἔχοντά τι λαλῆσαί σοι. So he took him with him and brought him to the cohort commander and said, “The prisoner Paul called for me and asked me to bring this young man to you, who has something to say to you.”
Acts 23:19 Ἐπιλαβόμενος δὲ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ χιλίαρχος, καὶ ἀναχωρήσας κατ' ἰδίαν ἐπυνθάνετο, Τί ἐστιν ὃ ἔχεις ἀπαγγεῖλαί μοι; Then the cohort commander took him by the hand and went aside privately and inquired, “What is it that you have to report to me?”
Acts 23:20 Εἶπεν δὲ ὅτι Οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέθεντο τοῦ ἐρωτῆσαί σε, ὅπως αὔριον εἰς τὸ συνέδριον καταγάγῃς τὸν Παῦλον, ὡς {RP-text: μέλλοντά} [RP-marg TR: μέλλοντές] [P1904: μελλόντων] τι ἀκριβέστερον πυνθάνεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ. And he said, “The Jews have agreed together to ask you to bring Paul down tomorrow to the Sanhedrin council, as if {RP-text: you} [RP-marg P1904 TR: they] intend to ascertain something more precisely about him. μέλλοντά, (masculine singular accusative) being about to (apparently agreeing with “you”), RP-text F1859=2/14 (Scrivener's am) vs. μέλλοντές, they being about to, RP-marg TR F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's b**dchl) vs. μελλόντων, they being about to (genitive absolute), P1904 F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's efgk) vs. μέλλον, it (the Sanhedrin council) being about to, F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's b*) vs. μέλλων, he being about to, F1859=2/14 (Scrivener's op). A disparity with RP-text, R=2:6. AV differs textually. In ↴
Acts 23:21 Σὺ οὖν μὴ πεισθῇς αὐτοῖς· ἐνεδρεύουσιν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐξ αὐτῶν ἄνδρες πλείους τεσσαράκοντα, οἵτινες ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πιεῖν ἕως οὗ ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν· καὶ νῦν ἕτοιμοί εἰσιν προσδεχόμενοι τὴν ἀπὸ σοῦ ἐπαγγελίαν. So don't you be persuaded by them. For more than forty men of theirs are making an ambush, and they have bound themselves with a curse neither to eat nor drink until they have eliminated him, and now they are ready, expecting your promise.” ↳ view of Acts 23:15, μέλλοντές, they being about to, makes better sense.
Acts 23:22 Ὁ μὲν οὖν χιλίαρχος ἀπέλυσεν τὸν νεανίαν, παραγγείλας Μηδενὶ ἐκλαλῆσαι ὅτι ταῦτα ἐνεφάνισας πρός με. So the cohort commander sent the young man away, having given this instruction, “Do not divulge to anyone the fact that you have reported this to me.” divulge: the infinitive as an imperative, unless re-accented as ἐκλάλησαι, middle imperative.
this to me ← these (things) to me.
Acts 23:23 Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος δύο τινὰς τῶν ἑκατοντάρχων εἶπεν, Ἑτοιμάσατε στρατιώτας διακοσίους ὅπως πορευθῶσιν ἕως Καισαρείας, καὶ ἱππεῖς ἑβδομήκοντα, καὶ δεξιολάβους διακοσίους, ἀπὸ τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός· And he called for a certain two of the centurions and said, “Prepare two hundred soldiers to go to Caesarea, and seventy horsemen, and two hundred spearmen to be ready at the third hour of the night, to ← as far as.
spearmen ← right-handed takers.
to be ready at ← from. This sense follows from prepare above. The operation was to take place by night.
third hour of the night: 9 p.m.
Acts 23:24 κτήνη τε παραστῆσαι, ἵνα ἐπιβιβάσαντες τὸν Παῦλον διασώσωσιν πρὸς Φήλικα τὸν ἡγεμόνα· and to provide pack animals, to mount Paul on and bring him safely through to Felix the governor”,
Acts 23:25 γράψας ἐπιστολὴν περιέχουσαν τὸν τύπον τοῦτον· and he wrote a letter comprising the following content: the following ← this.
Acts 23:26 Κλαύδιος Λυσίας τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι χαίρειν. “From Claudius Lysias to the most excellent governor Felix, greetings.
Acts 23:27 Τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον συλληφθέντα ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, καὶ μέλλοντα ἀναιρεῖσθαι ὑπ' αὐτῶν, ἐπιστὰς σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι ἐξειλόμην αὐτόν, μαθὼν ὅτι Ῥωμαῖός ἐστιν. I intervened with the army and rescued this man, having learned that he was a Roman citizen, when he had been seized by the Jews and was about to be eliminated by them,
Acts 23:28 Βουλόμενος δὲ γνῶναι τὴν αἰτίαν δι' ἣν ἐνεκάλουν αὐτῷ, κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ συνέδριον αὐτῶν· and wishing to know the reason why they were bringing a charge against him, I brought him down to their Sanhedrin council,
Acts 23:29 ὃν εὗρον ἐγκαλούμενον περὶ ζητημάτων τοῦ νόμου αὐτῶν, μηδὲν {RP: - } [P1904 TR: δὲ] ἄξιον θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἔγκλημα ἔχοντα. and I found that he was charged concerning inquiries into their law, {RP: but} [P1904 TR: but] not in any way under a charge worthy of death or bonds. δὲ, and / but: absent in RP F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's beghop) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's acdfklm). A disparity with RP, R=6:9.
under ← having, holding.
Acts 23:30 Μηνυθείσης δέ μοι ἐπιβουλῆς εἰς τὸν ἄνδρα μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐξαυτῆς ἔπεμψα πρός σε, παραγγείλας καὶ τοῖς κατηγόροις λέγειν τὰ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐπὶ σοῦ. Ἔρρωσο. And when a plot against the man by the Jews had been disclosed to me which was about to take place, I immediately sent word to you, also instructing his accusers to state the charges against him in your presence. Farewell.” sent word: Lysias also sent Paul.
farewell ← have strength. A perfect tense imperative. Another in Mark 4:39.
Acts 23:31 Οἱ μὲν οὖν στρατιῶται, κατὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον αὐτοῖς, ἀναλαβόντες τὸν Παῦλον, ἤγαγον διὰ τῆς νυκτὸς εἰς τὴν Ἀντιπατρίδα. So the soldiers took Paul with them, according to their orders, and they brought him by night to Antipatris. orders ← (thing) commanded.
Acts 23:32 Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον ἐάσαντες τοὺς ἱππεῖς πορεύεσθαι σὺν αὐτῷ, ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν· And the next day, they left it to the horsemen to go with him, and they returned to the camp. they: i.e. the soldiers who were not horsemen.
left it to ← allowed.
Acts 23:33 οἵτινες εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν Καισάρειαν, καὶ ἀναδόντες τὴν ἐπιστολὴν τῷ ἡγεμόνι, παρέστησαν καὶ τὸν Παῦλον αὐτῷ. And when they had arrived in Caesarea, they handed over the letter to the governor, and they also presented Paul to him. they: i.e. the horsemen.
arrived in ← entered.
Acts 23:34 Ἀναγνοὺς δὲ ὁ ἡγεμών, καὶ ἐπερωτήσας ἐκ ποίας ἐπαρχίας ἐστίν, καὶ πυθόμενος ὅτι ἀπὸ Κιλικίας, Then the governor read it and asked what province he was from, and he ascertained that he was from Cilicia.
Acts 23:35 Διακούσομαί σου, ἔφη, ὅταν καὶ οἱ κατήγοροί σου παραγένωνται. Ἐκέλευσέν τε αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ πραιτωρίῳ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: τοῦ] Ἡρῴδου φυλάσσεσθαι. He said, “I will hold your hearing when your accusers also arrive.” And he ordered him to be guarded in Herod's official residence. τοῦ, of the (Herod): absent in RP F1859=9/13 vs. present in P1904 TR: F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's chmp).
official residence: the Roman praetorium.
Acts 24:1 Μετὰ δὲ πέντε ἡμέρας κατέβη ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς Ἀνανίας μετὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ ῥήτορος Τερτύλλου τινός, οἵτινες ἐνεφάνισαν τῷ ἡγεμόνι κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου. And five days afterwards Ananias the high priest came down with the elders and a certain orator, Tertullus, and they explained the charge against Paul to the governor.
Acts 24:2 Κληθέντος δὲ αὐτοῦ, ἤρξατο κατηγορεῖν ὁ Τέρτυλλος λέγων, Πολλῆς εἰρήνης τυγχάνοντες διὰ σοῦ, καὶ κατορθωμάτων γινομένων τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ διὰ τῆς σῆς προνοίας, And when he had been called, Tertullus began to make the accusation, and he said, ¶ “We have enjoyed a very peaceful time thanks to you, and through your foresight sound undertakings are being accomplished to the benefit of this nation, ¶ Verse division: in P1904 S1550 E1624 numbering, Acts 24:3 begins here.
a very peaceful time ← much peace.
thanks to ← through.
Acts 24:3 πάντῃ τε καὶ πανταχοῦ ἀποδεχόμεθα, κράτιστε Φῆλιξ, μετὰ πάσης εὐχαριστίας. which in every way and in every place, most excellent Felix, we acknowledge with much gratitude. much ← all.
Acts 24:4 Ἵνα δὲ μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖόν σε ἐγκόπτω, παρακαλῶ ἀκοῦσαί σε ἡμῶν συντόμως τῇ σῇ ἐπιεικείᾳ. Now so that I do not hold you up further, I entreat you to hear us briefly in your equitable way. briefly ← concisely.
Acts 24:5 Εὑρόντες γὰρ τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον λοιμόν, καὶ κινοῦντα στάσιν πᾶσιν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην, πρωτοστάτην τε τῆς τῶν Ναζωραίων αἱρέσεως· For we found this man to be a pest, and to be stirring up a revolt among all the Jews throughout the world, and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes,
Acts 24:6 ὃς καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν ἐπείρασεν βεβηλῶσαι· ὃν καὶ ἐκρατήσαμεν {RP: ·} [P1904 TR: καὶ κατὰ τὸν ἡμέτερον νόμον ἠθελήσαμεν κρίνειν.] and he attempted to defile the temple, and we for our part arrested him {RP: - } [P1904 TR: and we wished to judge him according to our law]. καὶ κατὰ τὸν ἡμέτερον νόμον ἠθελήσαμεν κρίνειν, and we wished ... our law: absent in RP F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's dg*hlp) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=9/14 (Scrivener's abcefg**kmo, some with a few minor variations). A disparity with RP, R=5:11. AV differs textually.
for our part ← also.
Acts 24:7 {RP: - } [P1904 TR: Παρελθὼν δὲ Λυσίας ὁ χιλίαρχος μετὰ πολλῆς βίας ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν ἡμῶν ἀπήγαγε,] {RP: - } [P1904 TR: But Lysias the cohort commander came and took him out of our hands with great force,] Παρελθὼν ... ἀπήγαγε, But Lucius ... of our hands: As Acts 24:6 above. A disparity with RP, R=5:11. AV differs textually.
[P1904 TR: took ← led.]
Acts 24:8 {RP: - } [P1904 TR: κελεύσας τοὺς κατηγόρους αὐτοῦ ἔρχεσθαι ἐπὶ σέ·] παρ' οὗ δυνήσῃ, αὐτὸς ἀνακρίνας, περὶ πάντων τούτων ἐπιγνῶναι ὧν ἡμεῖς κατηγοροῦμεν αὐτοῦ. {RP: And from him} [P1904 TR: and he ordered his accusers to come to you, from whom] you yourself, after questioning him concerning all these things, will be able to ascertain the matters of which we accuse him.” κελεύσας τοὺς κατηγόρους αὐτοῦ ἔρχεσθαι ἐπὶ σέ, and ordered ... to you: As Acts 24:6 above. A disparity with RP, R=5:11. AV differs textually.
Punctuation: we associate concerning these things differently from RP, AV. So AV differs.
[P1904 TR: whom: singular, refers to Paul.]
ascertain ← acknowledge, or, in a sense less biased against Paul, resolve, decide on. Papyri examples in [MM] include the meanings find out, learn, distinguish.
Acts 24:9 {RP P1904: Συνεπέθεντο} [TR: Συνέθεντο] δὲ καὶ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, φάσκοντες ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχειν. And the Jews also {RP P1904: joined in} [TR: endorsed] the attack, alleging that these things were so. συνεπέθεντο, joined in, RP P1904 F1859=10/13 vs. συνέθεντο, agreed, TR F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's beo).
Acts 24:10 Ἀπεκρίθη δὲ ὁ Παῦλος, νεύσαντος αὐτῷ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος λέγειν, Ἐκ πολλῶν ἐτῶν ὄντα σε κριτὴν τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ ἐπιστάμενος, εὐθυμότερον τὰ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἀπολογοῦμαι, Then, when the governor had signalled to him that he should speak, Paul answered, “Knowing that you have been a judge over this people for many years, I make a defence of the charges concerning me in very good spirits, over ← to.
in very good spirits ← more in a good mood (no literal word spirits). The word very comes from the comparative degree of the adjective (εὐθυμότερον). Greek comparative (more → quite) for superlative (most → very).
Acts 24:11 δυναμένου σου γνῶναι ὅτι οὐ πλείους εἰσίν μοι ἡμέραι {RP P1904: - } [TR: ἢ] δεκαδύο, ἀφ' ἧς ἀνέβην προσκυνήσων {RP TR: ἐν} [P1904: εἰς] Ἱερουσαλήμ· while you may know that it is no more {RP P1904: than} [TR: than] twelve days since I went up {RP TR: to worship in Jerusalem} [P1904: to Jerusalem to worship]. ἢ, than: absent in RP P1904 F1859=12/13 vs. present in TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e).
ἐν, in, RP TR F1859=11/14 vs. εἰς, to (or, pregnantly, in), P1904 F1859=3/14 (Scrivener's a**dp).
may ← can.
it is ← there are to me.
to worship: classical future participle of purpose.
Acts 24:12 καὶ οὔτε ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ εὗρόν με πρός τινα διαλεγόμενον ἢ ἐπισύστασιν ποιοῦντα ὄχλου, οὔτε ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς, οὔτε κατὰ τὴν πόλιν. Now they did not find me in the temple disputing with anyone or causing a popular riot, either in the synagogues or around the city. causing ← making.
popular ← of a crowd.
Acts 24:13 Οὔτε {RP S1550: παραστῆσαί με} [P1904 E1624 S1894: παραστῆσαι] δύνανται περὶ ὧν νῦν κατηγοροῦσίν μου. Nor can they {RP S1550: incriminate me concerning} [P1904 E1624 S1894: substantiate] the things of which they now accuse me. με, (incriminate) me: present in RP S1550 F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's c(tacite)fglm) vs. absent in P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's abdehkop, aekop). A disparity with RP, R=6:10.
{RP S1550: incriminate ← set beside, prove, show.}
Acts 24:14 Ὁμολογῶ δὲ τοῦτό σοι, ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἣν λέγουσιν αἵρεσιν, οὕτως λατρεύω τῷ πατρῴῳ θεῷ, πιστεύων πᾶσιν τοῖς κατὰ τὸν νόμον καὶ {RP S1550 S1894: - } [P1904: τοῖς ἐν] [E1624: ἐν] τοῖς προφήταις γεγραμμένοις· But I confess this to you, that according to ‘the way’, which they call ‘sectarian’, so I serve the God of my forefathers, believing in all the things which are according to the law and {RP S1550 S1894: which stand written by} [P1904: which stand written in] [E1624: stand written in] the prophets, words below absent, RP S1550 S1894 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's adfghl) vs. τοῖς ἐν, the (things) in (the prophets), P1904 F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's bcekmop) vs. ἐν, in (the prophets), E1624 F1859=0/13. A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
sectarian ← a sect.
Acts 24:15 ἐλπίδα ἔχων εἰς τὸν θεόν, ἣν καὶ αὐτοὶ οὗτοι προσδέχονται, ἀνάστασιν μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι νεκρῶν, δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων. having a hope in God, which these people themselves also expect – that there will be a resurrection of the dead, both the just and the unjust.
Acts 24:16 Ἐν τούτῳ {RP TR: δὲ} [P1904: δὲ καὶ] αὐτὸς ἀσκῶ, ἀπρόσκοπον συνείδησιν {RP: ἔχων} [P1904 TR: ἔχειν] πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους διὰ παντός. And I myself {RP TR: - } [P1904: also] am at pains in respect of this, {RP: having} [P1904 TR: to have] an irreproachable conscience towards God and men at all times. δὲ, and / but, RP TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's aefhl) vs. δὲ καὶ, and / but also, P1904 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's cg) vs. καὶ, and, F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's bdkop) vs. τε καὶ, and also, F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m). One could argue that a majority of our witnesses have καὶ, thus a disparity with RP, R=6:9, but RP has the best attested reading of the phrase. Nearly a disparity with RP, R=6:5.
ἔχων, having, RP F1859=11/13 vs. ἔχειν, to have, P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's dp).
am at pains ← practise (as a skill), train.
Acts 24:17 Δι' ἐτῶν δὲ πλειόνων παρεγενόμην ἐλεημοσύνας ποιήσων εἰς τὸ ἔθνος μου καὶ προσφοράς· And after many years I came to give alms to my nation, and to offer sacrifices. to give ← about to do, a classical future participle of purpose.
Acts 24:18 ἐν οἷς εὗρόν με ἡγνισμένον ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, οὐ μετὰ ὄχλου οὐδὲ μετὰ θορύβου, τινὲς {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: - } [S1550: δὲ] ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας Ἰουδαῖοι· {RP P1904 E1624 S1894: During} [S1550: And during] these undertakings certain Jews from Asia found me purified in the temple, not with a crowd or with a disturbance, δὲ, and / but: absent in RP P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=12/13 vs. present in S1550 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's e).
Acts 24:19 οὓς {RP S1550: δεῖ} [P1904 E1624 S1894: ἔδει] ἐπὶ σοῦ παρεῖναι καὶ κατηγορεῖν εἴ τι ἔχοιεν πρός με. who {RP S1550: ought to be present} [P1904 E1624 S1894: ought to have been present] before you and make their accusation if they should have anything against me, δεῖ, it is necessary, should, RP S1550 F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's bfgklmo) vs. ἔδει, it was necessary, should have, P1904 E1624 S1894 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's acdehp, vid. Mill). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:8. AV differs textually.
[P1904 E1624 S1894: ought to have been present: the past time reference comes from the verb ought, not the infinitive following.]
should have ← were to have, taking the view that the charges are hypothetical.
Acts 24:20 Ἢ αὐτοὶ οὗτοι εἰπάτωσαν, {RP P1904: τί} [TR: εἴ τι] εὗρον ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀδίκημα, στάντος μου ἐπὶ τοῦ συνεδρίου, or let these themselves {RP P1904: say what wrongdoing they found} [TR: speak if they found any wrongdoing] in me when I stood before the Sanhedrin council, εἴ, whether, if: absent in RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. present in TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ac).
Acts 24:21 ἢ περὶ μιᾶς ταύτης φωνῆς, ἧς ἔκραξα ἑστὼς ἐν αὐτοῖς, ὅτι Περὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν ἐγὼ κρίνομαι σήμερον ὑφ' ὑμῶν. or concerning this one expression which I exclaimed when I stood among them: ‘I am being judged by you today concerning the resurrection of the dead.’ ”
Acts 24:22 Ἀκούσας δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Φῆλιξ ἀνεβάλετο αὐτούς, ἀκριβέστερον εἰδὼς τὰ περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ, εἰπών, Ὅταν Λυσίας ὁ χιλίαρχος καταβῇ, διαγνώσομαι τὰ καθ' ὑμᾶς· Then when Felix had heard these things, he postponed their hearing, knowing the reports about “the way” in quite some detail, and he said, “When Lysias the cohort commander comes down, I will investigate your case.” their hearing ← them.
in quite some detail ← more / rather accurately.
your: plural.
Acts 24:23 διαταξάμενός τε τῷ ἑκατοντάρχῃ τηρεῖσθαι τὸν Παῦλον, ἔχειν τε ἄνεσιν, καὶ μηδένα κωλύειν τῶν ἰδίων αὐτοῦ ὑπηρετεῖν ἢ προσέρχεσθαι αὐτῷ. And he ordered the centurion that Paul should be guarded and have privileges, and not to prevent any of his own people from attending to him or coming to him. privileges ← dispensation, exemption, relaxation (of the rules).
Acts 24:24 Μετὰ δὲ ἡμέρας τινάς, παραγενόμενος ὁ Φῆλιξ σὺν Δρουσίλλῃ τῇ γυναικὶ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: αὐτοῦ] οὔσῃ Ἰουδαίᾳ, μετεπέμψατο τὸν Παῦλον, καὶ ἤκουσεν αὐτοῦ περὶ τῆς εἰς χριστὸν {RP P1904 TR: - } [MISC: Ἰησοῦν] πίστεως. And after a certain number of days, Felix came with Drusilla {RP: his} [P1904 TR: his] wife, who was Jewish, and he sent for Paul and heard him about faith in Christ {RP P1904 TR: - } [MISC: Jesus]. αὐτοῦ, his: absent in RP F1859=11/13, of which Scrivener's abkmo read τῇ ἰδίᾳ γυναικὶ, his own wife vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's dp).
Ἰησοῦν, Jesus: absent in RP P1904 TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's abcko) vs. present in F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's defghlmp). A weak disparity with RP, R=7:8.
Acts 24:25 Διαλεγομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ περὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ ἐγκρατείας καὶ τοῦ κρίματος τοῦ μέλλοντος ἔσεσθαι, ἔμφοβος γενόμενος ὁ Φῆλιξ ἀπεκρίθη, Τὸ νῦν ἔχον πορεύου· καιρὸν δὲ μεταλαβὼν μετακαλέσομαί σε· And while he was debating about righteousness and self-control and the judgment which is to come, Felix became fearful and answered, “For the present, go your way, but I will take an opportunity and call for you.” to come ← going to be.
Acts 24:26 ἅμα {RP: - } [P1904 TR: δὲ] καὶ ἐλπίζων ὅτι χρήματα δοθήσεται αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου, ὅπως λύσῃ αὐτόν· διὸ καὶ πυκνότερον αὐτὸν μεταπεμπόμενος ὡμίλει αὐτῷ. And at the same time he {RP: - } [P1904 TR: also] hoped that money would be given to him by Paul for him to release him, and for that reason he quite often sent for him and held conversations with him. δὲ, and / but: absent in RP F1859=13/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=0/13. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
Acts 24:27 Διετίας δὲ πληρωθείσης, ἔλαβεν διάδοχον ὁ Φῆλιξ Πόρκιον Φῆστον· θέλων {RP TR: τε} [P1904: δὲ] {RP TR: χάριτας} [P1904: χάριν] καταθέσθαι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις ὁ Φῆλιξ κατέλιπεν τὸν Παῦλον δεδεμένον. Then after two full years had passed, Felix was succeeded by Porcius Festus. {RP TR: And} [P1904: But] Felix, wishing to do the Jews a favour, left Paul bound. τε, and, RP TR F1859=10/15 (Scrivener's bcdeghkl**op**) vs. δὲ, but, P1904 F1859=5/15 (Scrivener's afl*mp*).
χάριτας, favours, RP TR F1859=10/13 vs. χάριν, a favour (1), P1904 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ck) vs. χάριτα, a favour (2), F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's p).
was succeeded by ← took a successor.
Acts 25:1 Φῆστος οὖν ἐπιβὰς τῇ ἐπαρχίᾳ, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπὸ Καισαρείας. So Festus took up office as governor, and three days later he went up to Jerusalem from Caesarea. took up office as governor: ἐπιβαίνω, classically to go upon, is attested in the secular papyri as take up office [MM]. ἐπαρχία is given as government of a province in [LS], but it is province in Acts 23:34. The meaning of the whole clause could be set foot on / arrived in the province.
Acts 25:2 Ἐνεφάνισαν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι τῶν Ἰουδαίων κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου, καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτόν, And the high priest and the highest-ranking Jews made their position against Paul clear to him, and they appealed to him, highest-ranking ← first, foremost.
Acts 25:3 αἰτούμενοι χάριν κατ' αὐτοῦ, ὅπως μεταπέμψηται αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἐνέδραν ποιοῦντες ἀνελεῖν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν. asking for a favour against the man, that he would send for him to come to Jerusalem, while they laid an ambush so as to eliminate him on the way. the man ← him. This sentence (starting at the previous verse) makes use of the Greek pronoun for him to refer to both Festus (twice) and Paul (three times). Our translation here helps clarify the antecedent.
Acts 25:4 Ὁ μὲν οὖν Φῆστος ἀπεκρίθη, τηρεῖσθαι τὸν Παῦλον ἐν Καισαρείᾳ, ἑαυτὸν δὲ μέλλειν ἐν τάχει ἐκπορεύεσθαι. However, Festus answered that Paul was being kept at Caesarea, and he himself was going to depart shortly.
Acts 25:5 Οἱ οὖν δυνατοὶ ἐν ὑμῖν, φησίν, συγκαταβάντες, εἴ τι ἐστὶν {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: ἄτοπον] ἐν τῷ ἀνδρὶ τούτῳ, κατηγορείτωσαν αὐτοῦ. He said, “Well then, let the men of senior rank among you come down together and accuse him, if there is anything {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: irregular] against this man.” ἄτοπον, out of place: absent in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's fg*hkl) vs. present in S1894 F1859=9/14 (Scrivener's beo in this position, acdg**mp before κατηγορείτωσαν). A disparity with RP, R=7:10, though the disparity is weakened by the positioning issue of ἄτοπον. AV differs textually.
come down together: imperatival use of the participle. The ↴
Acts 25:6 Διατρίψας δὲ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἡμέρας {RP P1904 TR: - } [MISC: οὐ] πλείους ἢ δέκα, καταβὰς εἰς Καισάρειαν, τῇ ἐπαύριον καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος ἐκέλευσεν τὸν Παῦλον ἀχθῆναι. Then he spent {RP P1904 TR: - } [MISC: no] more than ten days among them, and when he had come back down to Caesarea, on the following day he took his seat in the court and ordered Paul to be brought. ↳ verb is used of motion away from Jerusalem.
οὐ, no (more than): absent in RP P1904 TR F1859=7/14 (Scrivener's a*cfghkl) vs. present in F1859=7/14 (Scrivener's a**bdemop).
Acts 25:7 Παραγενομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ, περιέστησαν οἱ ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων καταβεβηκότες Ἰουδαῖοι, πολλὰ καὶ βαρέα {RP-text P1904: αἰτιώματα} [RP-marg TR: αἰτιάματα] φέροντες κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου, ἃ οὐκ ἴσχυον ἀποδεῖξαι, And when he arrived, the Jews who had come down from Jerusalem stood round about, bringing many serious charges against Paul, which they could not substantiate, αἰτιώματα, charges (non-classical form), RP-text P1904 F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's a**dfmp, p with rough breathing) vs. αἰτιάματα, charges (classical form), RP-marg TR F1859=8/14 (Scrivener's a*bcegklo, but with minor variations in gk) vs. another reading, F1859=1/14 (Scrivener's h). A disparity with RP-text, R=6:9.
Acts 25:8 ἀπολογουμένου αὐτοῦ ὅτι Οὔτε εἰς τὸν νόμον τῶν Ἰουδαίων, οὔτε εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, οὔτε εἰς Καίσαρά τι ἥμαρτον. whereas he stated in his defence, “I have neither offended against the law of the Jews nor against the temple nor against Caesar in any respect.”
Acts 25:9 Ὁ Φῆστος δὲ {RP TR: τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις θέλων} [P1904: θέλων τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις] χάριν καταθέσθαι, ἀποκριθεὶς τῷ Παύλῳ εἶπεν, Θέλεις εἰς {RP TR: Ἱεροσόλυμα} [P1904: Ἱερουσαλὴμ] ἀναβάς, ἐκεῖ περὶ τούτων κρίνεσθαι ἐπ' ἐμοῦ; But Festus, wishing to do the Jews a favour, answered and said to Paul, “Are you willing to go up to Jerusalem and to be judged on these matters by me there?” τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις θέλων, for the Jews + wishing, RP TR F1859=9/13 vs. θέλων τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, wishing + for the Jews, P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's ckmp).
Ἱεροσόλυμα, Jerusalem (1), RP TR F1859=13/13 vs. Ἱερουσαλὴμ, Jerusalem (2), P1904 F1859=0/13.
Acts 25:10 Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Παῦλος, Ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρος ἑστώς εἰμι, οὗ με δεῖ κρίνεσθαι· Ἰουδαίους οὐδὲν ἠδίκησα, ὡς καὶ σὺ κάλλιον ἐπιγινώσκεις. Then Paul said, “I stand in Caesar's court where I should be judged. I have not wronged the Jews, as you for your part know very well. for your part ← also.
very well ← better, Greek comparative for superlative.
Acts 25:11 Εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἀδικῶ καὶ ἄξιον θανάτου πέπραχά τι, οὐ παραιτοῦμαι τὸ ἀποθανεῖν· εἰ δὲ οὐδέν ἐστιν ὧν οὗτοι κατηγοροῦσίν μου, οὐδείς με δύναται αὐτοῖς χαρίσασθαι. Καίσαρα ἐπικαλοῦμαι. So if I am in the wrong, and I have done anything deserving death, I do not ask for the death penalty to be lifted, but if the things which these people accuse me of are nothing, no-one can hand me over to them as a favour. I appeal to Caesar.”
Acts 25:12 Τότε ὁ Φῆστος συλλαλήσας μετὰ τοῦ συμβουλίου ἀπεκρίθη, Καίσαρα ἐπικέκλησαι; Ἐπὶ Καίσαρα πορεύσῃ. Then Festus conferred with the council and replied, “You have appealed to Caesar; to Caesar you shall go.” RP, AV punctuate You have appealed to Caesar as a question.
Acts 25:13 Ἡμερῶν δὲ διαγενομένων τινῶν, Ἀγρίππας ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ Βερνίκη κατήντησαν εἰς Καισάρειαν, {RP-text: ἀσπασάμενοι} [RP-marg P1904 TR: ἀσπασόμενοι] τὸν Φῆστον. Now when a number of days had passed, Agrippa the king and Bernice arrived in Caesarea {RP-text: and greeted} [RP-marg P1904 TR: to greet] Festus. ἀσπασάμενοι, having greeted, RP-text F1859=3/15 (Scrivener's k*l*m) vs. ἀσπασόμενοι, to greet (classical future participle denoting purpose), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=12/15 (Scrivener's abcdefghk**l**op). A strong disparity with RP-text, R=3:14.
Acts 25:14 Ὡς δὲ πλείους ἡμέρας {RP-text: διέτριβεν} [RP-marg P1904 TR: διέτριβον] ἐκεῖ, ὁ Φῆστος τῷ βασιλεῖ ἀνέθετο τὰ κατὰ τὸν Παῦλον, λέγων, Ἀνήρ τίς ἐστιν καταλελειμμένος ὑπὸ Φήλικος δέσμιος, And when {RP-text: he} [RP-marg P1904 TR: they] had spent several days there, Festus set Paul's case out to the king, and he said, “There is a certain man who has been left by Felix, a prisoner, διέτριβεν, he spent time, RP-text F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's dfgkl) vs. διέτριβον, they spent time, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=8/13. A disparity with RP-text, R=5:10.
Paul's case ← the (case) against Paul, as alleged.
Acts 25:15 περὶ οὗ, γενομένου μου εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, ἐνεφάνισαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τῶν Ἰουδαίων, αἰτούμενοι κατ' αὐτοῦ δίκην. concerning whom when I was in Jerusalem the senior priests and elders of the Jews explained a case, asking for a penalty against him. in Jerusalem ← to Jerusalem. Pregnant use.
Acts 25:16 Πρὸς οὓς ἀπεκρίθην, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἔθος Ῥωμαίοις χαρίζεσθαί τινα ἄνθρωπον εἰς ἀπώλειαν, πρὶν ἢ ὁ κατηγορούμενος κατὰ πρόσωπον ἔχοι τοὺς κατηγόρους, τόπον τε ἀπολογίας λάβοι περὶ τοῦ ἐγκλήματος. And I replied to them that it is not the custom for Romans to hand over any man to the death penalty before the accused has the accusers face to face, and he receives an opportunity for defence concerning the accusation. the death penalty ← destruction.
Acts 25:17 Συνελθόντων οὖν αὐτῶν ἐνθάδε, ἀναβολὴν μηδεμίαν ποιησάμενος, τῇ ἑξῆς καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος, ἐκέλευσα ἀχθῆναι τὸν ἄνδρα· So they gathered here, and I made no delay and held a sitting in the court the next day, and I ordered the man to be brought in. and held a sitting ← having sat.
Acts 25:18 περὶ οὗ σταθέντες οἱ κατήγοροι οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν ἐπέφερον ὧν ὑπενόουν ἐγώ, But the accusers stood there and did not make any accusation concerning him of the kind which I suspected,
Acts 25:19 ζητήματα δέ τινα περὶ τῆς ἰδίας δεισιδαιμονίας εἶχον πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ περί τινος Ἰησοῦ τεθνηκότος, ὃν ἔφασκεν ὁ Παῦλος ζῇν. but they had some dispute about their own religion against him, and about a certain Jesus, who had died, whom Paul was asserting to be alive. dispute ← points at issue, seekings.
Acts 25:20 Ἀπορούμενος δὲ ἐγὼ {RP P1904: - } [TR: εἰς] τὴν περὶ τούτου ζήτησιν, ἔλεγον, εἰ βούλοιτο πορεύεσθαι εἰς {RP TR: Ἱερουσαλήμ} [P1904: Ἱεροσόλυμα], κἀκεῖ κρίνεσθαι περὶ τούτων. And as I was at a loss in the dispute concerning this man, I asked if he wished to go to Jerusalem and be judged there concerning these things. εἰς, into, in, but here reinforcing concerning: absent in RP P1904 F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's bdeflop) vs. present in TR F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's acghkm). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
Ἱερουσαλήμ, Jerusalem (1), RP TR F1859=9/13 vs. Ἱεροσόλυμα, Jerusalem (2), P1904 F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's ckmp).
as I was at a loss: causal use of the participle.
Acts 25:21 Τοῦ δὲ Παύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ διάγνωσιν, ἐκέλευσα τηρεῖσθαι αὐτόν, ἕως οὗ πέμψω αὐτὸν πρὸς Καίσαρα. But when Paul appealed that he should be guarded awaiting Augustus's decision, I ordered him to be guarded until I send him to Caesar.” awaiting ← until, for.
Acts 25:22 Ἀγρίππας δὲ πρὸς τὸν Φῆστον ἔφη, Ἐβουλόμην καὶ αὐτὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀκοῦσαι. Ὁ δέ, Αὔριον, φησίν, ἀκούσῃ αὐτοῦ. Then Agrippa said to Festus, “I myself would also like to hear the man.” “Tomorrow”, he then said, “you will hear him.”
Acts 25:23 Τῇ οὖν ἐπαύριον, ἐλθόντος τοῦ Ἀγρίππα καὶ τῆς Βερνίκης μετὰ πολλῆς φαντασίας, καὶ εἰσελθόντων εἰς τὸ ἀκροατήριον, σύν τε τοῖς χιλιάρχοις καὶ ἀνδράσιν τοῖς κατ' ἐξοχὴν οὖσιν τῆς πόλεως, καὶ κελεύσαντος τοῦ Φήστου, ἤχθη ὁ Παῦλος. So the next day Agrippa and Bernice came with much pomp, and they went to the audience hall with the cohort commanders and the prominent men of the city, and at Festus's command Paul was brought in.
Acts 25:24 Καί φησιν ὁ Φῆστος, Ἀγρίππα βασιλεῦ, καὶ πάντες οἱ συμπαρόντες ἡμῖν ἄνδρες, θεωρεῖτε τοῦτον περὶ οὗ πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐνέτυχόν μοι ἔν τε Ἱεροσολύμοις καὶ ἐνθάδε, ἐπιβοῶντες μὴ δεῖν ζῇν αὐτὸν μηκέτι. And Festus said, “King Agrippa and all you gentlemen who are present with us, you see this man concerning whom the whole multitude of Jews prevailed on me in Jerusalem and here, shouting out that he should no longer live.
Acts 25:25 Ἐγὼ δὲ καταλαβόμενος μηδὲν ἄξιον θανάτου αὐτὸν πεπραχέναι, καὶ αὐτοῦ δὲ τούτου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τὸν Σεβαστόν, ἔκρινα πέμπειν αὐτόν. But I do not detect that he has done anything worthy of death, and as he himself has appealed to Augustus, I have decided to send him. I do not detect that he has done anything ← having detected that he has done nothing, which under strict logic is different, but the expression is idiomatic.
he ← this (man).
Acts 25:26 Περὶ οὗ ἀσφαλές τι γράψαι τῷ κυρίῳ οὐκ ἔχω. Διὸ προήγαγον αὐτὸν ἐφ' ὑμῶν, καὶ μάλιστα ἐπὶ σοῦ, βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα, ὅπως τῆς ἀνακρίσεως γενομένης σχῶ τι γράψαι. But I have nothing specific about him to write to the sovereign, which is why I have produced him before you, and especially before you, King Agrippa, so that when an interrogation has taken place, I might have something to write. which is why ← on account of which.
Acts 25:27 Ἄλογον γάρ μοι δοκεῖ, πέμποντα δέσμιον, μὴ καὶ τὰς κατ' αὐτοῦ αἰτίας σημᾶναι. For it seems to me to be unreasonable when sending a prisoner not also to indicate the charges against him.” when sending: the accusative is surprising, but compare Heb 2:10, 1 Tim 6:17 - 1 Tim 6:18.
Acts 26:1 Ἀγρίππας δὲ πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον ἔφη, Ἐπιτρέπεταί σοι ὑπὲρ σεαυτοῦ λέγειν. Τότε ὁ Παῦλος {RP TR: ἀπελογεῖτο, ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα} [P1904: ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἀπελογεῖτο], Then Agrippa said to Paul, “It is permitted for you to speak for yourself.” Then Paul stretched out his hand and spoke in his defence. ἀπελογεῖτο, ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα, was defending himself + having stretched out the hand, RP TR F1859=10/13 vs. ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἀπελογεῖτο, having stretched out the hand + was defending himself, P1904 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's kmp).
Acts 26:2 Περὶ πάντων ὧν ἐγκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων, βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα, ἥγημαι ἐμαυτὸν μακάριον {RP P1904: ἐπὶ σοῦ μέλλων ἀπολογεῖσθαι} [TR: μέλλων ἀπολογεῖσθαι ἐπὶ σοῦ] σήμερον· “King Agrippa, I consider myself fortunate to be in a position to make my defence before you today concerning everything that I have been accused of by the Jews, ἐπὶ σοῦ μέλλων ἀπολογεῖσθαι, before you + being about to defend myself, RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. μέλλων ἀπολογεῖσθαι ἐπὶ σοῦ, being about to defend myself + before you , TR F1859=0/13 vs. another word order, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's mp).
to be in a position ← being about to.
Acts 26:3 μάλιστα γνώστην ὄντα σὲ {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: εἰδὼς] πάντων τῶν κατὰ Ἰουδαίους {RP-text: ἠθῶν} [RP-marg P1904 TR: ἐθῶν] τε καὶ ζητημάτων· διὸ δέομαί σου, μακροθύμως ἀκοῦσαί μου. especially as {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: I know that] you are an expert in all the customs and disputes among the Jews. So I ask you to hear me patiently. εἰδὼς, knowing: absent in RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=12/13 vs. present in S1894 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's m, though in a different word order).
ἠθῶν, customs (lengthened form, also classical), RP-text F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's adfgm, d with rough breathing) vs. ἐθῶν, customs (standard classical form), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=8/13 (Scrivener's abcehklop). A disparity with RP-text, R=5:10.
Acts 26:4 Τὴν μὲν οὖν βίωσίν μου τὴν ἐκ νεότητος, τὴν ἀπ' ἀρχῆς γενομένην ἐν τῷ ἔθνει μου ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις, ἴσασιν πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, Now all the Jews know my way of life from my youth, which from the start was led among my people in Jerusalem.
Acts 26:5 προγινώσκοντές με ἄνωθεν, ἐὰν θέλωσιν μαρτυρεῖν, ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην αἵρεσιν τῆς ἡμετέρας θρησκείας ἔζησα Φαρισαῖος. They have known me from the beginning – perhaps they would care to testify – that I lived according to the strictest sect of our religion, as a Pharisee. known ← known beforehand.
perhaps they would care to testify ← if they wish to testify. If the subjunctive stands for the classical optative, it expresses a stronger wish by Paul, if only they were willing to testify.
Acts 26:6 Καὶ νῦν ἐπ' ἐλπίδι τῆς πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἐπαγγελίας γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἕστηκα κρινόμενος, And now I stand being judged for the hope of the promise which was made by God to the fathers,
Acts 26:7 εἰς ἣν τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν λατρεῦον ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι· περὶ ἧς ἐλπίδος ἐγκαλοῦμαι, βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα, ὑπὸ {RP: - } [P1904 TR: τῶν] Ἰουδαίων. to which our twelve tribes hope to attain, serving strenuously night and day. And concerning this hope I have been indicted, King Agrippa, by {RP: the} [P1904 TR: the] Jews. τῶν, (of) the: absent in RP F1859=12/13 vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l). A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
this ← which (relative adjective).
have been indicted ← am being indicted.
Acts 26:8 Τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρ' ὑμῖν, εἰ ὁ θεὸς νεκροὺς ἐγείρει; Why should it be judged incredible with you if God raises the dead? should it ← is it.
you: plural, so not just speaking to Agrippa.
Acts 26:9 Ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα ἐμαυτῷ πρὸς τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου δεῖν πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι· Now I decided for myself that it was necessary to do many things in opposition to the name of Jesus the Nazarene,
Acts 26:10 ὃ καὶ ἐποίησα ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις, καὶ πολλοὺς τῶν ἁγίων ἐγὼ {RP TR: - } [P1904: ἐν] φυλακαῖς κατέκλεισα, τὴν παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων ἐξουσίαν λαβών, ἀναιρουμένων τε αὐτῶν κατήνεγκα ψῆφον. which I duly did in Jerusalem, and I shut up many of the saints {RP TR: in} [P1904: in] prisons, having obtained authority from the senior priests, and when they were liable to be executed, I voted against them. ἐν, in: absent in RP TR F1859=7/13 vs. present in P1904 F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's bekmop). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=8:7.
duly ← also.
saints: see Matt 27:52.
{RP TR: in ← to.}
when they were liable to be executed ← they being killed / eliminated.
Acts 26:11 Καὶ κατὰ πάσας τὰς συναγωγὰς πολλάκις τιμωρῶν αὐτούς, ἠνάγκαζον βλασφημεῖν· περισσῶς τε ἐμμαινόμενος αὐτοῖς, ἐδίωκον ἕως καὶ εἰς τὰς ἔξω πόλεις. And I punished them in all the synagogues many times, and I compelled them to blaspheme, and being exceedingly mad at them, I persecuted them even to cities abroad. punished ← took vengeance on.
abroad ← outer, outlying.
Acts 26:12 Ἐν οἷς καὶ πορευόμενος εἰς τὴν Δαμασκὸν μετ' ἐξουσίας καὶ ἐπιτροπῆς τῆς παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων, And in these circumstances, when I was going to Damascus with authority and a commission from the senior priests,
Acts 26:13 ἡμέρας μέσης, κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν εἶδον, βασιλεῦ, οὐρανόθεν ὑπὲρ τὴν λαμπρότητα τοῦ ἡλίου, περιλάμψαν με φῶς καὶ τοὺς σὺν ἐμοὶ πορευομένους. at midday on my way, I saw, O king, a light from heaven, brighter than the sun, flash around me and those travelling with me. brighter than ← more than the brightness of.
flash ← having flashed. See Matt 23:20.
Acts 26:14 Πάντων δὲ καταπεσόντων ἡμῶν εἰς τὴν γῆν, ἤκουσα φωνὴν λαλοῦσαν πρός με καὶ λέγουσαν τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ, Σαούλ, Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις; Σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν. And when we had all fallen down on the ground, I heard a voice which spoke to me and said in the Hebrew language, ‘Saul, Saul, why are you persecuting me? It is hard for you to kick against the goads.’ Hebrew: the term can include Aramaic.
Acts 26:15 Ἐγὼ δὲ εἶπον, Τίς εἶ, κύριε; Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Ἐγώ εἰμι Ἰησοῦς ὃν σὺ διώκεις. Then I said, ‘Who are you, Lord?’ And he said, ‘I am Jesus, whom you are persecuting. I am: see John 18:5-6.
Acts 26:16 Ἀλλὰ ἀνάστηθι, καὶ στῆθι ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας σου· εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ ὤφθην σοι, προχειρίσασθαί σε ὑπηρέτην καὶ μάρτυρα ὧν τε εἶδες ὧν τε ὀφθήσομαί σοι, But get up and stand on your feet. For I have appeared to you for this: to appoint you as a servant and witness to both the things you have seen and the things in which I will be evident to you,
Acts 26:17 ἐξαιρούμενός σε ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν, εἰς οὓς {RP P1904: ἐγώ} [TR: νῦν] σε ἀποστέλλω, rescuing you from the people and the Gentiles to whom I am {RP P1904: - } [TR: now] sending you, ἐγώ, I (emphatic), RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. νῦν, now, TR F1859=0/13 vs. word absent, F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ce).
Acts 26:18 ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν, {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: τοῦ} [S1894: καὶ] {RP-text: ὑποστρέψαι} [RP-marg P1904 TR: ἐπιστρέψαι] [MISC: ἀποστρέψαι] ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς καὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ Σατανᾶ ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν, τοῦ λαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν, καὶ κλῆρον ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πίστει τῇ εἰς ἐμέ. to open their eyes, {RP P1904 S1550 E1624: - } [S1894: and] to turn them from darkness to light and from the authority of Satan to God, in order that they may receive forgiveness of sins and an inheritance among those sanctified through faith in me.’ τοῦ, to (strengthening the infinitive), RP P1904 S1550 E1624 F1859=13/13 vs. καὶ, and, S1894 F1859=0/13.
ὑποστρέψαι, to turn (about), return (1), RP-text F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's adfghk) vs. ἐπιστρέψαι, to turn (about), return (2), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's l) vs. ἀποστρέψαι, to turn (back) (3), F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's bcemop). Nearly a disparity with RP-text, R=6:6.
Acts 26:19 Ὅθεν, βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα, οὐκ ἐγενόμην ἀπειθὴς τῇ οὐρανίῳ ὀπτασίᾳ, In view of which, King Agrippa, I have not been disobedient to the heavenly vision, in view of which ← whence.
been ← become.
Acts 26:20 ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἐν Δαμασκῷ πρῶτον καὶ Ἱεροσολύμοις, εἰς πᾶσάν τε τὴν χώραν τῆς Ἰουδαίας, καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, {RP S1550: ἀπαγγέλλων} [P1904: ἀπαγγέλλω] [E1624 S1894: ἀπήγγελλον] μετανοεῖν, καὶ ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν, ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας ἔργα πράσσοντας. but I preached to those in Damascus first, and then to those in Jerusalem, and in the whole region of Judaea, and to the Gentiles, that they should repent and turn to God, doing works worthy of repentance. ἀπαγγέλλων, preaching, RP S1550 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's gm) vs. ἀπαγγέλλω, I preach, P1904 F1859=9/13 (Scrivener's bcdefhklo) vs. ἀπήγγελλον, I was preaching, E1624 S1894 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's ap). A strong disparity with RP, R=3:10.
Acts 26:21 Ἕνεκα τούτων {RP-text: οἱ Ἰουδαῖοί με} [RP-marg P1904 TR: με οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι] συλλαβόμενοι ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἐπειρῶντο διαχειρίσασθαι. On account of these things the Jews arrested me in the temple and tried to do away with me. οἱ Ἰουδαῖοί με, the Jews + me, RP-text F1859=3/14 (Scrivener's a**mp, but mp lacking οἱ) vs. με οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, me + the Jews, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=9/14 (Scrivener's bdefghklo) vs. other readings, F1859=2/14 (Scrivener's a*c). A strong disparity with RP-text, R=3:11.
Acts 26:22 Ἐπικουρίας οὖν τυχὼν τῆς παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης ἕστηκα {RP P1904: μαρτυρόμενος} [TR: μαρτυρούμενος] μικρῷ τε καὶ μεγάλῳ, οὐδὲν ἐκτὸς λέγων ὧν τε οἱ προφῆται ἐλάλησαν μελλόντων {RP TR: γίνεσθαι} [P1904: γένεσθαι] καὶ {RP P1904: Μωϋσῆς} [TR: Μωσῆς], So having obtained help from God up to this day, I stand {RP P1904: witnessing to} [TR: reputed by] both small and great, not saying anything outside of what the prophets and Moses said would take place, μαρτυρόμενος, testifying, RP P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. μαρτυρούμενος, being testified, TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's aefg).
γίνεσθαι, to take place (present, so imperfective aspect), RP TR F1859=13/13 vs. γένεσθαι, to take place (aorist, so perfective aspect), P1904 F1859=0/13.
Μωϋσῆς, Moüses, RP P1904 F1859=9/13 vs. Μωσῆς, Moses, TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's efgk).
Punctuation: we associate up to this day differently from RP, AV. So AV differs.
Acts 26:23 εἰ παθητὸς ὁ χριστός, εἰ πρῶτος ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν φῶς μέλλει καταγγέλλειν τῷ λαῷ καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. as to whether Christ was to suffer, as to whether he as the first of the resurrection of the dead should proclaim light to the people and to the Gentiles.”
Acts 26:24 Ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀπολογουμένου, ὁ Φῆστος μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ ἔφη, Μαίνῃ, Παῦλε· τὰ πολλά σε γράμματα εἰς μανίαν περιτρέπει. And as he said these things in his defence, Festus said in a loud voice, “You are mad, Paul. Much learning is reducing you to madness.” much learning ← the many letters.
reducing ← turning around.
Acts 26:25 Ὁ δέ, Οὐ μαίνομαι, φησίν, κράτιστε Φῆστε, {RP P1904: ἀλλὰ} [TR: ἀλλ'] ἀληθείας καὶ σωφροσύνης ῥήματα ἀποφθέγγομαι. But he said, “I am not mad, most excellent Festus, but I speak words of truth and sanity in my defence. ἀλλὰ, but (unapocopated), RP P1904 F1859=11/13 vs. ἀλλ', but (apocopated), TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's eh).
speak ← enunciate.
Acts 26:26 Ἐπίσταται γὰρ περὶ τούτων ὁ βασιλεύς, πρὸς ὃν καὶ παρρησιαζόμενος λαλῶ· λανθάνειν γὰρ αὐτόν τι τούτων οὐ πείθομαι οὐδέν· οὐ {RP: γὰρ} [P1904 TR: γάρ ἐστιν] ἐν γωνίᾳ πεπραγμένον τοῦτο. For the king has understanding of these things, and I speak freely to him. For I am not persuaded that any of these things escape his notice. For this {RP: has} [P1904 TR: has] not been done in a corner. ἐστιν, is: absent in RP F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's fghl) vs. present in P1904 TR F1859=9/13 (Scrivener's abcdekmop). A disparity with RP, R=4:11.
Acts 26:27 Πιστεύεις, βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα, τοῖς προφήταις; Οἶδα ὅτι πιστεύεις. King Agrippa, do you believe the prophets? I know you believe.”
Acts 26:28 Ὁ δὲ Ἀγρίππας πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον ἔφη, Ἐν ὀλίγῳ με πείθεις Χριστιανὸν γενέσθαι. Then Agrippa said to Paul, “In brief, you are persuading me to become a Christian.” in brief ← in a little. [LS] gives within small compass, in a short time. [MM] gives in a short time. Compare Eph 3:3. AV differs, reading almost, which is possible, supported by [JWB-RR] p.151.
Acts 26:29 Ὁ δὲ Παῦλος εἶπεν, Εὐξαίμην ἂν τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐν ὀλίγῳ καὶ ἐν πολλῷ οὐ μόνον σε, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντάς μου σήμερον, γενέσθαι τοιούτους ὁποῖος κἀγώ εἰμι, παρεκτὸς τῶν δεσμῶν τούτων. Then Paul said, “I could wish to God that not only you but also all those who hear me today would both in brief and at length become such as I am, except for these bonds.” wish ← vow.
at length ← in much.
I am ← I also am, I for my part am.
Acts 26:30 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ, ἀνέστη ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμών, ἥ τε Βερνίκη, καὶ οἱ συγκαθήμενοι αὐτοῖς· And when he had said these things, the king stood up, as did the governor and Bernice and those sitting with them.
Acts 26:31 καὶ ἀναχωρήσαντες ἐλάλουν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, λέγοντες ὅτι Οὐδὲν θανάτου ἄξιον ἢ δεσμῶν πράσσει ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος. And they withdrew and spoke to each other, saying, “This man has done nothing deserving death or bonds.” has done ← is doing.
Acts 26:32 Ἀγρίππας δὲ τῷ Φήστῳ ἔφη, Ἀπολελύσθαι ἐδύνατο ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, εἰ μὴ ἐπεκέκλητο Καίσαρα. Then Agrippa said to Festus, “This man could have been released if he had not appealed to Caesar.”
Acts 27:1 Ὡς δὲ ἐκρίθη τοῦ ἀποπλεῖν ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν, παρεδίδουν τόν τε Παῦλον καί τινας ἑτέρους δεσμώτας ἑκατοντάρχῃ, ὀνόματι Ἰουλίῳ, σπείρης Σεβαστῆς. Now when it had been decided that we should sail to Italy, they handed Paul and some other prisoners over to a centurion by the name of Julius, of the Augustan cohort. decided ← judged.
Acts 27:2 Ἐπιβάντες δὲ πλοίῳ Ἀδραμυττηνῷ, μέλλοντες πλεῖν τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν τόπους, ἀνήχθημεν, ὄντος σὺν ἡμῖν Ἀριστάρχου Μακεδόνος Θεσσαλονικέως. So we embarked on an Adramyttian ship, intending to sail to places along the coast of Asia, and we put out to sea, there being Aristarchus a Macedonian of Thessalonica with us. intending: in agreement with we, not the ship. A freer translation would be with destination.
to places along the coast of Asia: or to various places in Asia.
Acts 27:3 Τῇ τε ἑτέρᾳ κατήχθημεν εἰς Σιδῶνα· φιλανθρώπως τε ὁ Ἰούλιος τῷ Παύλῳ χρησάμενος ἐπέτρεψεν πρὸς {RP P1904 S1894: τοὺς} [S1550 E1624: - ] φίλους πορευθέντα ἐπιμελείας τυχεῖν. On the next day we put in at Sidon, and Julius treated Paul in a kindly way, and he permitted him to go to his friends to receive their care. τοὺς, the (friends): present in RP P1904 S1894 F1859=10/13 vs. absent in S1550 E1624 F1859=3/13 (Scrivener's ceo).
at Sidon ← at Sidon. Pregnant use.
Acts 27:4 Κἀκεῖθεν ἀναχθέντες ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κύπρον, διὰ τὸ τοὺς ἀνέμους εἶναι ἐναντίους. And from there we put out to sea and sailed in the lee of Cyprus, because the winds were against us.
Acts 27:5 Τό τε πέλαγος τὸ κατὰ τὴν Κιλικίαν καὶ Παμφυλίαν διαπλεύσαντες, κατήλθομεν εἰς Μύρα τῆς Λυκίας. And when we had sailed across the high sea off Cilicia and Pamphylia, we put in at Myra in Lycia.
Acts 27:6 Κἀκεῖ εὑρὼν ὁ {RP TR: ἑκατόνταρχος} [P1904: ἑκατοντάρχης] πλοῖον Ἀλεξανδρῖνον πλέον εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν, ἐνεβίβασεν ἡμᾶς εἰς αὐτό. And there the centurion found an Alexandrian ship sailing to Italy, and he had us embark on it. ἑκατόνταρχος, centurion (1), RP TR F1859=12/13 vs. ἑκατοντάρχης, centurion (2), P1904 F1859=1/13 (Scrivener's p).
Acts 27:7 Ἐν ἱκαναῖς δὲ ἡμέραις βραδυπλοοῦντες, καὶ μόλις γενόμενοι κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον, μὴ προσεῶντος ἡμᾶς τοῦ ἀνέμου, ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κρήτην κατὰ Σαλμώνην· And after we had been sailing slowly for several days and had hardly reached being opposite Cnidus, the wind not allowing us to proceed, we sailed in the lee of Crete, passing opposite Salmone. Cnidus: more commonly nowadays, Knidos.
Acts 27:8 μόλις τε παραλεγόμενοι αὐτὴν ἤλθομεν εἰς τόπον τινὰ καλούμενον Καλοὺς Λιμένας, ᾧ ἐγγὺς ἦν πόλις Λασαία. Then sailing past it with difficulty, we came to a certain place called Fair Havens, which the town of Lasea was near to.
Acts 27:9 Ἱκανοῦ δὲ χρόνου διαγενομένου, καὶ ὄντος ἤδη ἐπισφαλοῦς τοῦ πλοός, διὰ τὸ καὶ τὴν νηστείαν ἤδη παρεληλυθέναι, παρῄνει ὁ Παῦλος After a considerable time had elapsed, and sailing was already dangerous (considering even the fast had already passed), Paul gave some advice, sailing ← the voyage.
fast: atonement fast, which takes place at about the start of October.
Acts 27:10 λέγων αὐτοῖς, Ἄνδρες, θεωρῶ ὅτι μετὰ ὕβρεως καὶ πολλῆς ζημίας, οὐ μόνον τοῦ {RP: φορτίου} [P1904 TR: φόρτου] καὶ τοῦ πλοίου ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν, μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι τὸν πλοῦν. and he said to them, “Men, I see that the voyage is going to be with damage and much loss, not only to the cargo and the ship, but also to our lives.” φορτίου, cargo (diminutive form, not to be emphasized), RP F1859=10/14 vs. φόρτου, cargo, P1904 TR F1859=4/14 (Scrivener's bc*ho).
lives ← souls.
Acts 27:11 Ὁ δὲ {RP-text P1904: ἑκατοντάρχης} [RP-marg TR: ἑκατόνταρχος] τῷ κυβερνήτῃ καὶ τῷ ναυκλήρῳ ἐπείθετο μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου λεγομένοις. But the centurion was more persuaded by the captain and the ship owner than by the things said by Paul. ἑκατοντάρχης, centurion (1), RP-text P1904 F1859=8/13 (incl. p with smooth breathing) vs. ἑκατόνταρχος, centurion (2), RP-marg TR F1859=5/13 (Scrivener's acehk). A spelling change in RP-text and most of our witnesses compared to Acts 27:6.
captain: or steersman.
Acts 27:12 Ἀνευθέτου δὲ τοῦ λιμένος ὑπάρχοντος πρὸς παραχειμασίαν, οἱ πλείους ἔθεντο βουλὴν ἀναχθῆναι κἀκεῖθεν, εἴ πως δύναιντο καταντήσαντες εἰς Φοίνικα παραχειμάσαι, λιμένα τῆς Κρήτης βλέποντα κατὰ λίβα καὶ κατὰ χῶρον. And as the port was unsuitable for wintering, the majority took a decision to put out to sea, and from there to reach, if they possibly could, Phenice, to winter there, a port in Crete facing south-west and north-west. as the port was unsuitable: causal use of the participle.
possibly ← somehow.
Phenice: modern maps show the site as Foinikas or Finix; [CB] gives L(o)utro(n), a nearby village.
in ← of.
Acts 27:13 Ὑποπνεύσαντος δὲ νότου, δόξαντες τῆς προθέσεως κεκρατηκέναι, ἄραντες ἆσσον παρελέγοντο τὴν Κρήτην. And as a south wind was blowing gently, and thinking that they had secured their objective, they weighed anchor and sailed very close to Crete. thinking ← having thought. See Matt 23:20.
weighed anchor: i.e. raised the anchor.
very close ← rather close, Greek comparative for superlative.
Acts 27:14 Μετ' οὐ πολὺ δὲ ἔβαλεν κατ' αὐτῆς ἄνεμος τυφωνικός, ὁ καλούμενος Εὐροκλύδων· But not long afterwards, a tempestuous wind called Euroclydon swept against it. it: i.e. Crete.
Acts 27:15 συναρπασθέντος δὲ τοῦ πλοίου, καὶ μὴ δυναμένου ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ, ἐπιδόντες ἐφερόμεθα. As the ship was caught up and not able to make headway against the wind, we gave up and allowed ourselves to be carried along. as the ship was caught up: causal use of the participle.
allowed ourselves to be carried along ← were carried along, but our translation is justified by the voice (middle / passive) and the context set by ἐπιδόντες.
Acts 27:16 Νησίον δέ τι ὑποδραμόντες καλούμενον Κλαύδην μόλις ἰσχύσαμεν περικρατεῖς γενέσθαι τῆς σκάφης· And when we had run into the lee of a small island called Clauda, we were barely able to keep control of the tender. Clauda: the modern name is Gavdos.
to keep control ← to become / be in control.
Acts 27:17 ἣν ἄραντες, βοηθείαις ἐχρῶντο, ὑποζωννύντες τὸ πλοῖον· φοβούμενοί τε μὴ εἰς τὴν {RP: Σύρτην} [P1904 TR: Σύρτιν] ἐκπέσωσιν, χαλάσαντες τὸ σκεῦος, οὕτως ἐφέροντο. And they hoisted it aboard and applied reinforcements by undergirding the ship. And being afraid that they would run aground in the Syrtis, they lowered the tackling and were carried along like that. Σύρτην, Syrtes, RP F1859=9/13 vs. Σύρτιν, Syrtis, P1904 TR F1859=4/13 (Scrivener's bh**o**p). Scrivener's k is excluded, as it is unclear.
by undergirding: gerundial use of the participle.
The Syrtis is a sandbank.
Acts 27:18 Σφοδρῶς δὲ χειμαζομένων ἡμῶν, τῇ ἑξῆς ἐκβολὴν ἐποιοῦντο· And on the next day, when we were severely tossed by the storm, they jettisoned some cargo.
Acts 27:19 καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ αὐτόχειρες τὴν σκευὴν τοῦ πλοίου ἐρρίψαμεν. And on the third day, we cast the ship's tackling overboard with our own hands.
Acts 27:20 Μήτε δὲ ἡλίου μήτε ἄστρων ἐπιφαινόντων ἐπὶ πλείονας ἡμέρας, χειμῶνός τε οὐκ ὀλίγου ἐπικειμένου, λοιπὸν περιῃρεῖτο πᾶσα ἐλπὶς τοῦ σῴζεσθαι ἡμᾶς. And since neither the sun nor the stars were visible for many days, with a not inconsiderable storm raging, from that time all hope of us being saved was lost. since: causal use of the participle.
visible ← shining on.
lost ← removed from around (us).
Acts 27:21 Πολλῆς δὲ ἀσιτίας ὑπαρχούσης, τότε σταθεὶς ὁ Παῦλος ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν εἶπεν, Ἔδει μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες, πειθαρχήσαντάς μοι μὴ ἀνάγεσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς Κρήτης, κερδῆσαί τε τὴν ὕβριν ταύτην καὶ τὴν ζημίαν. And after much abstinence from food, Paul then stood up in with them and said, “Men, you should have done what I said by not putting out to sea from Crete and running up this damage and loss. after ← there being, a temporal use of the participle being justified by τότε, then, following.
in with them ← in (the) midst of them.
done what I said ← obeyed me.
Acts 27:22 Καὶ τὰ νῦν παραινῶ ὑμᾶς εὐθυμεῖν· ἀποβολὴ γὰρ ψυχῆς οὐδεμία ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν, πλὴν τοῦ πλοίου. And as for the present situation, I exhort you to be in good spirits, for there will be no loss of life among you, except for the ship. life ← soul.
Acts 27:23 Παρέστη γάρ μοι {RP: ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ} [P1904 TR: τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ] ἄγγελος τοῦ θεοῦ, οὗ εἰμι, ᾧ καὶ λατρεύω, For the angel of God, whose I am, and whom I serve, stood by me this night, ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, this + night, RP F1859=12/12 vs. τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ, night + this, P1904 TR F1859=0/12. A case of collusion between P1904 and TR?
Acts 27:24 λέγων, Μὴ φοβοῦ, Παῦλε· Καίσαρί σε δεῖ παραστῆναι· καὶ ἰδού, κεχάρισταί σοι ὁ θεὸς πάντας τοὺς πλέοντας μετὰ σοῦ. and he said, ‘Do not be afraid, Paul. You must stand before Caesar. And look, God has kindly given you all those who are sailing with you.’
Acts 27:25 Διὸ εὐθυμεῖτε ἄνδρες· πιστεύω γὰρ τῷ θεῷ ὅτι οὕτως ἔσται καθ' ὃν τρόπον λελάληταί μοι. So, men, be in good spirits, for I believe God that it will be so, just as it was spoken to me. just as ← according to the way that.
was spoken ← has been spoken. This tense accommodation is the reverse of the situation in Matt 2:2.
Acts 27:26 Εἰς νῆσον δέ τινα δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἐκπεσεῖν. And we must run aground at a certain island.” at ← to. Pregnant use.
Acts 27:27 Ὡς δὲ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη νὺξ ἐγένετο, διαφερομένων ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ Ἀδρίᾳ, κατὰ μέσον τῆς νυκτὸς ὑπενόουν οἱ ναῦται προσάγειν τινὰ αὐτοῖς χώραν· And when it was the fourteenth night of us being driven about in the Adriatic, at about midnight, the sailors suspected that they were approaching land. they were approaching land ← some region was approaching them.
Acts 27:28 καὶ βολίσαντες εὗρον ὀργυιὰς εἴκοσι· βραχὺ δὲ διαστήσαντες, καὶ πάλιν βολίσαντες, εὗρον ὀργυιὰς δεκαπέντε· And when they took soundings, they found the depth to be twenty fathoms, and after leaving a short interval, when they took soundings again, they found the depth to be fifteen fathoms. fathoms (2x): a fathom is about 6 feet (1.8 m).
Acts 27:29 φοβούμενοί τε μήπως εἰς τραχεῖς τόπους {RP P1904 S1894: ἐκπέσωμεν} [S1550 E1624: ἐκπέσωσιν], ἐκ πρύμνης ῥίψαντες ἀγκύρας τέσσαρας, ηὔχοντο ἡμέραν γενέσθαι. And fearing that {RP P1904 S1894: we} [S1550 E1624: they] might run up against rocky places, they cast four anchors from the stern, and they prayed for day to come. ἐκπέσωμεν, we might fall out, run up, RP P1904 S1894 F1859=8/12 vs. ἐκπέσωσιν, they might fall out, run up, S1550 E1624 F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's cdfp).
Acts 27:30 Τῶν δὲ ναυτῶν ζητούντων φυγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου, καὶ χαλασάντων τὴν σκάφην εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, προφάσει ὡς ἐκ πρῴρας μελλόντων ἀγκύρας ἐκτείνειν, But when the sailors tried to abandon the ship and had lowered the tender into the sea, under pretext of being about to stretch out anchor lines from the bow, tried ← sought.
abandon ← flee out of.
Acts 27:31 εἶπεν ὁ Παῦλος τῷ ἑκατοντάρχῃ καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις, Ἐὰν μὴ οὗτοι μείνωσιν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, ὑμεῖς σωθῆναι οὐ δύνασθε. Paul said to the centurion and the soldiers, “Unless these men remain in the ship, you cannot be saved.”
Acts 27:32 Τότε οἱ στρατιῶται ἀπέκοψαν τὰ σχοινία τῆς σκάφης, καὶ εἴασαν αὐτὴν ἐκπεσεῖν. Then the soldiers cut the cords of the tender free and let it drop.
Acts 27:33 Ἄχρι δὲ οὗ {RP-text: ἤμελλεν} [RP-marg P1904 TR: ἔμελλεν] ἡμέρα γίνεσθαι, παρεκάλει ὁ Παῦλος ἅπαντας μεταλαβεῖν τροφῆς, λέγων, Τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην σήμερον ἡμέραν προσδοκῶντες ἄσιτοι διατελεῖτε, μηδὲν προσλαβόμενοι. Then while day was on the point of breaking, Paul encouraged everyone to partake of food, saying, “Today is the fourteenth day that you have been without food, waiting in suspense, not taking any. ἤμελλεν, was about to (1), RP-text F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's clp) vs. ἔμελλεν, was about to (2), RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=9/12 (Scrivener's abdfghkmo). Both forms are classical. A strong disparity with RP-text, R=3:11.
while ← up till when.
have been ← continue.
waiting in suspense ← expecting.
Acts 27:34 Διὸ παρακαλῶ ὑμᾶς {RP TR: προσλαβεῖν} [P1904: μεταλαβεῖν] τροφῆς· τοῦτο γὰρ πρὸς τῆς ὑμετέρας σωτηρίας ὑπάρχει· οὐδενὸς γὰρ ὑμῶν θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς πεσεῖται. So I encourage you to {RP TR: take some} [P1904: partake of] food, for this is for your salvation. For not a hair from anyone will fall from his head.” προσλαβεῖν, to take (to oneself), RP TR F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's acfglm) vs. μεταλαβεῖν, to partake of, get a share of, P1904 F1859=6/12 (Scrivener's bdhkop). Nearly a disparity with RP, R=7:7.
Acts 27:35 Εἰπὼν δὲ ταῦτα, καὶ λαβὼν ἄρτον, εὐχαρίστησεν τῷ θεῷ ἐνώπιον πάντων· καὶ κλάσας ἤρξατο ἐσθίειν. And when he had said these things, he took bread and thanked God in the presence of everyone and broke it and began to eat.
Acts 27:36 Εὔθυμοι δὲ γενόμενοι πάντες καὶ αὐτοὶ προσελάβοντο τροφῆς. Then they all became cheerful, and they took food themselves too.
Acts 27:37 Ἦμεν δὲ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαί, διακόσιαι ἑβδομήκοντα ἕξ. Now there were two hundred and seventy-six of us in the ship in all. there were 276 of us in the ship in all ← we were in the ship all the souls 276.
Acts 27:38 Κορεσθέντες δὲ {RP-text: τῆς} [RP-marg P1904 TR: - ] τροφῆς ἐκούφιζον τὸ πλοῖον, ἐκβαλλόμενοι τὸν σῖτον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. And when they had had their fill of food, they lightened the ship by jettisoning the corn into the sea. τῆς, the (food): present in RP-text F1859=4/12 (Scrivener's dglm) vs. absent in RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=8/12 (Scrivener's abcfhkop). A disparity with RP-text, R=4:10.
when they had had their fill ← having been satiated.
by jettisoning: gerundial use of the participle.
Acts 27:39 Ὅτε δὲ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο, τὴν γῆν οὐκ ἐπεγίνωσκον· κόλπον δέ τινα κατενόουν ἔχοντα αἰγιαλόν, εἰς ὃν ἐβουλεύσαντο, εἰ {RP: δυνατόν} [P1904 TR: δύναιντο], ἐξῶσαι τὸ πλοῖον. And when day had come, they did not recognize the land, but they noticed a certain bay which had a beach, on which they resolved to drive the ship ashore, if {RP: possible} [P1904 TR: they could]. δυνατόν, possible, RP F1859=11/13 (Scrivener's abcdfghklm**o) vs. δύναιντο, they could, P1904 TR F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's m*p).
Acts 27:40 Καὶ τὰς ἀγκύρας περιελόντες εἴων εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, ἅμα ἀνέντες τὰς ζευκτηρίας τῶν πηδαλίων· καὶ ἐπάραντες τὸν {RP TR: ἀρτέμονα} [P1904: ἀρτέμωνα] τῇ πνεούσῃ κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν. And they slipped anchors and committed everything to the sea, while at the same time they loosened the connections to the rudders and hoisted the foresail to the prevailing wind and brought the ship to the beach. ἀρτέμονα, foresail (1), RP TR F1859=5/14 (Scrivener's b*hkm*o) vs. ἀρτέμωνα, foresail (2), P1904 F1859=9/14 (Scrivener's ab**cdfglm**p). A disparity with RP, R=6:10.
they slipped anchors: i.e. they untied or disconnected the anchor lines from the ship and abandoned the anchors.
connections to ← yokings of. Or, with [CB], lashings of.
prevailing wind ← blowing (breeze) (αὔρα understood).
Acts 27:41 Περιπεσόντες δὲ εἰς τόπον διθάλασσον ἐπώκειλαν τὴν ναῦν· καὶ ἡ μὲν πρῷρα ἐρείσασα ἔμεινεν ἀσάλευτος, ἡ δὲ πρύμνα ἐλύετο ὑπὸ τῆς βίας τῶν κυμάτων. So they were wrecked at a place with sea on two sides, and they ran the ship aground, and the prow became stuck and remained motionless, but the stern began to be broken up by the force of the waves. a place with sea on two sides: so apparently a bar, not joined to the mainland.
began to be broken up: inceptive imperfect, but not necessarily so. Compare Luke 5:3, and the inceptive aorist in, e.g., Matt 27:35.
Acts 27:42 Τῶν δὲ στρατιωτῶν βουλὴ ἐγένετο ἵνα τοὺς δεσμώτας ἀποκτείνωσιν, μή τις ἐκκολυμβήσας {RP: διαφύγῃ} [P1904 TR: διαφύγοι]. Then a decision was made by the soldiers to kill the prisoners in case anyone should swim away and escape. διαφύγῃ, escape (non-classical subjunctive, almost universally so in NT), RP F1859=10/12 vs. διαφύγοι, escape (classical optative), P1904 TR F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's km).
Acts 27:43 Ὁ δὲ {RP TR: ἑκατόνταρχος} [P1904: ἑκατοντάρχης], βουλόμενος διασῶσαι τὸν Παῦλον, ἐκώλυσεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ βουλήματος, ἐκέλευσέν τε τοὺς δυναμένους κολυμβᾶν ἀπορρίψαντας πρώτους ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἐξιέναι· But the centurion, wishing to save Paul, prevented them from carrying out their intention and ordered those who could swim to jump overboard first and get to land, ἑκατόνταρχος, centurion (1), RP TR F1859=9/12 vs. ἑκατοντάρχης, centurion (2), P1904 F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's dmp).
Acts 27:44 καὶ τοὺς λοιπούς, οὓς μὲν ἐπὶ σανίσιν, οὓς δὲ ἐπί τινων τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου. Καὶ οὕτως ἐγένετο πάντας διασωθῆναι ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. then the remainder, some on planks, others on various parts of the ship. And in this way it so happened that all came safely through onto land. various parts of ← some (things) from.
Acts 28:1 Καὶ διασωθέντες, τότε ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι Μελίτη ἡ νῆσος καλεῖται. Then, having come safely through, they learned that the island was called Malta. Malta: Greek Melité; AV= Melita.
Acts 28:2 Οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι παρεῖχον οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν ἡμῖν· ἀνάψαντες γὰρ πυράν, προσελάβοντο πάντας ἡμᾶς, διὰ τὸν ὑετὸν τὸν ἐφεστῶτα, καὶ διὰ τὸ ψῦχος. Now the barbarians showed us extraordinary kindness, for they lit a fire and welcomed all of us because of the rain which had come on and because of the cold. barbarians: i.e. natives, but making a contrast with the Romans.
extraordinary ← not the ordinary.
Acts 28:3 Συστρέψαντος δὲ τοῦ Παύλου φρυγάνων πλῆθος, καὶ ἐπιθέντος ἐπὶ τὴν πυράν, ἔχιδνα {RP TR: ἐκ} [P1904: ἀπὸ] τῆς θέρμης {RP-text P1904: διεξελθοῦσα} [RP-marg TR: ἐξελθοῦσα] καθῆψεν τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ. And when Paul had gathered a mass of firewood and put it on the fire, a viper came out {RP TR: of} [P1904: because of] the heat and fastened itself onto his hand. ἐκ, out of, because of, RP TR F1859=7/12 vs. ἀπὸ, from, because of, P1904 F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's bckop).
διεξελθοῦσα, having come out through, RP-text P1904 F1859=7/12 (Scrivener's adfgklo) vs. ἐξελθοῦσα, having come out, RP-marg TR F1859=5/12 (Scrivener's bchmp).
Any of the readings above could ↴
Acts 28:4 Ὡς δὲ εἶδον οἱ βάρβαροι κρεμάμενον τὸ θηρίον ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ, ἔλεγον πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Πάντως φονεύς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, ὃν διασωθέντα ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης ἡ Δίκη ζῇν οὐκ εἴασεν. And when the barbarians saw the wild beast hanging from his hand, they said to one another, “This man is no doubt a murderer, whom Justice has not allowed to live, although he was saved from the sea.” ↳ be translated came out of or came out because of (ἀπό = because of in Acts 22:11, ἐκ = because of in Rev 16:10), and we feel that because of is more likely here for the preposition ἀπό, since it is not cognate with the verbal prefix.
although: concessive use of the participle.
Acts 28:5 Ὁ μὲν οὖν, ἀποτινάξας τὸ θηρίον εἰς τὸ πῦρ, ἔπαθεν οὐδὲν κακόν. Now he shook off the beast into the fire and suffered no harm,
Acts 28:6 Οἱ δὲ προσεδόκων αὐτὸν μέλλειν πίμπρασθαι ἢ καταπίπτειν ἄφνω νεκρόν· ἐπὶ πολὺ δὲ αὐτῶν προσδοκώντων, καὶ θεωρούντων μηδὲν ἄτοπον εἰς αὐτὸν γινόμενον, μεταβαλλόμενοι ἔλεγον θεὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι. but they expected him to become inflamed or to suddenly fall down dead, but after they had been in expectation for a long time, and seen nothing untoward happen to him, they changed their minds and said that he was a god. had been in expectation ← expecting.
seen ← seeing.
happen ← happening.
Acts 28:7 Ἐν δὲ τοῖς περὶ τὸν τόπον ἐκεῖνον ὑπῆρχεν χωρία τῷ πρώτῳ τῆς νήσου, ὀνόματι Ποπλίῳ, ὃς ἀναδεξάμενος ἡμᾶς τρεῖς ἡμέρας φιλοφρόνως ἐξένισεν. And in the neighbourhood of that place was the estate of the principal man of the island, by the name of Publius, who received us for three days and lodged us in a friendly way.
Acts 28:8 Ἐγένετο δὲ τὸν πατέρα τοῦ Ποπλίου πυρετοῖς καὶ {RP TR: δυσεντερίᾳ} [P1904: δυσεντερίῳ] συνεχόμενον κατακεῖσθαι· πρὸς ὃν ὁ Παῦλος εἰσελθών, καὶ προσευξάμενος, {RP TR: - } [P1904: καὶ] ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ, ἰάσατο αὐτόν. Now it came to pass that the father of Publius was lying sick, afflicted with fever and dysentery, and Paul went to him and prayed and laid hands on him and cured him. δυσεντερίᾳ, dysentery (1), RP TR F1859=11/12 vs. δυσεντερίῳ, dysentery (2), P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's m).
καὶ, and (laid hands): absent in RP TR F1859=10/12 vs. present in P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's ak).
Acts 28:9 Τούτου οὖν γενομένου, καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ οἱ ἔχοντες ἀσθενείας ἐν τῇ νήσῳ προσήρχοντο καὶ ἐθεραπεύοντο· And when this had taken place, the rest on the island who had sicknesses also came forward and were cured.
Acts 28:10 οἳ καὶ πολλαῖς τιμαῖς ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἀναγομένοις ἐπέθεντο τὰ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν. And they also honoured us with many honours, and when we set sail, they supplied us with what was needed. supplied ← put on (board the ship).
what was needed ← the (things) for the need.
Acts 28:11 Μετὰ δὲ τρεῖς μῆνας {RP-text: ἤχθημεν} [RP-marg P1904 TR: ἀνήχθημεν] ἐν πλοίῳ παρακεχειμακότι ἐν τῇ νήσῳ, Ἀλεξανδρίνῳ, παρασήμῳ Διοσκούροις. And after three months, we set sail in a ship which had wintered on the island – an Alexandrian one with the ensign of Castor and Pollux. ἤχθημεν, we were transported, RP-text F1859=6/13 (Scrivener's ab*klmo) vs. ἀνήχθημεν, we set sail, RP-marg P1904 TR F1859=7/13 (Scrivener's b**cdfghp). No difference in our translation. A disparity with RP-text, R=6:9.
Castor and Pollux ← Zeus-sons, the Roman Gemini (Twins).
Acts 28:12 Καὶ καταχθέντες εἰς Συρακούσας ἐπεμείναμεν ἡμέρας τρεῖς· Then we put in at Syracuse and remained there for three days. at Syracuse ← to Syracuse. Pregnant use.
Acts 28:13 ὅθεν περιελθόντες κατηντήσαμεν εἰς Ῥήγιον, καὶ μετὰ μίαν ἡμέραν ἐπιγενομένου νότου, δευτεραῖοι ἤλθομεν εἰς Ποτιόλους· From there we sailed round and reached Rhegium, and one day later, when a south wind sprang up, we came to Puteoli on the second day, sailed round ← went round. Possibly tacking, which ancient ships could do in a limited way (but, with fixed square rigging and no fixed keel, not into the wind?). Hardly likely to be sailing clockwise round Sicily, as it would require an amazing ↴
on the second day ← (as) second-dayers. A four-dayer in John 11:39.
Acts 28:14 οὗ εὑρόντες ἀδελφούς, παρεκλήθημεν ἐπ' αὐτοῖς ἐπιμεῖναι ἡμέρας ἑπτά· καὶ οὕτως εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἤλθομεν. where we found some brothers, and we were invited to stay with them for seven days, and in this way we went to Rome. ↳ combination of winds, which is not mentioned. There is a slight curve in the coast from Syracuse to Rhegium, which probably best explains the word.
Acts 28:15 Κἀκεῖθεν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἀκούσαντες τὰ περὶ ἡμῶν, ἐξῆλθον εἰς ἀπάντησιν ἡμῖν ἄχρι Ἀππίου Φόρου καὶ Τριῶν Ταβερνῶν· οὓς ἰδὼν ὁ Παῦλος, εὐχαριστήσας τῷ θεῷ, ἔλαβεν θάρσος. And when the brothers from that place heard about our circumstances, they came out to meet us at the Appian Way Forum and the Three Taverns, and when Paul saw them, he gave thanks to God and took courage. at ← as far as.
Appian Way Forum: AV differs (Appii forum), retaining the Latin.
Acts 28:16 Ὅτε δὲ ἤλθομεν εἰς Ῥώμην, ὁ {RP TR: ἑκατόνταρχος} [P1904: ἑκατοντάρχης] παρέδωκεν τοὺς δεσμίους τῷ {RP-text P1904 TR: στρατοπεδάρχῃ} [RP-marg: στρατοπεδάρχῳ]· τῷ δὲ Παύλῳ ἐπετράπη μένειν καθ' ἑαυτόν, σὺν τῷ φυλάσσοντι αὐτὸν στρατιώτῃ. And when we came to Rome, the centurion handed over the prisoners to the military commander, but it was permitted for Paul to remain by himself with the soldier guarding him. ἑκατόνταρχος, centurion (1), RP TR F1859=11/12 vs. ἑκατοντάρχης, centurion (2), P1904 F1859=0/12 vs. clause containing this word absent, F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's p).
στρατοπεδάρχῃ, to the military commander (1), RP-text P1904 TR F1859=9/12 (Scrivener's abcdfg**hop) vs. στρατοπεδάρχῶ, to the military commander (2), RP-marg F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's g*lm + k?). Scrivener's k is excluded, as it is doubtful.
Acts 28:17 Ἐγένετο δὲ μετὰ ἡμέρας τρεῖς συγκαλέσασθαι τὸν Παῦλον τοὺς ὄντας τῶν Ἰουδαίων πρώτους· συνελθόντων δὲ αὐτῶν, ἔλεγεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ἐγὼ οὐδὲν ἐναντίον ποιήσας τῷ λαῷ ἢ τοῖς ἔθεσιν τοῖς πατρῴοις, δέσμιος ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων παρεδόθην εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν Ῥωμαίων· And it came to pass after three days that Paul called the prominent Jews together, and when they had gathered together, he said to them, “Men and brothers, I have done nothing against the people or the ancestral customs, but I have been delivered as a prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans, called the prominent Jews together ← called those of the Jews being prominent together to himself.
Acts 28:18 οἵτινες ἀνακρίναντές με ἐβούλοντο ἀπολῦσαι, διὰ τὸ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου ὑπάρχειν ἐν ἐμοί. who after interrogating me wanted to release me because there was no cause for a death penalty against me. against me: or in me, i.e. in my actions.
Acts 28:19 Ἀντιλεγόντων δὲ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἠναγκάσθην ἐπικαλέσασθαι Καίσαρα, οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορῆσαι. But since the Jews spoke against me, I was compelled to appeal to Caesar, not that I had anything to accuse my nation of. since: causal use of the participle.
Acts 28:20 Διὰ ταύτην οὖν τὴν αἰτίαν παρεκάλεσα ὑμᾶς ἰδεῖν καὶ προσλαλῆσαι· ἕνεκεν γὰρ τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ τὴν ἅλυσιν ταύτην περίκειμαι. So for this reason I requested to see you and to address you, for I have this chain round me for the sake of the hope of Israel.”
Acts 28:21 Οἱ δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν εἶπον, Ἡμεῖς οὔτε γράμματα περὶ σοῦ ἐδεξάμεθα ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας, οὔτε παραγενόμενός τις τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἀπήγγειλεν ἢ ἐλάλησέν τι περὶ σοῦ πονηρόν. Then they said to him, “We have neither received letters about you from Judaea, nor has anyone of the brothers come and reported or said anything bad about you.
Acts 28:22 Ἀξιοῦμεν δὲ παρὰ σοῦ ἀκοῦσαι ἃ φρονεῖς· περὶ μὲν γὰρ τῆς αἱρέσεως ταύτης γνωστόν ἐστιν ἡμῖν ὅτι πανταχοῦ ἀντιλέγεται. We consider it proper to hear from you what you think. For concerning this sect, it is known to us that it is spoken against everywhere.”
Acts 28:23 Ταξάμενοι δὲ αὐτῷ ἡμέραν, ἧκον πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν ξενίαν πλείονες· οἷς ἐξετίθετο διαμαρτυρόμενος τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, πείθων τε αὐτοὺς τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἀπό τε τοῦ νόμου {RP P1904: Μωϋσέως} [TR: Μωσέως] καὶ τῶν προφητῶν, ἀπὸ πρωῒ ἕως ἑσπέρας. And they appointed him a day, and very many came to him, to his lodging, to whom he expounded, testifying solemnly to the kingdom of God, persuading them of the things concerning Jesus from both the law of Moses and the prophets, from morning to evening. Μωϋσέως, Moüses (1), RP P1904 F1859=1/12 (Scrivener's p) vs. Μωσέως, Moses, TR F1859=8/12 vs. Μωϋσέος, Moüses (2), F1859=3/12 (Scrivener's dhl). A strong disparity with RP, R=2:9.
very many ← more, the greater part, but comparatives can mean rather, quite, and [MM] gives an example. Compare 2 Cor 9:2. Also, in ↴
Acts 28:24 Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐπείθοντο τοῖς λεγομένοις, οἱ δὲ ἠπίστουν. And some were persuaded by the things said, but others disbelieved. ↳ the NT the comparative often stands for the superlative, which can mean very.
Acts 28:25 Ἀσύμφωνοι δὲ ὄντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀπελύοντο, εἰπόντος τοῦ Παύλου ῥῆμα ἕν, ὅτι Καλῶς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἐλάλησεν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν, And being at variance with each other, they separated, after Paul had made one remark: “The holy spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to our fathers, made one remark ← spoken one word / thing.
Acts 28:26 λέγον, Πορεύθητι πρὸς τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον καὶ {RP P1904: εἰπόν} [TR: εἰπέ], Ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε· καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε· saying,

‘Go to this people and say,

«You will definitely hear

But certainly not understand,

And you will definitely see

But certainly not perceive,

 εἰπόν, say (imperative from mixed aorist εἶπα), or theoretically it having said; saying (neuter participle), RP P1904 F1859=10/11 (Scrivener's abdfghlmop + k?) vs. εἶπέ, say (regular strong aorist imperative), TR F1859=1/11 (Scrivener's c). Scrivener's k not included, as it is doubtful.
Isa 6:9.
Acts 28:27 ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν· μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν, καὶ {RP-text P1904: ἰάσομαι} [RP-marg TR: ἰάσωμαι] αὐτούς.

For the heart of this people has become obtuse,

And with their ears they hear in a dull way,

And they have closed their eyes,

Lest they should see with their eyes,

And hear with their ears,

And understand with their heart,

And repent,

And I {RP-text P1904: would} [RP-marg TR: should] heal them.» ’

 ἰάσομαι, I will heal (future indicative), RP-text P1904 F1859=2/13 (Scrivener's g*l) vs. ἰάσωμαι, I should heal (aorist subjunctive), RP-marg TR F1859=11/13 (Scrivener's abcdfg**hkmop, although p misspelled). A strong disparity with RP-text, R=3:12.
Isa 6:10.
obtuse ← fattened.
in a dull way ← heavily.
{RP-text P1904: would ← will, the clause being conditional rather than of purpose.}
Acts 28:28 Γνωστὸν οὖν ἔστω ὑμῖν, ὅτι τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπεστάλη {RP TR: - } [P1904: τοῦτο] τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ, αὐτοὶ καὶ ἀκούσονται. So let it be known to you that {RP TR: the} [P1904: this] salvation of God has been sent to the Gentiles, and they will hear it.” τοῦτο, this: absent in RP TR F1859=10/12 vs. present in P1904 F1859=2/12 (Scrivener's cp).
has been sent ← was sent, but see Matt 2:2.
This is the start of a Gentile ↴
Acts 28:29 Καὶ ταῦτα αὐτοῦ εἰπόντος, ἀπῆλθον οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, πολλὴν ἔχοντες ἐν ἑαυτοῖς συζήτησιν. And when he had said these things, the Jews departed, holding a lot of debate among themselves. ↳ dispensation, expounded in Paul's prison epistles, especially Ephesians and Colossians. See Eph 3:9 (dispensation of the mystery).
Acts 28:30 Ἔμεινεν δὲ ὁ Παῦλος διετίαν ὅλην ἐν ἰδίῳ μισθώματι, καὶ ἀπεδέχετο πάντας τοὺς εἰσπορευομένους πρὸς αὐτόν, Then Paul remained for a full two years in his own hired house, and he received all those who came to him,
Acts 28:31 κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ διδάσκων τὰ περὶ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, μετὰ πάσης παρρησίας, ἀκωλύτως. proclaiming the kingdom of God and teaching the things concerning the Lord Jesus Christ, with all frankness, unhindered.